Cargill Milwaukee never bought your calves. Tyson did. See how a 4,200-cow Wisconsin herd with 2,500 beef‑on‑dairy crosses is rewiring its sire and packer risk.
Executive Summary: Ebert Enterprises in Algoma, Wisconsin, runs 4,200 cows and raises 2,000–2,500 beef‑on‑dairy crosses a year, using beef premiums to keep inflation from chewing up their margins. The Cargill Milwaukee plant that just hit the headlines is a ground beef facility that hasn’t slaughtered cattle since 2014, so it never bought their calves — or yours. The real shock to beef‑on‑dairy economics came earlier, when Tyson shut its 5,000‑head‑a‑day Lexington, Nebraska, plant and cut capacity at Amarillo, tightening kill‑floor access as CattleFax and NAAB data show volume surging to 3.22 million beef‑on‑dairy calves and 7.9 million beef semen units in dairy herds. That mismatch is why the Eberts now track where their calves actually land, spread their marketing beyond a single buyer, and favor Angus and Simmental‑Angus sires through AI — breeds with strong documented feedlot and carcass performance. Penn State research backs that play, showing all beef × Holstein sires can hit Choice, but some deliver far better gain and marbling than others. For your herd, the message is blunt: beef‑on‑dairy still works, but only if packer capacity and carcass predictability sit right beside conception rate and calving ease in your breeding plan.
The Milwaukee headline was a ghost story. But if you aren’t looking at Nebraska, you’re missing the real monster under the bed.
Randy Ebert knows the beef-on-dairy math as well as anyone. He and Renee run Ebert Enterprises near Algoma in Kewaunee County, Wisconsin — a sixth-generation operation with son Jordan and daughter Whitney now the seventh generation at the table. They milk 4,200 cows three times a day through an 80-stall rotary parlor and farm close to 9,000 acres. The family breeds the top 20% of the herd to sexed dairy semen and puts AI Angus and Simmental-Angus bulls on the rest, raising between 2,000 and 2,500 beef cattle from post-wean to finish, depending on the cycle.
“This is one of the few things that is helping us combat inflation costs of what we do, is what beef has done to us,” Ebert told Brownfield last July.
So a packer closure in Milwaukee gets your attention when you’ve got that many beef crosses moving through the system. Here’s the problem: the plant that’s closing wasn’t buying anyone’s calves.
The Facility That Didn’t Process Your Calves
Cargill filed a WARN Act notice with the Wisconsin Department of Workforce Development on February 10, confirming the permanent closure of its facility at 200 S. Emmber Lane in Milwaukee. About 221 positions will be eliminated. Production stops around April 17, full closure by May 31.
But look at what they actually make there. The WARN filing lists job titles like “CR Production Grind,” “Grinder Operator,” “Formax Operator,” and “Patty Stacking Robot Operator.” Not a single kill-floor position. This plant takes boxed beef as an input and turns it into ground beef and value-added meat products for grocery store private labels. It doesn’t slaughter cattle. It doesn’t accept live animals.
Cargill did run a cattle harvest operation at this site once — a real one, processing 1,300 to 1,400 head per day after purchasing it in 2001. But that slaughter plant closed on August 1, 2014, when Cargill cited a tight cattle supply. The ground beef operation was the only part that stayed open. And even that production isn’t leaving the area — it’s shifting to Cargill’s Butler, Wisconsin facility about 13 miles northwest, where roughly 500 employees already make frozen ground beef patties for restaurant chains.
This isn’t a loss of packing capacity. It’s a ground beef consolidation within the same metro area.
5,000 Head a Day Gone: The Closure That Actually Matters
The event that should have your attention happened two months earlier and 600 miles west.
On January 20, Tyson Foods permanently shuttered its beef processing plant in Lexington, Nebraska. This was a full-scale cattle harvest operation — roughly 5,000 head per day, or about 5% of total daily U.S. beef slaughter capacity, according to Brownfield Ag News. More than 3,000 workers lost their jobs. Tyson simultaneously cut its Amarillo, Texas, plant to a single shift, eliminating another 1,761 positions according to a WARN notice filed with the Texas Workforce Commission.
Buck Wehrbein, president of the National Cattlemen’s Beef Association and a Nebraska cattle feeder himself, didn’t dance around it: “It’s not really a surprise that we lost those plants because the herd is down so far. We were all worried about this.”
And then the line that matters most if you’re breeding beef-on-dairy:
“The cattle aren’t in the right place.” — Buck Wehrbein, NCBA President
Fewer slaughter plants mean longer hauls for finished cattle, fewer packers bidding at the feedlot gate, and less competition working its way back to the price of your week-old beef-cross calf. That calf’s value is tethered to what a packer will pay for the finished animal 18 months from now. When fewer packers bid, the tether gets thinner.
3.2 Million Calves Need Somewhere to Go
To understand why infrastructure deserves this much attention, look at what dairy producers have built — and how fast.
CattleFax estimates beef-on-dairy calf production jumped from roughly 50,000 head in 2014 to 3.22 million in 2024. The American Farm Bureau puts national adoption at 72% of U.S. dairy farms now using beef genetics on at least part of the herd. And NAAB data confirms that of the 9.4 million units of beef semen sold domestically in 2023, 7.9 million went into dairy herds — making beef-on-dairy the second-largest category of semen used in dairy cattle behind gender-selected dairy semen. That 7.9 million figure held steady through 2024, when total domestic beef semen sales rose to 9.7 million units.
The economics driving that growth are obvious. Beef-cross calves have commanded prices as high as $1,400 day-old, compared to roughly $200 for conventional Holstein bull calves. At that kind of spread, the premium still justifies the program for most operations. But only if you’re actively managing marketing channel risk—not assuming it away.
The Eberts illustrate how that commitment plays out at the farm scale. Jordan told Dairy Star the family has been breeding beef “for over 10 years,” and Brownfield reported their beef-on-dairy efforts began roughly fourteen years ago. In 2013, they decided to start raising their own beef cattle rather than selling calves. “We make more beef calves now than dairy calves,” Jordan said. With only the top 20% of the herd designated for dairy semen, the remaining roughly 80% goes to beef bulls. Farm Progress profiled them at 2,200 beef crosses in 2021; Dairy Star reported 2,500 post-wean-to-finish in January 2024, while a Visit Algoma listing from the same year put it at approximately 2,000. They market through Equity Livestock and have even added their own harvest facility and the Ebert Grown retail brand.
That kind of commitment — breeding protocols restructured, a butcher shop and restaurant built to capture more of the value chain — doesn’t reverse easily. Which makes the question of where those calves ultimately end up a lot more than academic.
Three Pressure Points Between Your Beef-on-Dairy Calf and Its Buyer
The infrastructure challenge hits differently depending on your scale. A 200-cow dairy selling 80 beef-cross calves a year through a single local auction is more exposed to any one of these shifts than a 4,000-cow operation with multiple marketing channels. Scale doesn’t eliminate risk, but it changes where the risk concentrates.
Here’s a quick-glance look at the three facility moves shaping the landscape right now:
Facility
Location
Daily Capacity
Impact on Your Calves
Cargill Milwaukee
Milwaukee, WI
Ground beef only (ZERO live cattle since 2014)
NONE – Never bought your calves
Tyson Lexington
Lexington, NE
5,000 head/day
CRITICAL – 5% of U.S. capacity GONE
Tyson Amarillo
Amarillo, TX
Cut to single shift
HIGH – 1,761 jobs eliminated
AFG America’s Heartland
Wright City, MO
2,400 head/day (NEW)
POSITIVE – Built for dairy-beef crosses
Packing capacity is tightening. USDA’s February 10, 2026 WASDE report projects 2026 beef production at 25.987 billion pounds — about 0.3% below 2025 levels. That continues a multi-year contraction as the beef cow herd sits at historic lows. The agency has revised its 2026 forecast upward in each of the last two monthly reports, largely due to heavier carcass weights. But the direction is still down year-over-year, and when packers bleed money, they close plants. Tyson’s restructuring is Exhibit A.
Geography is getting harder. A University of Wisconsin Extension survey of 40 dairy farms using beef-cross genetics found the average herd produced 454 beef-cross calves per year, with the largest operations topping 6,200 annually. These calves move through auction barns, calf ranches, and regional dealer networks that all depend on nearby infrastructure staying intact. When a plant closes in central Nebraska, feedlot operators in that region ship finished cattle farther, and that cost works its way backward.
Marketing costs are rising on their own. Wisconsin’s DATCP proposed increasing auction barn licensing fees from $420 to $7,430 — a 1,669% jump — and livestock trucker registration fees from $60 to $370. Jason Mugnaini of the Wisconsin Farm Bureau called it “a substantial burden on markets, dealers, and truckers that will unavoidably be passed down to farmers.” Public outcry forced DATCP to scale the proposal back to a more modest inflationary adjustment, but the revised fees still leave an annual funding gap exceeding $680,000.
Not All Contraction: New Capacity With Wisconsin Roots
One major development is working in the other direction.
American Foods Group, headquartered in Green Bay, Wisconsin, opened its $800 million America’s Heartland Packing plant in Wright City, Missouri, in April 2025. The facility spans 775,000 square feet, has the capacity to harvest 2,400 head per day, and is projected to employ 1,300 workers at full capacity.
AFG president Steve Van Lannen told Brownfield before the plant opened that dairy-origin cattle were central to the business model: “A big part of our model is the dairy industry. There will be opportunities for cattlemen to feed those beef-dairy crosses.”
That’s meaningful — a Wisconsin-headquartered company building specifically to handle mixed cattle, including dairy-beef crosses. But the plant is in Missouri, not the Upper Midwest. For Wisconsin producers, the transportation math still matters.
The Bottom Line
The Cargill Milwaukee headline is a useful false alarm. It exposes a question most of us haven’t asked directly: Do you actually know the path your beef-cross calves travel from your farm to a packer’s kill floor?
But it should also sharpen a harder question about your sire stack. Because, as the Tyson closure proves, when capacity is tight, packers get picky. They aren’t just buying “beef-on-dairy” — they’re buying predictable rail performance.
Map your supply chain this month. Ask your calf buyer which feedlot your calves reach, and which packer that feedlot uses. If they can’t or won’t tell you, that gap in visibility is itself a risk.
Count your marketing channels. If more than two-thirds of your beef-cross calves go through a single auction barn or buyer, you’re overexposed. Smaller herds may find diversifying harder — which is exactly why it matters more, not less.
Move past the three C’s. The UW Extension survey found most Wisconsin producers still pick beef sires primarily for conception rate, calving ease, and semen cost. Those matter. But when fewer plants are competing for your calves’ finished product, carcass uniformity becomes the trait that separates you from the skip list.Feedlots forecast finish dates and schedule packer appointments for entire pens — inconsistent growth rates within a pen mean some animals hit the target and others miss, creating discounts for the whole group. Andrew Sandeen of Penn State Extension, relaying feedback from JBS beef plant buyers, described the challenge head-on: “Everything from the quality to the shape and size — it’s all over the board.” JBS had built strategies around the consistency of straight Holstein beef. As beef-on-dairy volume grows, that variability is becoming a real friction point for packers.
Select for what the packer actually measures. Ribeye area and shape, marbling, yield grade, and moderate frame — those are the traits that earn premiums at the rail. A 2024 Penn State study led by Basiel et al. evaluated 262 beef × Holstein steers across seven sire breeds over three years and found that, on average, all sire breed groups graded USDA Choice with yield grades of two or three. But within that average, sire selection drove meaningful variation: Angus-sired steers gained 1.76 kg/day versus just 1.39 kg/day for Wagyu-sired steers (P < 0.01), and marbling scores ranged from 4.14 (Limousin-sired) to 5.03 (Red Angus-sired). The Eberts use Angus and Simmental-Angus crosses through AI — breeds that showed strong feedlot ADG in that same research. That’s not a coincidence. It’s a marketing strategy disguised as a breeding decision.
Don’t confuse processing with packing. Cargill Milwaukee makes ground beef for grocery stores. It doesn’t buy cattle. Before you react to any plant closure headline, check whether the facility handles live animals or boxed beef. The difference determines whether the story applies to your farm.
Know your nearest packing plants — and what happened to them in the last 12 months. Tyson Lexington is gone. AFG Missouri is new. Cargill stated in November 2025 that it doesn’t intend to close any of its eight primary beef processing facilities and is investing in them. That landscape shifts. Stay current. Watch USDA’s next Cattle report and any signals on AFG Missouri’s actual throughput mix — both will indicate where beef-on-dairy infrastructure is heading through the rest of 2026.
The Eberts learned something interesting when they added on-farm meat processing through their Ebert Grown brand. Making their own sausage products, Randy told Brownfield, actually cost more than buying from a supplier. “We can still buy that product cheaper from a supplier than what we can efficiently do it,” he said. “That’s where we thought we could vertically integrate and have an advantage, and it’s actually, it isn’t that way.”
It’s a quietly important detail. The beef-on-dairy math works — the Ebert family has spent over a decade building a program with 2,000-plus head to prove it. But every link in that chain has its own economics, and assumptions about what you control versus what the system controls get tested eventually. Knowing the difference between a ground beef plant and a packing plant isn’t trivia. And neither is knowing the difference between a sire that gets your cow pregnant and one that gets your calf paid. As capacity tightens, the calves with predictable carcass performance are increasingly the ones that find homes first — and that reality should be part of every sire selection conversation you have this spring.
Key Takeaways
The Cargill Milwaukee plant that’s closing is a ground beef facility that hasn’t slaughtered cattle since 2014, so it never bought your calves and doesn’t change your day‑to‑day beef‑on‑dairy marketing.
Tyson’s 5,000‑head‑a‑day Lexington shutdown — plus cuts at Amarillo — is the real pressure point, tightening kill‑floor access beef‑on‑dairy volume has jumped to about 3.22 million calves and 7.9 million beef semen units in dairy herds.
Ebert Enterprises’ 4,200‑cow Wisconsin herd shows one workable path: know exactly where your calves go, avoid being tied to a single buyer, and use Angus and Simmental‑Angus sires with documented feedlot and carcass performance, not just the cheapest semen.
Penn State data backs that approach, finding that all beef × Holstein groups average Choice, but some sire breeds deliver significantly better gain and marbling — the kind of consistency packers remember when hooks are tight.
If you’re serious about beef‑on‑dairy, packer capacity and carcass predictability now belong in the same conversation as conception rate and calving ease every time you build your breeding list.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Beef-on-Dairy’s $6,215 Secret: Why 72% of Herds Are Playing It Wrong – Stop leaving money on the table by chasing the wrong premiums. This breakdown arms you with a specific ROI framework to pivot from “just selling calves” to capturing the full margin your genetics deserve.
Processor Power Play: Is Your Milk Check Getting Squeezed? – Packer consolidation isn’t just a beef problem—it’s a dairy blueprint. This analysis exposes the structural shifts in regional processing, giving you the foresight to position your operation before the next major plant closure.
$3,010 Per Heifer. 800,000 Short. Your Beef-on-Dairy Bill Is Due. – The beef-on-dairy craze has a massive blind spot: your own replacement pipeline. Discover how maverick herds are using precision data to balance beef premiums without nuking their future dairy herd’s genetic progress.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
$225K from beef‑on‑dairy, $6M digesters in the red, and 10-year permits on offer. This isn’t theory — it’s where herds are actually moving.
Executive Summary: South Dakota has become dairy’s new magnet, adding 25,000 cows in a year to hit 240,000 head by January 2026, while California Dairies Inc. shut a 99‑year‑old plant in Los Banos. The piece shows how that kind of dairy farm relocation is being driven by 10‑year CAFO permits, nine‑figure cheese investments, and genetics built for component pricing on the I‑29 corridor — and by rising water, labor, and methane‑rule friction in the West. It puts real faces on the shift: David Lemstra leaving California after 40 years to build Dakota Line Dairy in South Dakota, and California producers like Jared Fernandes and Simon Vander Woude staying put but flipping genetics, forage use, and beef‑on‑dairy strategy to make the math work. On the income side, beef‑on‑dairy crosses that bring $80–90 a head over Holsteins can add about $225,000 a year to a 2,000‑cow herd; on the cost side, $6‑million digesters and LCFS credits falling from $200 to ~$60/ton have turned many “green” projects into long‑shot paybacks. From there, it lays out three concrete paths — relocate, stay and adapt, or cash out — backed by specific rules of thumb like a $0.75/cwt 3‑year basis trigger, a 7–10‑year relocation payback window, and a 20% 21‑day pregnancy rate threshold for sexed‑on‑top/beef‑on‑bottom programs. The takeaway for 2026 is blunt: sitting in the middle — too big for niche, too small for true scale, stuck in a high‑friction state — is a choice, and probably the riskiest one on the table.
In January 2026, a load of Holstein springers from a top-tier herd — impeccable records, sexed-semen confirmation, premier genetics — sold for $3,300 a head. Two loads of heifers from custom raisers, with no birthdates, no records, and bred to natural-service Black Angus bulls, cleared $3,400. Jake Bettencourt of TLAY Dairy Video Sales, who witnessed the sale, put it plainly: “The main trend currently is, ‘What calf is a springer carrying?'”
That $100 gap is a small number with a big message. This dairy migration — the relocation of dairy farms at an industrial scale — isn’t just about geography. It’s about which regions built systems where every piece of the profit equation works together, and which ones quietly stacked friction until producers started loading trucks.
88,000 Cows in Five Years — and 25,000 More Right Behind Them
The I-29 and I-90 corridors running through South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska have become the primary growth engine for U.S. milk production. The reason isn’t abstract. It’s stainless steel.
Three processor expansions tell the story. Agropur invested $252 million to nearly triple capacity at its Lake Norden, South Dakota, plant, going from 3.3 million to 9.3 million pounds of milk per day. Valley Queen Cheese in Milbank broke ground on what was originally announced in 2022 as a $195 million expansion, its largest in 93 years. That project came in at $230 million and by late 2025 was handling 8 million pounds of milk daily. Bel Brands launched its Brookings facility, adding still more demand.
The cows came — fast. South Dakota’s milk cow population reached 215,000 as of January 1, 2025 — more than doubling in a decade, a gain of 117% that leads the nation. Some 88,000 of those cows arrived in just five years, a 69% jump. Then it kept going. USDA NASS confirms the state’s dairy herd reached 240,000 head as of January 1, 2026 — exactly the 25,000 additional cows Valley Queen’s Evan Grong had projected. South Dakota’s December 2025 milk production ran more than 11% above the prior year, the biggest increase among the 24 major dairy states — in a national herd of 9.57 million, South Dakota punched well above its weight.
Tom Peterson, executive director of South Dakota Dairy Producers, describes a deliberate effort: “About 20 years ago, South Dakota leaders and stakeholders came together with farmers and milk processors to develop a plan to not only ensure dairy industry survival in the state, but with aspirations of creating a dairy destination”. GOED Commissioner Chris Schilken estimated in early 2024 that the economic impact of 118,000 additional cows was “nearly $4 billion annually”. With 25,000 more since then, that number has only climbed.
A Genetics Gap Is Emerging
Here’s a dimension of this migration that gets overlooked: the cows moving east aren’t just changing zip codes. They’re changing what gets selected for.
The Upper Midwest model is built around cheese vats. Valley Queen, Agropur, Bel Brands: component-driven processors. That means the genetics flowing into the I-29 corridor increasingly prioritize high-butterfat, high-component cattle that fit Cheese Merit profiles — and component pricing rewards them for it. The April 2025 Net Merit revision tells the same story nationally: CDCB bumped butterfat emphasis to 31.8% (up from 28.6%) while dropping protein from 19.6% to 13.0%, and pushed Feed Saved to 17.8%. Holstein butterfat hit a national average of 4.23% in 2024, per CoBank’s Corey Geiger. Under the revised NM$ weightings, a cow with top-decile butterfat and Feed Saved genetics delivers meaningfully more lifetime profit than a volume-only counterpart — the exact dollar advantage varies by herd and market, but the directional shift is unmistakable.
For I‑29 shippers, CM$ often beats NM$ as your main index, because plants like Valley Queen and Agropur pay you on components, not volume.
The Western model may need a different genetic profile entirely. Jared Fernandes at Legacy Ranches in Tulare County made that call: he switched from Holsteins to Jerseys, cutting forage consumption by 30% and reducing water use on a 4,500-cow operation facing tight water supplies. In Merced County, Simon Vander Woude took a different approach: genomic testing since 2012, beef-on-dairy crosses on 60% of calvings, cull rate around 30%, and average lactations pushed to 2.7 — up from 2.2 when he started. “We are creating more milk with fewer cows, more components in the milk with fewer cows,” Vander Woude said. “That’s fewer mouths eating, fewer heifers”.
Dairy Migration: Two Systems, Two Sets of Friction
California’s December 2024 milk production fell 6.8% year over year — the state’s steepest monthly drop in roughly 20 years, heavily amplified by HPAI, which hit 747 of approximately 950 dairy farms. California recovered by mid-2025 — production up 2.7% in June versus 2024 —, but the episode exposed structural vulnerabilities that predate the outbreak. Idaho’s Rick Naerebout reported the cost of production “above $18.50 per hundredweight and still around $20 for many.” Oregon’s John Van Dam: “staying above water but not going anywhere”.
Upper Midwest (I-29 Corridor)
Western U.S. (CA, ID, OR, WA)
CAFO Permits
10-year state permits (SD DANR)
5-year federal NPDES cycle; annual state layers
Processing
$700M+ invested 2019–2025; coordinated with cow growth
CDI closed Artesia (2020) and Los Banos (Oct. 2024) — two plants in four years
Water
Abundant groundwater; no pumping restrictions
SGMA projected to fallow 388,000 acres, cut dairy output $2.2B by 2040
Methane Rules
Minimal state mandates
$300–$675M/year in projected losses under direct regulation
Digester Economics
N/A (not required)
$6M+ per unit; LCFS credits crashed from $200 to ~$60/MT (2021–2024)
Labor
Standard ag labor rules
CA/WA: highest minimum wages + ag overtime mandates
Legislative
Pro-dairy incentive programs (GOED)
25 anti-dairy bills killed cumulatively through 2023
Genetics
Component-driven (CM$); fits cheese processing
Under pressure to shift — Fernandes (Jersey pivot) and Vander Woude (genomic efficiency) lead
The LCFS column deserves a closer look. Digester construction averages over $6 million per unit. Those investments were supposed to pencil on strong carbon credit revenue. Instead, the green dream turned into a red-ink reality for many Western digesters. UC Berkeley professor Aaron Smith found dairy digester developers need approximately 10 years to achieve ROI on avoided methane credits — and that’s if credit values hold, which they haven’t. Anja Raudabaugh, CEO of Western United Dairies, noted that producers face “years of delay for approval and additional years of waiting for the actual money to show up”.
ERA Economics’ February 2023 analysis projects a 130,000-head reduction in California’s herd by 2040 under SGMA. A separate ERA report from September 2024 estimates 20–25% of small dairies could exit under direct methane regulation. These aren’t one-time hits. They compound annually — and they fall hardest on mid-sized commodity operations too large for niche premiums and too small to absorb six- and seven-figure regulatory overhead.
The Beef-on-Dairy Premium: A Profit Engine That Follows the Truck
The $100 springer gap Bettencourt described is the visible edge of a much larger shift. Kansas State University researchers, analyzing 14,075 feeder steer lots through Superior Livestock (2020–2021), found beef-on-dairy crosses at 550–600 pounds bringing roughly $80–90 per head more than straight Holstein steers. UF dairy economist Albert De Vries found that when 21-day pregnancy rates exceed 20%, a sexed-on-top, beef-on-bottom strategy maximizes calf income while still generating enough replacements. Below that threshold, you may not be making enough heifers to sustain the replacement pipeline.
Scale it: a 2,000-cow herd producing roughly 1,500 beef-cross calves annually at a conservative $150/head advantageworks out to $225,000 per year in extra calf revenue. That premium is location-sensitive — regions with established feedlots and packers set up for beef-on-dairy pay more consistently. The I-29 corridor has that infrastructure. And with the U.S. beef cattle inventory at a 75-year low of 86.2 million head as of January 2026, those premiums have structural support. But cattle cycles turn.
Three Paths Forward — and What Each One Costs
Path A: Move the cows to fit the system. David Lemstra did exactly this. After more than 40 years in central California, he spent nearly a decade researching alternatives before building Dakota Line Dairy in Humboldt, South Dakota. Today, the Lemstras milk 4,000 cows and ship to Agropur’s Lake Norden plant. Feed, permits, and processing” drove the move. He described leaving California as “death by 1,000 cuts”. Compare your 10-year “stay” cost to building in a growth corridor after selling your current assets. If the payback falls within 7–10 years, it pencils out. The risk: capital-intensive, and the best processor relationships won’t wait.
Path B: Change the model to fit the ground. Fernandes built a digester, went deep on regenerative ag, and made the genetic pivot to Jerseys. “We do a lot of things that you don’t hear about, that I think are sustainable,” he said at the 2025 California Dairy Sustainability Summit. Vander Woude kept Holsteins but used genomics to push average lactations from 2.2 to 2.7 while running 60% beef-on-dairy — more milk and more valuable calves from fewer animals. ERA Economics notes that digester revenue-share agreements typically provide $50–100 per cow per year, which is meaningful if volatile. The risk: heavy capital and regulatory tolerance required; niching down means brand-premium volatility.
Path C: Monetize the asset base. For operations where neither moving nor reinventing pencils, the honest option may be selling while assets still command value. ERA projects 388,000 acres could be fallowed in the San Joaquin Valley under SGMA. Selling from strength is a different negotiation than selling from distress.
Path
A: Relocate to Growth Corridor
B: Reinvent In Place
C: Monetize & Exit
Description
Move cows to I-29 corridor; build on 10-yr permits, processor contracts
Digester + genetics pivot (Jersey/genomic efficiency) + regen ag
Sell assets while value remains; avoid distressed sale
7–10 years (basis advantage + calf premium + water/compliance savings)
10+ years (digester ROI alone ~10 yrs; genetics 3–5 yrs to see full shift)
Immediate liquidity; capital preservation
Key Risks
Capital-intensive; best processor relationships won’t wait; market timing
Heavy regulatory tolerance required; LCFS/SGMA volatility; brand-premium niche risk
Timing matters—asset values eroding as Western processing consolidates
Best Fit For…
2,000+ cow herds with equity, rolling 3-yr basis drag >$0.75/cwt, appetite for scale
Established Western herds with strong brand access, regen ag commitment, high reproductive efficiency
Mid-size commodity herds: too big for niche, too small for scale, stuck in high-friction state
Your 90-Day Decision Checklist
Run your 10-year “stay” scenario. Pull your rolling 3-year basis versus the best alternative region. Add actual water and compliance cost trends. If the cumulative drag exceeds $400,000–$500,000 per year, relocation deserves a serious model.
Test your basis trigger. A rolling 3-year disadvantage exceeding $0.75/cwt means $225,000 annually on a 2,000-cow herd shipping 300,000 cwt/year. Before water, compliance, or calf value.
Audit your genetic alignment. Are you selecting for CM$ or NM$ to match your actual processor contract? The April 2025 NM$ revision puts butterfat at 31.8% — if you’re shipping into a fluid market, that may not be your index.
Check your 21-day pregnancy rate against the De Vries threshold. Below 20%, a sexed-on-top/beef-on-bottom program may not generate enough replacement heifers.
Scout destination regions before you need them. Lemstra spent nearly a decade researching before he moved. The best sites and processor relationships go to producers who are already known.
Don’t assume your current asset values are permanent. CDI closed two California plants in four years — Artesia in 2020 and Los Banos in October 2024. If processors are consolidating around you, your land’s dairy-use premium may already be eroding.
Key Takeaways
South Dakota’s dairy herd hit 240,000 cows as of January 1, 2026, adding 25,000 head in a single year — exactly matching Grong’s projection, built on 10-year CAFO permits, reinvestment incentives, and nine-figure processor expansions.
The $100 springer premium for beef-cross calves signals that calf revenue belongs in the same strategic column as milk price, basis, and water cost. Beef herd at a 75-year low supports that premium — but cattle cycles turn.
A genetics gap is emerging between component-driven Midwest herds (butterfat now 31.8% of NM$) and Western herds pivoting toward longevity and efficiency. Fernandes’s Jersey switch and Vander Woude’s genomic program show what that pivot looks like.
Western producers face compounding threats: $2.2 billion in projected SGMA losses by 2040; $300–$675 million per year in methane regulation; LCFS credits crashing from $200 to $60; and CDI closing two plants in four years.
Watch in 2026–2027: SGMA implementation deadlines, Midwest processor capacity utilization, and beef-cycle signals that could compress cross-calf premiums.
The Bottom Line
The middle ground — too big for niche, too small for scale, stuck in a high-friction state with genetics optimized for a pricing structure that’s shifting underneath you — is the most dangerous place to be in 2026. The producers hauling cattle east on I-90 have run the numbers long enough to know it. The ones staying, like Fernandes and Vander Woude, are reinventing their operations from the genetics up. Both are making active choices with their eyes open. The only losing move is standing still and hoping the spreadsheet doesn’t notice.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
The 90-Day Dairy Pivot: Converting Beef Windfalls into Next Year’s Survival – Arms you with a tactical 90-day blueprint to convert temporary $1,000 beef-on-dairy windfalls into long-term resilience. Reveals how top-tier herds are stacking $266/cow in extra revenue to survive flat milk checks and rising fixed costs.
211,000 More Dairy Cows. Bleeding Margins. The 2026 Math That Won’t Wait. – Exposes the structural reset of 2026, where a 20-year heifer low meets $11 billion in new processing capacity. Breaks down the $19.80 “real” break-even math to help you position your operation for the upcoming margin squeeze.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Holstein bulls at $800. Beef‑on‑dairy at $1,750. Same cow, same calving—double the cheque. Why are you still breeding everything Holstein?
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: In many U.S. sale barns today, Holstein bull calves that once brought $300–$450 are now commonly in the $700–$1,000 range in stronger markets, while well‑bred beef‑on‑dairy calves are cashing cheques up to about $1,750 in some auctions. At the same time, U.S. replacement heifer inventories have fallen to a 20‑year low near 3.9 million head as processors invest roughly $10 billion in new and expanded plants that will need milk to run. That combination has pushed 81% of domestic beef semen sales into dairy herds and made the “sexed on top, beef on the bottom” strategy hard to ignore. The catch is that it only pays long‑term if your 21‑day pregnancy rate stays above about 20% and you have heifers to spare, with herds in the 30–40% band able to run 50% or more of their breedings to beef while herds under 25% are usually better off fixing repro first. Three Wisconsin families—Hillview, Hiemstra, and Dornacker—show how registered Holsteins, a soil‑driven 170‑cow system, and a ProCROSS robot herd are all turning those same numbers into very different but profitable plans. By the end, you’ll know which of three breeding “paths” your own numbers put you in and what to do over the next 90 days to match sexed and beef semen to your repro, heifer, and calf markets.
In strong Wisconsin markets, beef‑on‑dairy calves are bringing up to about $1,750 a head and Holstein bull calves are often in the $800–$1,000 range, with top sales in other regions breaking the $1,000 mark as well. U.S. milk replacement heifer inventories are down to roughly 3.9 million head as of January 1, 2026—a 20‑year low—with CoBank warning they could shrink another 800,000 head before 2027. At the same time, 81% of domestic beef semen now goes into dairy cows, not beef herds. If you’re breeding cows, managing heifers, or signing milk and cattle contracts in 2026, that mix isn’t background noise. It’s the math that decides whether your breeding program keeps you ahead of the curve or leaves you short of replacements when the processor wants more milk.
Quarter
Holstein Bull Calf Price (USD)
Beef-on-Dairy Calf Price (USD)
Spread (USD)
Q1 2023
$350
$800
$450
Q3 2023
$450
$1,100
$650
Q1 2024
$600
$1,350
$750
Q3 2024
$750
$1,500
$750
Q1 2025
$850
$1,600
$750
Q3 2025
$900
$1,700
$800
Q1 2026
$950
$1,750
$800
If you’re already selling calves, buying semen, and watching heifer checks climb, this is aimed squarely at you. The question isn’t “Should I try beef‑on‑dairy?” anymore. It’s: given your repro numbers and heifer pipeline, how hard can you lean into beef‑on‑dairy without blowing a hole in your future fresh pen?
The Beef‑on‑Dairy Premium You Can Actually See
For years, bull calves were the side hustle. They helped pay a bill or two but didn’t change your year.
That flipped in late 2023 and into 2024. In sale barns across Wisconsin and Pennsylvania, newborn Holstein steer calves were bringing about $300–$450 per head, while beef‑cross calves hit as high as $1,750. Since then, a string of 2024–2025 market reports has pushed both numbers higher, with 2025 coverage noting newborn beef‑cross calves topping $1,500–$1,600 in Wisconsin and Premier’s January 2026 report listing beef‑dairy cross calves at $1,000–$1,750 and most Holstein bulls at $700–$1,150.
Sale reports from central U.S. barns tell a similar story. At South Central Livestock Exchange in 2024, “baby calf” reports—a mix of dairy and dairy‑beef—showed ranges like $175–$875 and $200–$780 per head depending on quality and condition. You don’t even need a breed column to see the pattern: the top calves bring several hundred dollars more than the bottom tier.
Since those 2023–2024 reports, national summaries from CattleFax‑linked analyses have pegged average day‑old beef‑on‑dairy calves around $1,400 in some U.S. markets, more than double levels from just a few years ago, while Holstein bull calves have also climbed. Exact numbers depend on your barn, your buyer, and this week’s market. The important part is the spread between plain Holsteins and well‑sired beef‑on‑dairy calves—and that spread has stayed real.
Run that against your own numbers. If you can consistently capture even a $300–$400 per‑head spread on 150–250 calves a year by shifting from commodity Holstein bulls to well‑managed beef‑on‑dairy crosses, you’re talking roughly $45,000–$100,000 in extra annual revenue before you haul one extra load of milk. Your math will be different, but the dollars are big enough that “doing nothing” is a choice all by itself.
How Hillview Turned Beef‑on‑Dairy Into a Revenue Engine
Jauquet’s Hillview Dairy in Luxemburg, Wisconsin, is the kind of place semen companies like to put on a brochure. They milk about 650 registered Holsteins in a cross‑ventilated freestall and have already been profiled for comfort, repro, and genetics.
Herds like Hillview didn’t jump into beef‑on‑dairy for the novelty. They moved because the economics said they could get more per pregnancy. Their breeding pattern now looks a lot like what the economists have been running in their models:
Sexed Holstein semen on the top of the herd—your highest‑index cows and heifers—to generate just the replacements you actually need.
Beef semen on lower‑index cows and groups where making another heifer mostly adds cost, not value.
A structured repro program (timed AI, close fresh‑cow work, and consistent heat detection) so expensive straws aren’t wasted on sloppy timing.
An October 2021 paper in JDS Communications (“Economics of using beef semen on dairy herds”) found that once your 21‑day pregnancy rate hits roughly 20% or better, and once beef‑on‑dairy calves bring at least about 2x the price of straight Holstein bull calves, this “sexed on top, beef on the bottom” approach maximizes income from calves over semen cost—even when sexed semen is more than twice the price of conventional or beef semen.
If your current repro and local calf markets look anything like that, you’re playing in the same lane as Hillview, whether you’ve admitted it yet or not.
Josh Hiemstra: Beef‑on‑Dairy as a Whole‑Farm System
Not every story here is about a big registered Holstein herd. Some are about getting every acre to pull its weight.
Hiemstra Dairy in Brandon, Wisconsin, milks about 170 cows and farms roughly 790 acres of owned and rented land in western Fond du Lac County. Josh Hiemstra farms with his family and has been profiled for his cover crops and soil‑health focus; he thinks in rotations and roots as much as in pounds and litres.
In a 2024 Farm Progress feature, Josh laid out how beef‑on‑dairy fits his plan. He’d just sold a load of beef‑on‑dairy steers and heifers that averaged 1,400 pounds and brought $1.75 per pound—about $2,450 per head. Then came the line that stuck with a lot of dairymen:
“I could have been smart and sold them as baby calves,” he admits.
He didn’t, because on his farm:
He can push more corn through finishing cattle than through the milking herd.
Older infrastructure—tower silos, a conventional parlor—fits a mixed dairy‑plus‑beef setup just fine.
Cover crops and “odd” forages that don’t slot neatly into a high‑producing TMR fit nicely into beef rations.
For Hiemstra, beef‑on‑dairy isn’t a side hustle bolted onto a dairy. It’s part of a whole‑farm plan to make soil, feed, facilities, and cattle all pull in the same direction.
Heifers at a 20‑Year Low and a $10 Billion Stainless Build‑Out
Calf cheques feel good. Realizing you’ve starved your heifer pipeline does not.
CoBank’s August 2025 report “Dairy Heifer Inventories to Shrink Further Before Rebounding in 2027” pegs U.S. dairy replacement heifer inventories at a 20‑year low and projects they’ll shrink by another 800,000 head before they regain ground in 2027. USDA’s January 1, 2026, cattle report backs that up, putting milk replacement heifers at about 3.9 million head.
At the same time, CoBank highlights a “historic $10 billion” wave of new and expanded dairy processing capacity—cheese plants, ingredient plants, and value‑added facilities—set to come online through 2027. That’s a lot of new stainless chasing milk from a smaller pool of replacements.
On prices, CoBank’s Corey Geiger notes that heifer values “have reached record highs and could climb well above $3,000 per head.” Brownfield’s read on Wisconsin data shows replacement dairy animals jumping 69% in a year—from $1,990 in October 2023 to $2,850 in October 2024—with some Northwest sales “north of $4,000 per head.” Other 2025 coverage points to bred dairy heifers in many U.S. markets trading north of $3,000, with top strings clearing $4,000.
Every heifer you raise—or decide not to—now drags a much bigger number behind her than she did just a few years ago.
What Heifers Really Cost You
None of that means the right answer is to quit raising heifers. It does mean you should know, cold, what yours cost.
A 2019 economic analysis of pre‑weaning strategies found that:
Feed typically accounts for about 46% of heifer‑raising costs.
Pre‑weaning costs alone can range from roughly $259 to $583 per calf, depending on housing, milk program, and labour.
Once that calf gets to freshening, many 2024–2025 North American budgets put full heifer‑raising costs in the low‑to‑mid $2,000s per head, once you count feed, labour, interest, facilities, and death loss.
On the market side, CoBank and regional reports point to bred heifers trading around and above $3,000 per head, with special sales and select strings in some regions bringing over $4,000.
If your true cost to raise a heifer is running $2,300–$2,600, and local bred heifers are selling for $2,800–$3,200 or more, it’s perfectly rational to question the old “raise everything” reflex.
A simple rule of thumb: if your full heifer cost is consistently more than about 10–15% above the going price for solid bred heifers in your region, it’s time to pressure‑test a buy‑vs‑raise strategy with your adviser or lender instead of assuming raising is always the cheaper, safer play.
81% of Beef Semen Now Goes Into Dairy Cows
If you still think beef‑on‑dairy is a niche play for a few “progressive” herds, the semen market disagrees.
NAAB’s 2024 data shows 81% of all domestic beef semen sales now go onto dairy cows and heifers. Sexed dairy units keep climbing. Conventional dairy semen is getting squeezed from both sides.
The 2021 JDS Communications economics work predicts exactly that pattern. In its most profitable scenarios, herds:
Use sexed Holstein semen on the top‑ranked cows and heifers to generate replacements with the genetics they want.
Use beef semen on lower‑ranked or surplus animals, assuming beef‑on‑dairy calves bring at least about 2x the price of straight Holstein bull calves.
In other words, the semen sales chart already looks a lot like the recommended playbook: sexed for replacements, beef for value‑added calves, and conventional dairy semen steadily losing ground.
Your 21‑Day Pregnancy Rate Is the Guard Rail
Here’s where good herds quietly get themselves into trouble: copying someone else’s beef‑semen percentage without copying their repro engine.
UW–Extension work and the JDS Communications paper both land on the same idea: beef‑on‑dairy is a “spare pregnancy” business. You use pregnancies you don’t need for replacements to make higher‑value beef‑on‑dairy calves. If you’re short on pregnancies or short on heifers, chasing beef premiums can saw through your replacement pipeline fast.
High‑performing herds recognized by the Dairy Cattle Reproduction Council (DCRC) often run 21‑day pregnancy rates in the mid‑30s to low‑40s. Those herds have room to be aggressive with beef semen and still sleep at night about replacements.
If your 21‑day pregnancy rate is in the teens or low‑20s, you’re running a different race.
Here’s a simple frame based on the modelling and what the top repro herds actually do—not a law, but a practical starting point:
21‑Day Pregnancy Rate
Suggested Beef % of Breedings
What That Really Means
Under 20%
0–10%
Beef‑on‑dairy is a distraction; every dollar belongs in repro first.
20–25%
20–30%
Limited room; focus on sexed semen on top cows; use beef carefully.
25–30%
30–45%
A balanced “both/and” beef‑plus‑sexed strategy is realistic.
Over 30%
50%+
Aggressive beef use can work if you tightly manage the heifer inventory.
Those ranges line up with what the JDS Communications paper found and what DCRC‑type herds live every day. They’re guard rails, not commandments—but if your 21‑day PR is in the teens, cranking beef semen to 60% isn’t a bold strategy. It’s rolling the dice on your own replacement line.
Sexed Semen: The Old Knock vs the New Data
A lot of producers formed their opinions about sexed semen back when the technology was taking a 20‑point hit on conception. 2010 called. It wants those assumptions back.
A 2023 review in Animals pulled together results from multiple European and Irish studies on beef‑on‑dairy strategies. It found that modern sexed semen often hits 80–90% of conventional semen’s conception rates under good management, especially in heifers, not the steep penalty many people still quote from memory.
Both that review and the 2021 JDS Communications economics paper land on the same play:
Use sexed semen on higher‑index animals so more of your replacements come from the top of the herd.
Use beef semen on lower‑index animals to turn surplus pregnancies into calves with a better paycheque.
You may still see a few points lower conception with sexed vs conventional, depending on your handling and cow group. But if sexed semen lets you trim your heifer pipeline back to what you truly need—and frees up more pregnancies for beef‑on‑dairy calves that bring roughly double the Holstein price—the total calf‑plus‑semen line on your P&L can still climb.
So the real question isn’t “Is sexed semen good or bad?” It’s: what’s your actual cost per pregnancy with sexed, conventional, and beef semen, using your own conception rates and prices?
The Dornacker Plan: Crossbreeding, Robots, and Beef‑Ready Cows
Not every future‑proof herd is pure Holstein or built around banners.
Dornacker Prairies in Wisconsin is a fifth‑generation dairy with about 360 cows on roughly 1,000 acres, and about 90% of those acres are used to feed their own herd. Allen and Nancy Dornacker farm alongside Allen’s parents, Ralph and Arlene, and their four kids. They’ve been profiled internationally for blending robots, crossbreeding, and composting into a single system that works for their land and family.
Over the last decade, they’ve:
Installed Lely A5 robots starting in 2018, expanding from three units to six, with room for nine.
Adopted ProCROSS crossbreeding (Holstein × VikingRed × Montbéliarde) beginning in 2016 to improve fertility, health, and longevity.
Implemented composting that’s cut fertilizer purchases by about 80%.
Their crossbred herd averages around 9,200 kg of milk per cow per year (about 20,000 lb), with components near 4.6% fat and 3.6% protein—numbers that stack up nicely on a component‑based paycheque.
In a herd like that, beef‑on‑dairy is one more lever, not the whole story. Crossbred cows with stronger fertility give you more room to decide which lactations get beef vs sexed dairy semen. Moderate‑sized, robot‑friendly cows fit tighter breeding programs. Beef‑on‑dairy calf revenue stacks on top of genetics and facilities built around long‑term family ownership, not just next month’s cash flow.
If your focus is banners and purebred marketing, this path comes with trade‑offs. If your focus is a resilient commercial herd your kids might actually want to run, it’s worth a serious look.
Cover crops + “odd” forages fit beef rations; old infrastructure = low overhead
Robot-friendly moderate-frame cows; strong fertility (crossbreeding); family succession plan
Main Constraint They Manage
Heifer inventory—must keep sexed-semen conception high
Land base & feed logistics (790 acres, finishing cattle on-site)
Balancing milk components (4.6% fat, 3.6% protein) with beef-calf revenue
The Beef‑on‑Dairy Gold Rush Has a Downside
It’s easy to get starry‑eyed about $1,400 calf stories. Here’s the part that keeps you out of trouble.
The same 2023 Animals review that highlights beef‑on‑dairy’s upside also flags real risks when beef sires get sprayed across dairy cows without enough planning:
Longer gestation with some beef breeds, stretching calving intervals, and tying up stalls.
Higher dystocia and stillbirth rates in certain beef × Holstein crosses when calving ease isn’t prioritized.
Welfare and marketing problems occur when calves don’t meet buyer expectations on growth, muscling, or carcass traits.
On the fed‑cattle side, Kansas State’s grid‑pricing work shows that cattle outside packer specs on weight, yield, or quality take meaningful discounts. Poorly planned beef‑on‑dairy crosses—wrong frame, wrong fat cover, wrong muscling—are more likely to land in those discounted buckets.
If you:
Chase beef‑on‑dairy premiums with sires that add too much birthweight or gestation,
Ignore calving‑ease and carcass traits when picking beef bulls for dairy cows, and
Don’t align your calves with what your buyer, feedlot, or packer actually wants,
you can watch the “gold rush” vanish into dead calves, extra days open, and grid deductions.
The herds that will still be glad they leaned into beef‑on‑dairy five years from now are already:
Using calving‑ease beef sires validated on dairy crosses.
Matching sires to specific buyer or grid specs, not just grabbing “any Angus” off the sheet.
Tracking calf health, growth, and sale prices in their own records instead of assuming every beef‑cross calf lands at the top of the market.
What This Means for Your Operation
Beef‑on‑dairy is not a yes‑or‑no question. It’s a strategy that has to fit your repro, heifers, feed base, and markets.
Most herds will land in one of three lanes.
Path A: Aggressive Beef (50%+ of Breedings)
You’re here if:
Your 21‑day pregnancy rate runs around 30% or higher.
You’ve consistently had more heifers than you truly need.
You have reliable outlets for beef‑on‑dairy calves or your own finishing capacity.
What it looks like:
The top 20–30% of cows and most heifers get sexed Holstein semen, selected on Net Merit, DWP$, or your index of choice.
The bottom 50–70% of cows receive beef semen from calving‑ease, dairy‑tested sires that meet buyer specs.
You’re willing to buy replacements when the heifer market says that beats raising every last one yourself.
Path B: Balanced Strategy (25–40% Beef)
You’re here if:
Your 21‑day pregnancy rate sits in the 25–30% band.
You’re mostly okay on heifers—short in some years, long in others.
You have decent calf markets but no locked‑in premium contract.
What it looks like:
The top 30–40% of cows and heifers get sexed dairy semen.
The bottom 25–40% of cows go to beef.
Conventional dairy semen still has a role where it wins on cost per pregnancy.
A lot of 300–800‑cow herds are going to live here for a while as they keep nudging repro higher.
Path C: Fix Repro First (0–20% Beef)
You’re here if:
Your 21‑day pregnancy rate is under about 25%.
You’re short on heifers and stretching days‑in‑milk.
Your risk budget feels pretty thin.
What it looks like:
Beef semen is used sparingly—older cows, obvious genetic culls, maybe a small test group.
Most of your cash goes into repro and cow performance: transition, heat detection, cow comfort, and vet work.
If you’re in Path C, the smartest beef‑on‑dairy move may be to hold your fire. Get your repro into the mid‑20s or 30s first. The beef premiums will still be there when you’ve actually got pregnancies to spare.
Your 90‑Day Action Plan
Here’s how you turn this from a good read into a working plan on your farm.
Next 30 days
Pull your 12‑month 21‑day pregnancy rate. Use your herd software or DHI reports, not a guess. That number tells you if Path A, B, or C is even on the table.
Calculate your full heifer cost. Use your 2024 books—feed, labour, interest, bedding, facilities, and death loss. If you need a framework, start from a university heifer‑raising budget or sit down with your lender and walk through your numbers line by line.
Next 60 days
Get real local calf price ranges. Talk directly to your sale barn or calf buyer. Ask what they’ve actually been paying for Holstein bull calves vs beef‑on‑dairy calves in your weight bands over the last 60–90 days. Use that spread—not coffee‑shop talk—as your baseline.
Sit down with your AI and genetics rep. Bring cow and heifer index lists, cull data, and heifer counts. Map how many replacements you truly need, and which animals can shift to beef semen without starving your fresh pen 18–24 months from now.
Next 90 days
Run a pilot, not a revolution. If your repro supports it, move 20–30% of breedings to carefully chosen beef semen for one breeding season. Track breedings, conceptions, calvings, calf weights, and sale prices. Let your own numbers, not somebody else’s story, tell you whether to ramp up or back off.
Check your risk tools. USDA’s Livestock Risk Protection (LRP) program has expanded coverage options in recent years, including coverage tied to feeder cattle and calf prices in general. Talk with your insurance agent or extension specialist about whether any current LRP products fit the kind of calves you’re producing and how you market them.
While you’re at it, read your milk cheque and the fine print of your contract. If your processor is paying for components, animal care, or specific beef‑on‑dairy traits, those lines belong in the same spreadsheet as semen prices and calf bids.
Timeline
Action Step
What to Calculate or Ask
Why It Matters
Next 30 Days(Step 1)
Pull your 21-day pregnancy rate
Use herd software or DHI—12-month rolling average, not a guess
Tells you if Path A, B, or C is even on the table; this number is your beef-semen budget
Next 30 Days(Step 2)
Calculate your full heifer cost
Feed + labor + interest + facilities + death loss from 2024 books
If your cost is >10–15% above local bred-heifer prices, raising every heifer is leaving money on the table
Next 60 Days(Step 3)
Get real local calf prices
Call sale barn or buyer: What did Holstein bulls vs beef-cross calves actually bring in last 60–90 days?
Use that spread—not coffee-shop gossip—as your baseline; if spread is <$300/head, beef-on-dairy math gets harder
Next 60 Days(Step 4)
Sit down with AI/genetics rep
Bring cow index lists, cull data, heifer counts; map how many replacements you truly need
Prevents the classic mistake: copying someone else’s beef-% when their repro and heifer pipeline are 20 points stronger than yours
Next 90 Days(Step 5)
Run a pilot, not a revolution
Move 20–30% of breedings to beef semen for one breeding season; track breedings, conceptions, calvings, calf weights, sale prices
Let your numbers tell you whether to ramp up or back off—not somebody else’s story at the sale barn
Next 90 Days(Step 6)
Check your risk tools
Talk to insurance agent about USDA Livestock Risk Protection (LRP) for feeder cattle/calf price coverage; read milk contract fine print for component or beef-calf incentives
If your processor pays for specific traits or your calf market swings hard, these lines belong in the same spreadsheet as semen prices
Key Takeaways
Beef‑on‑dairy calves are bringing several hundred dollars more per head than Holsteins in many U.S. markets—Holstein calves that used to bring $300–$450 are now commonly $700–$1,000 in strong markets, while beef‑cross calves are topping $1,500–$1,750 in parts of Wisconsin and over $1,000 in Pennsylvania and other key regions.
Heifer economics have flipped fast. CoBank says inventories could shrink by another 800,000 head before 2027, while Wisconsin replacement values jumped 69% in a year, and many U.S.-bred heifers now sell north of $3,000, with some lots over $4,000.
Beef‑on‑dairy works best long‑term when repro and heifer numbers are strong. Modelling shows the math starts to work above roughly 20% 21‑day PR and 2x calf price, with herds in the 30–40% band having the most flexibility.
There’s a real downside if you pick the wrong beef sires or ignore carcass specs. Longer gestations, harder calvings, and packer grid discounts can erase calf‑price gains very quickly.
The herds that will still be happy with beef‑on‑dairy in five years are matching sexed and beef semen to their own numbers—pregnancy rate, heifer needs, feed base, and actual buyers—not to the latest rumour at the sale barn.
The Bottom Line
You don’t have to milk 650 cows in Luxemburg or farm 790 acres in Fond du Lac County to make this work. But, like those families, you do have to pick a lane and live with the math that comes with it.
So when you look back on 2026, a year from now, do you want to say, “We finally lined up our breeding plan with our numbers,” or still be loading $700 Holstein bull calves while your buyer’s paying a lot more for the right beef‑on‑dairy cross?
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Building a Beef-on-Dairy System: Capturing $360,000 in Annual Farm Profit – Stop leaving money on the table and start building a profit-driven pipeline. This breakdown delivers the exact ROI calculations and management shifts needed to capture massive annual revenue gains by aligning your breeding with real-world demand.
The ProCROSS Payoff: Is It Time to Cross the Line? – Breaks down the University of Minnesota’s findings on how crossbreeding delivers a 9-13% boost in daily profit. This unconventional approach reveals how improving health and fertility traits secures your competitive advantage in a high-cost environment.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Class III in the mid‑$16s, feed cheap, margins tight. The real test in 2026 is whether calf checks and components close your gap.
Executive Summary: USDA’s latest Milk Production report shows November 2025 output up 4.7% in the 24 major states, with 214,000 more cows on line, even as 2026 all‑milk prices are forecast about $1.80/cwt lower—leaving a typical 300‑cow herd roughly $90,000–$100,000 short on milk income. This article explains why that expansion still pencils out for many farms once you put $1,400 beef‑on‑dairy calves, strong cull checks, and record U.S. cheese and butterfat exports into the equation. It shows how calf checks, better butterfat and protein performance, and DMC’s new 6‑million‑pound Tier 1 coverage can add $2–$3/cwt back into margins on efficient herds, while highlighting why high‑cost or heavily leveraged operations—especially in the Southeast, New England, and some Western dry‑lot systems—are under far more stress. From there, you get a straight‑talk 2026 playbook: know your true breakeven, use beef‑on‑dairy and components intentionally, lock in smart DMC/DRP protection, and be honest about scale, succession, and exit timing while calf and cull values are still on your side. It closes with three simple markers—Class III futures, cheese export volumes, and national cow numbers—to help you decide when this downcycle is finally turning instead of guessing from headlines.
Component
2025 (at $21.05/cwt)
2026 Forecast (at $19.25/cwt)
Year-Over-Year Change
Gross Milk Revenue
$1,452,450
$1,328,250
–$124,200
Beef-on-Dairy/Cull Income (est.)
$32,000
$42,000
+$10,000
Net Revenue After Offsets
$1,484,450
$1,370,250
–$114,200
You know, here’s what doesn’t quite add up when you look at where we’re starting 2026.
Most mid‑size herds are staring at roughly $90,000 to $100,000 less operating margin this year than they had in 2025, based on USDA’s all‑milk price forecasts and some pretty basic herd‑level math. USDA’s November 2025 Milk Production report put output in the 24 major states at 18.1 billion pounds, up 4.7% from November 2024, with total U.S. production at 18.8 billion pounds, up 4.5% year‑over‑year. That same report shows the milking herd in those 24 states at 9.13 million cows—214,000 more than a year earlier and even 1,000 head more than October.
So milk keeps coming, even as margins tighten to levels a lot of us haven’t had to stomach for a while.
On the face of it, that feels backward. But once you dig into the beef‑on‑dairy economics, the regional realities, and the way risk management and exports are behaving, the picture starts to come into focus.
Beef‑on‑Dairy: The Calf Check That’s Quietly Rewriting the Math
Looking at this trend, what farmers are finding is that beef‑on‑dairy has quietly become a major stabilizer in an otherwise stressful year.
Laurence Williams, who leads dairy‑beef cross development at Purina, reported in late 2025 that day‑old beef‑on‑dairy calves are now commonly bringing around $1,400 a head, compared to roughly $650 just three years earlier. Analysts ran the numbers and found that the combination of beef‑on‑dairy calves, cull cows, and related cattle sales has added $3.00 or more per hundredweight to the bottom line on many participating herds.
Revenue Stream
2022 (Before B×D Surge)
2025 (Beef-on-Dairy Established)
Dollar Increase
% of Total Revenue
Milk Revenue (Gross)
$1,452,450
$1,452,450
—
87%
Beef-on-Dairy Calf Income
$8,000 (dairy calves @ $650 ea)
$35,000 (B×D @ $1,400 ea)
+$27,000
2.1%
Cull Cow Sales
$18,000
$22,000
+$4,000
1.3%
Component Premiums (fat/protein)
$15,000
$28,000
+$13,000
1.7%
TOTAL REVENUE
$1,493,450
$1,537,450
+$44,000
100%
That’s not a nice little bonus. That’s often the difference between red ink and black ink.
In barn after barn, what I’ve noticed is that producers are increasingly thinking of each cow as a two‑part enterprise: milk plus calf. If her butterfat performance and protein hold up reasonably well and she throws a high‑value beef cross calf, the calculus for one more lactation shifts. It’s no longer just, “Is she paying for her feed on milk alone?” It becomes, “Does her milk plus calf check more than cover her costs?”
CattleFax analysts have been pointing out that the U.S. beef cow herd is at its lowest level since the 1960s. That’s a structural shortage in the beef pipeline, not just a one‑season hiccup. In recent outlook presentations, CattleFax has said they expect beef and dairy‑beef calf prices to stay historically strong through 2026 and likely into the first half of 2027, because the beef herd just isn’t rebuilding quickly.
So when someone asks, “Why aren’t we seeing deeper herd cuts with these milk prices?” one honest answer is: because the calf checks and cull checks are doing a lot of heavy lifting right now, especially on farms that have leaned into beef‑on‑dairy in a disciplined way.
Global Milk Supply: Everyone Turned on the Taps at Once
Now, zooming out, here’s where it gets tricky. The U.S. isn’t expanding in a vacuum.
USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service outlooks for 2025–2026 suggest that European Union milk production is holding near the high‑140‑million‑tonne range. Cow numbers in several EU countries are slowly declining, but productivity per cow continues to climb thanks to advances in genetics, feeding, and management documented in recent European dairy research. So you’ve still got a lot of European milk behind a very export‑oriented processing system.
In New Zealand, Fonterra cut its farmgate milk price forecast to around NZ$9.50 per kilogram of milk solids for the 2025–26 season. DairyNZ’s economic trackers show that at that level, many Kiwi farms are running on slender margins. But Fonterra’s seasonal updates have still shown collections heading into the Southern Hemisphere spring flush running ahead of the previous year across much of the country.
In South America, USDA attaché reports dindicate thatArgentina and Uruguay pare osting meaningful production gains over 2024 levels. While they’re smaller players than the EU or New Zealand, they add to the global pool of exportable milk solids and keep price presthe sure on whole milk powder amilk powder nd skim markets.
Australia is the one major exporter clearly constrained, with drought and water allocation issues limiting out,put in key dairy regions according to Australian government and industry reports. But Australia’s volumes by themselves aren’t big enough to offset Europe, New Zealand, and South America all pushing harder at once.
The bottom line on global supply is straightforward: multiple major exporting regions turned the taps up in the second half of 2025, and they’re all chasing a limited set of buyers. In that kind of environment, it doesn’t take much extra milk to lean hard on world prices.
Spot Markets and GDT: Trying to Find a Floor, Not a Rocket Ship
What’s interesting is that even in this heavy‑supply environment, the markets aren’t behaving like they d,id in some past downturns where everything fell off a cliff at once.
Take butter. USDA’s Cold Storage report released in late January 2026 shows U.S. butter inventories at the end of 2025 running about 7% below the year‑earlier level. That’s not wh,at most of us would expect given all the extra milk. But when you add in strong domestic demand for fat through the holiday season and the fact that U.S. butter has often been priced below European and New Zealand butter, it starts to add up.
Traders have responded to that combination with a firmer butter market than many had penciled in. That doesn’t mean prices are great, but it does mean there’s a recognizable floor.
Skim‑side products have been more volatile, but there ar,e some positive signs there too. At the Global Dairy Trade auctions in early January 2026, the overall price index climbed 6.3% at the first event of the year and another 1.5% at the next. Skim milk powder rose a little over 2% at the most recent auction, with butter and anhydrous milk fat also moving higher. Whole milk powder gained about 1%.
Analysts at AHDB in the U.K. and other market trackers have noted that these gains were broad‑based rather than driven by a single dominant buyer. Middle Eastern importers stepped up their participation to the highest share in roughly two years, and Chinese buyers returned to the platform more actively than they had in late 2024, even as China continues pushing its own domestic dairy expansion.
So are prices “back”? No. But they might be trying to carve out a base instead of sliding endlessly lower, and that’s worth watching.
U.S. Cheese Exports: The Quiet Workhorse in the Background
If there’s one bright spot that doesn’t get enough credit, it’s cheese exports.
The U.S. Dairy Export Council’s November 2025 report highlighted that August cheese exports hit 54,110 metric tons, up 28% year‑over‑year and the highest monthly cheese volume the U.S. has ever shipped. August was also the fourth straight month where U.S. cheese exports topped 50,000 metric tons—a milestone that had never been reached before May 2025.
Analysts pointed out that South Korea’s cheese imports from the U.S. were up 84% compared to the previous year. Mexico, Central America, Japan, and Australia all booked sizable gains as well. Butterfat exports nearly tripled year‑over‑year, with butter and anhydrous milkfat shipments up close to 190–200% in some categories, as foreign buyers took advantage of relatively cheap U.S. fat.
A big driver is price. USDEC and several commodity risk firms have noted that U.S. cheese—especially cheddar and mozzarella‑type products—has been priced below comparable European and Oceania offerings for much of 2025. That discount, combined with new cheese plants in the central U.S., has given buyers reasons to shift more volume to U.S. suppliers.
Without that export engine—in both cheese and butterfat—we’d likely be staring at much bigger inventories and even lower domestic prices.
Feed Costs: A Tailwind That Still Can’t Outrun the Headwinds
Now, let’s slide over to the cost side of the ledger.
USDA crop reports for 2025 confirmed a big U.S. corn harvest and solid soybean production. That’s kept corn futures trading in the low‑to‑mid $4 per bushel range and soybean meal at relatively manageable levels compared to the spike years we all remember too well. When you plug these feed prices into the Dairy Margin Coverage formula, the feed‑cost component drops to some of the lowest levels we’ve seen since late 2020.
Land‑grant economists and extension dairy specialists have been pointing out that, at least on paper, this should be a “feed‑friendly” year.
But here’s where the math still bites: USDA’s outlook, as summarized by Southeast Ag Net and other ag media, has the 2026 all‑milk price averaging around $19.25 per hundredweight, down from about $21.05 in 2025. That’s a drop of roughly $1.80 per hundredweight. So even if feed costs trim 35 to 50 cents per hundredweight off your expense line, the net margin still narrows uncomfortably.
I’ve seen some herds with exceptionally strong forage programs and careful fresh cow management insulate themselves a bit more—they’re getting more milk per unit of feed, which helps. But nobody’s describing this as an “easy‑money” year.
How the 2026 Margin Squeeze Lands on Different Farms
Let’s put some real numbers to this.
Region / Herd Profile
Typical Herd Size
Full-Cost Breakeven ($/cwt)
2026 Forecast Price ($/cwt)
Margin/(Loss) at Forecast
Key Headwinds
Upper Midwest (WI, MN)
300–500
$16.50–$17.00
$19.25
+$2.25–$2.75
None acute; feed-friendly; strong components help
Texas Panhandle
2,000–5,000
$17.00–$18.00
$19.25
+$1.25–$2.25
High debt from recent expansion; interest rate exposure
California Central Valley
2,000–8,000
$16.50–$17.50
$19.25
+$1.75–$2.75
Water restrictions; regulatory costs; high land value
Southeast (Federal Order 7)
150–300
$19.00–$20.50
$19.25
–$0.25 to +$0.25
Class I premium erosion; heat stress; long hauls to plant
New England
100–250
$20.00–$21.50
$19.25
–$0.75 to –$2.25
High land, labor, & regulatory costs; insufficient scale
Imagine a 300‑cow herd shipping about 23,000 pounds per cow annually—roughly 69,000 hundredweight per year. At a $1.80 per hundredweight drop in milk price, you’re looking at about $124,000 less top‑line milk revenue. If beef‑on‑dairy calves and components are adding extra income, that might bring the net hit closer to that $90,000 to $100,000 range, but it still stings.
USDA’s Economic Research Service breaks milk cost of production down by herd size, and while the exact numbers vary year to year, the pattern is consistent. Small herds under 50 cows often end up with total economic costs—once you price in family labor, depreciation, and interest—well over $40 per hundredweight. Mid‑size herds from 100 to 500 cows commonly sit somewhere in the low‑to‑mid twenties. Large herds, especially those above 2,000 cows with efficient layouts and strong management, can get their full costs into the upper teens or around $20.
In Wisconsin and much of the Upper Midwest, extension educators tell me that herds with a true full‑cost breakeven under about $16 per hundredweight are generally okay at these forecasted prices, especially if they’re capturing strong component premiums and calf/cull income. Once that breakeven climbs into the $18–20 range, the stress shows up quickly in lender meetings.
In California’s Central Valley and the Texas Panhandle, a lot of the big modern facilities have very competitive operating costs on a per‑hundredweight basis but also carry significant debt from recent expansions. When interest rates sit where they are and all‑milk prices back up, those principal and interest payments can start to drive decisions just as much as feed bills.
The Southeast is fighting a different battle. Federal Order 7, along with Order 5 in parts of the Appalachian region, has long relied on Class I fluid milk premiums to keep blend prices workable. University of Kentucky and other regional economists have been documenting how declining beverage milk consumption reduces Class I utilization and erodes that premium. Combine that with higher heat‑stress mitigation costs, more challenging forage conditions, and long hauls to processing plants, and many Southeast producers describe 2025–2026 as one of the toughest stretches they’ve faced.
In New England, the story centers on high land values, strict environmental regulations, and costly labor. Even with excellent butterfat performance and strong protein, some mid‑size herds simply can’t spread those fixed costs across enough hundredweight to make the numbers work at a sub‑$20 all‑milk price.
So when you look at the national average projections, it’s worth reminding yourself: there really is no single “U.S. dairy market.” Your reality depends on your region, your herd size, your debt structure, and how you manage forage, cows, and risk.
What DMC and Risk Management Can—and Can’t—Do This Year
Given all that, it makes sense that Dairy Margin Coverage is back on a lot of producers’ radar.
For the 2026 program year, USDA’s Farm Service Agency expanded Tier 1 coverage from 5 million to 6 million pounds of milk. That’s a big deal for herds in the 250–300‑cow range, because more of their production now fits under the lower Tier 1 premium schedule. Penn State Extension, Texas Farm Bureau, and several other groups have all been reminding producers that enrollment opened January 12 and runs through February 26, 2026.
Risk‑management specialists like Katie Burgess, director of risk management at Ever.Ag, has been quoted as saying that their models point to DMC payments exceeding $1 per hundredweight for at least the first few months of 2026, with smaller payments likely into mid‑year if current price and feed forecasts hold. That lines up with what many margin calculators were showing as we came into January.
It’s worth noting that DMC is designed as a margin program, not a price program. So it’s the combination of feed cost and milk price that matters. In a year like this, where feed is relatively cheap but milk has dropped more, it can still provide meaningful support.
Beyond DMC, Dairy Revenue Protection (DRP) and Livestock Gross Margin for Dairy (LGM) remain important tools. Extension economists at universities like Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Cornell keep stressing a simple point: the farms that seem to manage volatility best are the ones that decide ahead of time what prices they’ll lock in and how much volume they’ll protect, rather than trying to chase the market in real time.
Practical Playbook: Questions to Take to Your Lender and Nutritionist
If we were sitting at your kitchen table with a pot of coffee and your last 12 months of milk statements, here are the areas I’d want to talk through.
1. Know Your Real Breakeven, Not Just a Guess
You probably know this already, but in a year like 2026, guessing at your cost of production is dangerous.
That means:
Putting real numbers on family labor (what you’d have to pay someone else to do those jobs)
Including depreciation on equipment and facilities, not just current payments
Accounting for land costs honestly, whether you own or rent
Once you’ve got that full‑cost breakeven per hundredweight, compare it to what you can reasonably expect for the next 12 months, using both the USDA all‑milk forecast and current Class III/IV futures as guides. If your breakeven is $17 and you can add a couple of dollars from beef‑on‑dairy calves and solid components, you’re in a very different position than if your breakeven is $22 and you’re light on calf income.
2. Use Beef‑on‑Dairy as a Strategy, Not Just a Trend
Beef‑on‑dairy works best when it’s planned, not just sprinkled around.
The herds making it pay are typically:
Using sexed dairy semen on their best cows and heifers to generate high‑quality replacements
Breeding the bottom half—or more—of the herd to carefully chosen beef sires to maximize calf value
Building relationships with buyers, feedlots, or finishers who know how to handle dairy‑beef crosses
Several auction reports have all documented beef‑on‑dairy calves bringing $800–$1,000 per head in many markets, with some sales reporting over $1,600 for particularly strong day‑old crossbreds. When those prices are combined with the right breeding plan, you’re not just “having fun with a fad”—you’re rewiring your revenue model.
3. Treat Butterfat and Protein as Margin Levers
In a lot of federal orders and cooperative pay schedules, components are where the real action is.
Risk‑management columns from organizations like the Center for Dairy Excellence and multiple land‑grant extension dairy programs have shown that moving from, say, 3.7% fat and 3.0% protein toward something closer to 3.9% fat and 3.2% protein can often add 30–50 cents per hundredweight to the milk check in strong component markets. Across a 300‑cow herd shipping 23,000 pounds per cow, that can easily translate to $20,000–$30,000 per year.
Getting there usually isn’t about one magic bullet. It’s the combination of:
Consistent, high‑quality forages
Attention to detail in the transition period so fresh cows hit lactation strong
Careful ration balancing with your nutritionist
Stable cow comfort and feed access, especially in hot weather
As many of us have seen, the herds that are fanatical about feed delivery, bunk management, and minimizing up‑and‑down swings in dry matter intake tend to be the same herds that quietly add 0.1–0.2% fat and a bit more protein without spending much extra per cow.
4. Decide What “Scale” Means for Your Family, Not Just Your Neighbors
This is the hardest part of the conversation, but it’s one we can’t dodge.
If you’re under 500 cows and don’t have a clear edge—either by being ultra‑efficient, having reliable premium markets, or running a strong direct‑to‑consumer business—the structural headwinds have been intensifying for a decade. Consolidation in the U.S. dairy sector is well documented in USDA and industry analyses.
That doesn’t mean small and mid‑size herds are doomed. It does mean that, in many regions, they need one or more of the following to thrive:
A truly low cost of production and low debt load
A solid premium market (organics, grass‑fed, A2, or strong local brand)
An intentional plan to partner, merge, or exit before pressure forces a fire sale
The one thing that’s clear from both economic data and real farm stories is that making the tough calls while calf and cull prices are still strong usually works out better than waiting until lender pressure makes the decision for you.
What Could Actually Turn This Market Around?
So, with all of that on the table, what would it take for 2027 to feel meaningfully better than 2026?
1. A Real Supply Response
USDA’s late‑2025 Livestock, Dairy, and Poultry outlook pointed to ongoing herd expansion through much of 2025. For margins to really heal, we eventually need either stronger demand or slower growth in milk.
A meaningful supply response would look like:
National cow numbers falling 1–2% from their recent peaks
Noticeable herd dispersals in high‑cost regions
Replacement heifer prices easing as fewer people expand
Right now, beef‑on‑dairy is slowing that process because cull and calf values are so attractive. But if milk stays soft long enough, history says the herd will respond.
2. Sustained Export Strength
Export performance has a huge say in how quickly things improve at home.
If U.S. cheese exports can consistently stay in that 50,000‑metric‑ton‑plus range month after month, and butterfat exports hold onto their recent gains, that continues to siphon product off the domestic market and support both Class III and Class IV values. USDEC’s 2025 reports make it clear that strong export demand is the reason we’ve been able to move record volumes of cheese without drowning in inventory.
Watching Global Dairy Trade auctions, USDEC’s monthly updates, and export coverage is a good way to sense whether that engine is still running or starting to sputter.
3. Class III and All‑Milk Prices Converging on Something Livable
One simple rule of thumb several risk‑management folks use is this: if Class III futures can hold above about $16.50 for several consecutive contract months and you simultaneously see herd contraction, the worst of the downcycle is probably behind you.
Right now, USDA’s all‑milk forecast sits in the $19s for 2026, while Class III futures tend to be in the mid‑$15s to mid‑$16s in many months, based on early‑January price sheets. That gap is a big reason analysts keep warning producers to build budgets off realistic Class III/Class IV numbers, not just the all‑milk headline.
Three Markers Worth Checking Every Month in 2026
If we boil everything down, here are three things I’d personally watch as the year unfolds:
Class III Futures: Are several 2026 contracts holding above roughly $16.50, or are they stuck in the mid‑$15s?
Cheese Exports: Are U.S. cheese exports still at or above 50,000 metric tons per month, or have they slipped back? USDEC’s monthly summaries are a good quick read here.
Herd Size: Are national cow numbers finally dropping 1–2% from a year earlier, as reflected in USDA’s Milk Production reports, or are we still adding cows?
If, by late summer, we can honestly say “yes” to at least two of those being in the “improving” camp, there’s a good chance 2027 looks more forgiving than 2026.
Signal / Metric
2026 Breakeven Target
Current Status (Jan 2026)
What “Improving” Looks Like
Your Action
Class III Futures
Hold >$16.50 for 3+ consecutive contract months
Mid-$15s to $16.20 range
Several 2026 contracts trending toward $16.50+
Monitor CME futures daily; lock protection at $16.50+
U.S. Cheese Exports
Sustain 50,000+ MT per month
August peak 54,110 MT; December ~50,700 MT; still strong
Consistent 50K+ MT/month through Q2 2026
Check USDEC monthly reports; if slipping below 48K MT, watch for domestic price weakness
National Cow Numbers
Down 1–2% from year-earlier level
Up 214,000 cows YoY (9.13M in 24 states)
Herd numbers plateau or decline 1–2% in Milk Production reports
If two of three signals are improving by late summer, cycle is likely turning; consider less aggressive risk management in 2027
DECISION POINT (Late Summer 2026)
Two of three signals in “improving” column
TBD – Check back August 2026
If YES → 2027 likely more forgiving; if NO → Tighten controls further
Revisit break-even, debt, and succession plans with lender & advisor
Bringing It Back to Your Farm
At the end of the day, the big charts and global data are useful, but they’re just the backdrop. The real work is in your own ledger, your own barns, your own conversations with family and lenders.
If there’s one thing this cycle is forcing on all of us, it’s clarity. Clarity about what our true costs are. Clarity about which cows and acres are really paying their way. Clarity about how much risk we’re willing to carry—and for how long.
The farms that come through this stretch in good shape tend to:
Know their cost of production down to a realistic dollars‑per‑hundredweight number
Use tools like DMC, DRP, and LGM on purpose—not as an afterthought
Treat beef‑on‑dairy and components as serious margin levers, not side projects
Keep fresh cow management and the transition period tight, so they’re not quietly bleeding money on sick cows and lost milk
Are honest about scale, succession, and what “success” looks like for their family
If 2026 feels tight for you, you’re not alone. Many of us are staring at the same spreadsheets and having the same conversations.
What’s encouraging is that the long‑term demand story for dairy still looks solid. USDEC data shows U.S. dairy exports hitting record volumes. USDA consumption statistics show Americans eating more cheese and using more dairy ingredients than ever. There’s been billions of dollars invested in new processing capacity across the country in the past few years—companies don’t make those bets if they think the category is dying.
The trick is getting from here to there without burning through more financial and emotional capital than you can afford.
And that’s where open, honest conversations—at meetings, in vet trucks, over coffee at the kitchen table—about the real math on our farms might be one of the most valuable tools we’ve got in 2026.
Key Takeaways
$90K–$100K less milk income for a 300‑cow herd: USDA’s 2026 all‑milk price is forecast $1.80/cwt below 2025. At 69,000 cwt shipped, that’s a six‑figure revenue gap before calf and cull checks help close it.
Beef‑on‑dairy is why cow numbers keep climbing: $1,400 day‑old crossbred calves (vs. $650 three years ago) plus strong cull values add $3+/cwt to participating herds, according analysts, enough to justify keeping cows that would’ve been culled in 2022.
Record exports are quietly backstopping the market: August 2025 cheese exports hit 54,110 MT (+28% YoY); butterfat exports nearly tripled. Without that demand pulling product offshore, domestic prices would be far uglier.
DMC Tier 1 now covers 6M lbs—enrollment closes Feb 26: That fits a 250–300‑cow herd. Analysts project payouts above $1/cwt early in 2026. If you haven’t enrolled, you’re leaving real money on the table.
Know your breakeven, use components as a margin lever, and watch three signals: Herds under $16/cwt full cost and capturing strong butterfat/protein premiums are in far better shape. Track Class III futures (>$16.50), cheese exports (50K+ MT/month), and national cow numbers (down 1–2% YoY)—when two of three turn positive, the cycle is likely shifting.
Editor’s Note: The numbers in this article draw on USDA’s November 2025 Milk Production report, USDA Economic Research Service cost-of-production data, USDA Farm Service Agency announcements on Dairy Margin Coverage, CME Group market reports, Global Dairy Trade auction results, and industry analysis from the U.S. Dairy Export Council, and land‑grant university extension programs. Comments on beef‑on‑dairy and export trends reflect 2024–2025 data and interviews with credentialed industry experts, including analysts at CattleFax and risk‑management professionals working with dairy producers.
Learn More
The $15,800 DMC Decision Every Dairy Needs to Make Before February 26 – Gain an immediate $15,800 premium advantage by restructuring your safety net before the February deadline. This blueprint delivers the exact math to transition from a generic renewal to an optimized, 6-million-pound Tier 1 protection plan.
Beef-on-Dairy’s $3,000 Trap: 800,000 Missing Heifers and Who Pays the Bill – Expose the $3,000 biological trap hidden within today’s calf checks before your replacement pipeline runs dry. This analysis arms you with the inventory intelligence to navigate a structural heifer shortage and secure high-value processor partnerships.
The Next Frontier: What’s Really Coming for Dairy Cattle Breeding (2025-2030) – Arm your operation with a $5,000-per-cow genetic edge by leveraging CRISPR and AI-driven health markers. This roadmap reveals how transitioning into high-casein “designer milk” and automated disease detection will redefine your bottom line by 2030.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Spending $2,000 to raise a heifer because she’s got more white? Genomics says that’s a losing bet. Beef-on-dairy says there’s $4+/cwt on the table.
If we were sitting over coffee at a winter meeting in Ontario or Wisconsin, you’d probably hear someone say, “Those white cows just seem to last,” or “I like that kind of pattern; they’re my kind.” A lot of us grew up with that way of thinking. For decades, the way a Holstein looks—her color, pattern, and style—has sat right beside milk records, butterfat levels, and fresh cow management notes when we’ve made breeding decisions, just like breed associations and coat‑color labs still describe for Holsteins today, especially around the red factor and MC1R work coming out of places like the University of Saskatchewan and VHLGenetics.
Here’s what’s interesting in 2025. The ground under that old habit has shifted. Genomic evaluations, population‑genetics work on inbreeding, new heat‑stress research, and some pretty eye‑opening 2025 beef‑on‑dairy economics are all pointing in the same direction: your eye still matters a lot, but it’s no longer the sharpest tool for predicting which calves will pay back rearing costs and stay productive through multiple lactations. A big U.S. Holstein study in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences showed that once genomic selection came in, the generation interval for sires of young bulls dropped from roughly seven years down to about two and a half, and the annual genetic gains for milk, fat, protein, fertility, and productive life basically doubled compared with the old progeny‑test era.
When you put that next to the economics, the stakes get very real. A Canadian study by CanFax and the Beef Cattle Research Council found that the average cost to raise a replacement heifer was about CA$2,904 in 2023, with a range of CA$1,900 to CA$3,800 across farms. North American dairy budgets generally put that in the US$1,800–2,500 range to get a heifer to calving, once you factor in feed, housing, labor, health, and breeding. At the same time, market analysis from HighGround Dairy in late 2025 estimated that, under strong beef markets and structured beef‑on‑dairy programs, cull cows and beef‑on‑dairy calves together could add more than US$4.00 per hundredweight of milk shipped on some operations, and in another model, they projected beef‑related income above US$4.50 per hundredweight, with several months over US$5.00.
So those breeding calls—who gets sexed Holstein, who gets beef, which heifers you raise—aren’t cosmetic anymore. They’re big‑ticket cash‑flow decisions.
What I’ve found, talking with progressive herds in Ontario, Wisconsin, the northern Plains, and over in parts of Europe, is that the farms making the most consistent progress are letting genomics and economics set the main breeding direction. Then they use their eye to manage cows and fine‑tune individual decisions, not the other way around.
As Kent Weigel, who teaches dairy cattle genetics at the University of Wisconsin–Madison and has spent years working with Holstein producers, likes to tell producer groups, genomics doesn’t replace good stockmanship; it just tells you things about a heifer you can’t see by looking at her—things like fertility, disease resistance, and how long she’s likely to stay in the herd. The eye still matters a lot for the day‑to‑day management side.
Looking at This Trend: What Color Really Tells You
Let’s start with the big myth on the coffee‑shop circuit: does coat color actually tell you anything reliable about a Holstein’s genetic merit for milk, fertility, or health?
On the black‑versus‑red side, a lot of the story runs through the melanocortin 1 receptor gene—MC1R—on chromosome 18. Geneticists have known for quite a while that MC1R is a central switch between black pigment and red/brown pigment across many species, and Holsteins fit right into that pattern. Holstein‑specific work from Canadian and U.S. labs shows that the main MC1R alleles—often called Dominant Black, Black/Red, wild‑type, and Recessive Red—largely determine whether a Holstein shows up as black‑and‑white or red‑and‑white on the outside.
A really interesting twist came in 2015, when a team publishing in PLOS ONE described a new Dominant Red coat pattern in Holsteins and tied it to a missense mutation in the COPA gene. They showed that this COPA variant acts through the pigment pathway and essentially overrides the usual MC1R signal, turning black areas red. The important point here is that their work was about coat color; they didn’t find evidence that COPA itself was a major driver of milk yield or fertility.
The classic black‑and‑white patch pattern has its own genetic story. Genome‑wide analyses in Holstein‑Friesians have repeatedly identified strong signals around the KIT gene on chromosome 6 and other pigmentation genes, such as MITF, as key players in spotting and patterning. That matches what many of us see in sire families—certain bulls stamp a recognizable pattern on their daughters.
Now, set that beside what we know about the heavy‑hitter milk genes. Large genome‑wide association studies in Holsteins, including recent work from Asia and Europe, continue to confirm major effects for milk yield, fat, and protein near DGAT1 on chromosome 14 and at several other regions. Reviews of milk‑trait genomics and meta‑analyses don’t flag MC1R or COPA as major milk‑yield QTL. They’re busy with DGAT1 and a suite of other production loci scattered around the genome.
So when you map this out, you see two fairly separate stories. One is the pigment story—MC1R, COPA, KIT, MITF. The other is the production story—DGAT1 and dozens of other loci that drive yield, fat, protein, and things like somatic cell score. Color genes just don’t show up as the big drivers of milk or fertility that we see in genomic evaluations.
That doesn’t mean you won’t find a cow family where “the red ones” or “the ones with more white” seem to be your better cows for a while. In a tight family, that absolutely happens. But genetically, what’s going on there is that you’re seeing a family package, not a universal rule. Across the breed, coat color by itself just isn’t a reliable shortcut to Net Merit, Pro$, or the overall profit indexes that matter to the milk cheque.
What Farmers Are Finding: Popular Sires and “Color Stories”
What farmers are finding, especially when you look back over a few decades of AI use, is that our “color stories” are usually really “family stories.”
Most of us can name the bulls that left a big genetic footprint in our barns: Shottle, Goldwyn, Planet, Mogul, Supersire, and now the current crop of genomic sires. Population geneticists call this “popular‑sire” or “founder” effect—when a relatively small number of bulls contribute a large share of the genes in a breed over a short period. A high‑density genomic study in Genetics Selection Evolution examined these selection signatures in Holstein‑Friesians and other breeds and found long stretches of DNA—haplotypes, where variation had been squeezed out by strong selection for milk, components, stature, and udder traits.
When you use a bull like that heavily, his daughters don’t just share his “under the hood” production package; they also share his visible stamp. So for a few generations, a particular pattern or “kind” can feel like it always goes with a particular level of performance. That’s real at the family level. But those haplotype blocks are made up of many linked genes, including both color and production loci. As time goes on and mating gets more diverse again, those blocks break up and recombine.
So inside a family, coat pattern can be a reasonable clue that you’re looking at daughters or granddaughters of a particular bull. At the breed level, the big studies just don’t support simple rules like “more white cows are always better cows.” The family resemblance is real; the population‑wide rule based on color is not.
Where Color Really Does Matter: Heat, Sun, and Lost Milk
Now, there is one place where coat color genuinely shows up in performance, and it has nothing to do with type scores or classification sheets. It’s heat.
Dark surfaces absorb more solar radiation than light surfaces; that’s just basic physics. Studies using thermal imaging and surface temperature sensors have shown that black patches of hair on cattle backs can run several degrees hotter than adjacent white patches when animals are in full sun. That extra absorbed heat adds to the load the cow has to get rid of.
A 2024 paper in the Journal of Dairy Science examined Holstein–Friesian crossbred cows in Tanzania and drew on earlier THI work on Holsteins. As the temperature‑humidity index moved into heat‑stress ranges, the researchers observed that rectal temperature, respiration rate, and panting scores all increased. At the same time, milk yield, milk fat percentage, and solids‑not‑fat percentage dropped. In other words, as cows got hotter, they gave less, and the component tests slipped too.
On pasture‑based systems in New Zealand and Australia, extension folks and researchers have seen the same basic pattern. Under heat stress, cows stand and pant more, graze less, and produce less milk unless they’ve got shade, water, and some form of cooling. Some work suggests that cows with lighter coats or slicker hair hold up a bit better under those conditions, which is why there’s been interest in breeding for heat tolerance in grazing systems.
One pretty eye‑catching example came out of CSIRO. Their team produced Holstein–Friesian calves from embryos edited at a coat‑dilution gene called PMEL. Those calves had lighter coats and, when they were put in the sun, took on less radiative heat than their darker‑coated herdmates. They’re strict research animals, not anything you’ll find on a commercial farm, but it shows how seriously some groups are taking the connection between coat, heat, and performance.
What This Means on Your Farm
Here’s how color and heat pencil out in different setups:
Your situation
Focus first on
Hot, high‑sun region or dry lot with limited shade (Central Valley, CA, parts of Texas/Florida, southern Europe)
Shade structures, fans, sprinklers, and good water access. Don’t count on breeding for more white to solve heat stress. Fix the environment first, because that’s where the biggest gains are.
Moderate climate with decent ventilation (Ontario, Wisconsin, Quebec, northern Europe)
Solid ventilation and transition‑period management first. Genomic testing and index‑based selection will move the needle more than fussing over color, though heat‑abating investments still pay on the worst days.
Pasture‑based with limited infrastructure (NZ‑style or U.S. grazing herds)
Shade and water access, careful grazing management on hot days, and—if the genetics are available—looking at heat‑tolerant and slick‑hair lines can help, especially as summers get hotter.
So yes, color does play a role in heat load, especially in hot, bright environments and in dry lot systems. It can absolutely show up as lost milk and tougher breeding if cows are constantly fighting heat stress. But even in those regions, coat color is one part of a bigger heat‑stress and cow‑comfort picture. It’s not a substitute for good ventilation, shade, or water, and it’s not a stand‑alone selection tool for profit.
What Genomics Has Actually Changed for Your Bottom Line
Now let’s talk about genomics, because that’s where the biggest shift has happened in how Holstein genetics translate into dollars.
When genomic evaluations came onto the scene in the U.S. and Canada around 2008–2010, the promise was pretty simple: use DNA information from young animals to predict their genetic merit before they have milking daughters, shorten generation intervals, and speed up genetic progress.
That big U.S. Holstein study in the National Academy Journal really put numbers to it. Once genomics was adopted, the sire‑of‑bull generation interval came down from roughly 6.8–6.9 years to about 2.4 years. Annual genetic gains for milk, fat, and protein almost doubled. For health and fertility traits such as somatic cell score, daughter pregnancy rate, and productive life, gains were three- to four‑fold.
More recent work, including a 2023 paper in the journal G3, has combined fertility traits into a single reproductive index and shown that there’s sufficient genomic signal to select for fertility, not just milk effectively. That lines up with what many of us have seen on real farms: herds that use genomic information well can walk that tightrope of driving production up while also improving fertility and udder health, rather than trading one off against the other.
So genomics gives you a much clearer window into traits your eye just can’t judge in a young heifer. You can’t see the daughter pregnancy rate or expected survival to third lactation by looking across the calf pen, but the DNA markers give you a probability estimate that, while not perfect, is a lot better than guessing.
The Cost Reality
Then there’s the math.
That Canadian heifer‑cost study we talked about pegged the average replacement cost at CA$2,904 per head, with many farms running well over CA$3,000. North American dairy budgets usually land in the US$1,800–2,500 range when you include feed for the entire rearing period, housing, labor, vet bills, and breeding costs.
On the testing side, commercial genomic panels—like CLARIFIDE and similar offerings—typically price out at US$35–50 per heifer in North America, depending on the panel and your volume.
Cost Component
Typical Range
Strategic Note
Feed (to 12–18 months)
$800–$1,200 USD
Largest single expense; improves with forage/commodity costs
Housing, bedding, utilities
$300–$500 USD
Per-heifer share of fixed barn and infrastructure
Labor (handling, health, records)
$250–$400 USD
Often underestimated; includes AI tech/vet time
Veterinary, vaccines, breeding
$200–$350 USD
Reproduction drugs, health treatments, AI straw(s)
TOTAL REARING COST (pre-calving)
$1,800–$2,500 USD
Average: ~$2,000 USD or ~$2,900 CAD per head
Genomic test (commercial panel)
$35–$50 USD
= 1.75–2.8% of total rearing cost
% of Heifers Typically Culled by Index (bottom 20–30%)
$360–$750 USD
Waste eliminated: cost of rearing low-index heifers avoided
Payoff: Genomi test cost recovered if you cull just 1–2 poor heifers per year
Break-even: ~$40–75 per year
Risk management, not a luxury
So when you step back, you’re talking about spending forty dollars to find out whether an animal is worth a two‑thousand‑dollar investment. For a lot of herds, that’s not a luxury; it’s basic risk management.
Looking at Inbreeding: Faster Progress, Tighter Gene Pools
Here’s where the story gets a bit uncomfortable. The same genomic tools that gave us faster gains have also made it very clear that tightening up the gene pool in Holsteins.
A North American Holstein study in BMC Genomics dug into runs of homozygosity—those long stretches of identical DNA on both chromosomes—and tracked them from animals born in 1990 through to 2016. They found that the average number of ROH segments at least 1 megabase long per animal went from around 57 in the 1990 cohort to about 82 in animals born by 2016. In the last five years of that period—right when genomic selection really took off—the yearly increase in these ROH segments was almost double what it had been earlier.
The authors made an important point: on a per‑generation basis, the increase in inbreeding wasn’t dramatic. But because the generation interval was so much shorter, you were stacking generations faster and building inbreeding per calendar year much more quickly.
Italian Holstein data tell a similar story. A 2022 paper in Frontiers in Veterinary Science looked at genetic diversity before and after genomic selection. Pedigree‑based inbreeding was around 7%, but genomic inbreeding, based on ROH, was clearly higher and rising faster, and the effective population size—a measure of how many “independent” genetic contributors you really have—was dropping. Follow‑up work linked higher genomic inbreeding to reduced stayability: more inbred cows simply didn’t stay in the herd as long.
So here’s the irony that’s worth sitting with for a minute. For years, a lot of us chased a very particular “look”—the Goldwyn kind, Shottle daughters, that tall, sharp cow. Then genomics came along, and many herds stopped worrying as much about that look and started chasing the top indexes instead. The data now say that in the process, we’ve pushed a lot harder on the same gene pool, faster, especially through very heavy use of a small number of elite bulls.
You look across your pens today, and the cows may not look as cookie‑cutter as those ‘90s flush families. But under the skin, genetically, they’re more closely related than most of us realize.
What You Can Do About It
The good news is that the same genomic tools that measure inbreeding can help you manage it.
A recent review from Italy on on‑farm genetic management describes how using genomic relationship matrices and “optimal contribution” strategies can balance genetic gain and inbreeding in dairy herds. What that means in practice is this: instead of just looking at pedigree inbreeding, you use the actual genomic relationships between your cows and potential sires to decide who should be the parents of the next crop of replacements.
On a real farm, that often comes down to:
Using mating programs that incorporate genomic relationship data, not just sire stacks and pedigree inbreeding.
Being careful about breeding a bull back too heavily to his own daughters and granddaughters.
Spreading your bull usage across a team of high‑index sires instead of hammering one or two “super sires.”
Sometimes, being willing to use a slightly lower‑index bull if he’s less related to your cow family and still meets your key trait goals.
It’s worth noting that no one is saying “stop selecting hard.” The point is to keep the inbreeding curve from getting too steep, so you don’t quietly paint yourself into a corner when it comes to health, fertility, or adaptability down the road.
Why the Eye Still Matters—and Where It Fits Now
So with all this talk about genomics and indexes, it’s fair to ask: where does your eye fit now?
In a lot of barns, what I’ve seen is that the role of the eye has shifted from being the primary genetic gatekeeper to being the primary management tool.
You know how this goes. You still need to walk pens and:
Spot a cow that’s just starting to limp before she’s three‑legged lame.
Watch body condition as cows move through the transition period to prevent crashes right after calving.
See how cows actually use stalls, bedding, waterers, robots, and feed lanes in your specific barn layout.
Catch fresh cows that are “just off” a bit before they show up in the software as a health case.
Genomic indexes and national evaluations can’t do that job. What they can do is take some of the guesswork out of which heifers you invest in and which cows you want daughters from.
At a genetics workshop in Ontario, one Holstein producer described that evolution nicely. He said he used to think his eye was the best tool he had. Now he sees it as his best management tool, while genomic tests tell him which heifers are actually worth raising. A lot of Midwestern and Quebec producers I’ve talked with would say something similar in their own words.
What This Means for Your Holstein Breeding Strategy
So let’s bring this back to your breeding plan, because that’s where all this needs to land.
Picture a 280‑cow Holstein freestall herd in Wisconsin or southwestern Ontario, shipping into a cheese market where butterfat and protein premiums really drive the cheque. Cows are averaging mid‑30s kilos per day with good components, the transition cows get a lot of attention, and the farm already uses some sexed semen and a bit of beef‑on‑dairy.
You could just as easily imagine a 120‑cow tie‑stall in Quebec or a 600‑cow dry lot system in California. The genetics math is the same; you just adjust the heat‑stress and housing parts.
Here’s what a practical, 2025‑ready strategy can look like.
1. Run a One‑Year Genomic Trial
One very low‑risk way to start is a “learn from your own data” trial over 12 months.
Test every heifer calf for a year. Take hair or tissue samples in the first week or two and send them to your preferred lab—Zoetis, Neogen, Lactanet, or your national provider—and ask for the main economic index your market uses, whether that’s Net Merit, Pro$, or LPI.
Keep making keep/cull and breeding decisions exactly the way you do now, based on dam performance, cow family, and what you see in the pen.
At the end of the year, sit down with your vet, nutritionist, or a genetics advisor and compare your actual decisions to the genomic rankings.
In many herds that have tried this, a familiar pattern pops up: there are some heifers you really liked visually that sit only middle‑of‑the‑pack on fertility and longevity indexes, and a few plainer heifers that rank near the top. Seeing that in your own animals tends to carry more weight than any sales pitch.
If your main criterion for keeping a heifer is how much white she has, what the genomic work and the big GWAS studies are saying is that you’re effectively betting a couple of thousand dollars on a trait that doesn’t even show up as a major driver in Net Merit or Pro$. That’s a tough bet to justify once you’ve seen your own data.
2. Let One Economic Index Be Your Compass
To keep it from being overwhelming, most herds do best if they pick one total merit index—Net Merit, Pro$, LPI, or the relevant national index—and let that act as the primary compass.
Heifer Tier (by Index Rank)
% of Herd
Semen Strategy
Expected Calf Outcome
Economic Note
Action
TOP 20–30% (High Index)
20–30%
Sexed Holstein(maximize daughters)
Female calves; all raised as dairy replacements (or top beef-cross if surplus)
Maximizes calf value ($400–600/head vs. $50–100 for dairy bull); eliminates low-merit dairy genetics; often breaks even or profitable on rearing cost
Fast-track to beef channel; NO heifer rearing; recoup heifer costs via calf value
PROBLEM COWS (repeat breeders, chronic mastitis, severe structural defects)
5–10%
Beef Semen
Crossbred calves to beef
Removes undesirable traits from breeding; converts problem cows into profitable calf source
Terminal decision; one more calf, then cull
Then you:
Rank all heifers and young cows by that index, high to low.
Decide on a cutoff—maybe the bottom 10–20% or a certain dollar amount below your herd average—below which you don’t raise heifers as dairy replacements.
Use that ranking to structure semen use:
Top tier: sexed Holstein semen on the females you want daughters from.
Middle tier: conventional Holstein semen.
Bottom tier and problem cows (chronic mastitis, very poor feet, reproduction issues): beef semen.
This is where the math really shows up. If you’re putting US$35–50 into a genomic test and US$1,800–2,500 into rearing a heifer, using that index ranking to decide who gets a replacement slot and who doesn’t will change your cost per hundredweight over the next few years.
3. Use Mating Programs to Manage Inbreeding
The next step is to ensure your mating program uses genomic data to mitigate inbreeding.
It’s worth asking your AI rep or mating service a couple of direct questions:
Are you using genomic relationship information, or just pedigree, to calculate inbreeding risk?
Can you show me the expected genomic inbreeding for each proposed mating?
Given that both the North American and Italian Holstein studies show faster increases in genomic inbreeding and more ROH in the genomic‑selection era, it makes sense to watch this. Some advisors suggest targeting expected genomic inbreeding for replacement heifers in the mid‑single digits, where practical, and only accepting higher values when you’re getting a very significant bump in other traits. The exact target will depend on your herd and sire options, but the principle is to avoid stacking closely related bulls on closely related cows over and over.
In practice, that often looks like still using the elite bulls, but spreading their use across more unrelated cow families, rotating between several high‑index sires instead of just one or two, and sometimes choosing the “second‑highest” bull on a list because he’s less related to your cows, while still very strong on your key traits.
4. Line Up Sexed and Beef Semen With Your Index and Markets
Genomics also helps answer a very practical question: which cows should make your next generation of Holstein replacements, and which should be making calves for the beef market?
Those HighGround Dairy numbers we talked about—over US$4.00 per hundredweight of milk in some scenarios from cull cow and beef‑on‑dairy calf revenue, and earlier projections with several months over US$5.00—show just how big that lever has become on the income side when beef markets are favorable. At the same time, semen‑sales trends and processor programs in North America and Europe show beef‑on‑dairy has become mainstream, especially where packers and branded programs pay up for black‑hided crossbred calves.
A genomics‑aligned plan that a lot of progressive herds are using looks like this:
Sexed Holstein semen on the top 20–40% of females by your chosen index—the ones you really want daughters from.
Conventional Holstein semen is on the middle group, where you still want some dairy bull calves and a share of replacements.
Beef semen on the bottom tier and on cows with traits you don’t want to multiply, such as chronic mastitis, repeat breeders, or severe structural issues.
Combine that with your heifer‑raising cost numbers and your local calf market, and you start to get a very clear picture of where your breeding dollars and semen investments are actually coming back to you.
5. Keep Your Eye in Its Best Role
Through all of this, your eye stays central. It’s just playing a different position on the team.
You know your cows. You know who milks through tough rations, who bounces back after a hard calving in the transition period, and who always seems to find trouble. That day‑to‑day cow sense is the piece no index can replicate.
What genomics does is help you decide which calves deserve the chance to become that kind of cow in the first place. It narrows the group, so you’re not putting full rearing costs into animals that were never likely to reach third or fourth lactation under your system.
Looking Ahead: Diversity, Climate, and the Holstein of 2050
If we zoom out past next year’s milk cheque and think about the Holstein cow of 2040 or 2050, three big forces keep coming up in both research papers and barn‑aisle conversations: genetic diversity, climate, and markets.
On the diversity side, the North American ROH work and the Italian Holstein studies send a pretty consistent message: genomic inbreeding is rising, and effective population size is shrinking in intensively selected Holstein populations. No one credible is predicting a sudden cliff, but there is a very real concern that if we keep pushing hard on a narrow gene pool, we could slowly chip away at the breed’s ability to adapt to new diseases, production systems, or environmental pressures.
On the climate side, more frequent heat waves and higher average summer temperatures are already a reality in parts of the U.S., southern Europe, and elsewhere. That 2024 Journal of Dairy Science review that pulled together heat‑stress studies put numbers on what many of you see in the barn: as THI climbs, cows eat less, energy‑corrected milk drops, and the strain shows up in both milk yield and reproduction. Some of the work digs into the biology—oxidative stress, rumen changes—but the bottom line is simple enough: hot cows don’t use feed efficiently and don’t breed as well.
On the market side, we’re seeing more beef‑on‑dairy programs, more milk cheques driven by components and quality premiums, and more processor attention to consistency and welfare. All of that favors cows that stay in the herd, handle stress, and breed back reliably, not just cows that peak high in first lactation.
What’s encouraging is that we’ve got better tools than ever to work with:
Genomic inbreeding and relationship data, not just pedigree estimates.
Mating strategies like optimal contribution that let you balance genetic gain and inbreeding.
Economic indexes that include fertility, udder health, productive life, and sometimes feed efficiency, alongside milk and butterfat.
A growing body of heat‑stress research to guide decisions on ventilation, shade, sprinklers, and water management.
Beef‑on‑dairy programs and pricing signals that can pay you properly for the right kind of crossbred calves.
The challenge is putting those tools together in a way that fits your herd size, your barns, your labor situation, and the markets you’re shipping into.
The Bottom Line
So if we’re back at that kitchen table and you ask, “Alright, what should I actually do with all this?”, here’s how I’d boil it down into concrete moves for the next year or two.
Run a one‑year genomic test trial on all heifer calves. Don’t change your decisions for that year—just compare what you did to what the index ranking suggests at the end and see where your eye and the DNA agree or disagree.
Pick one economic index—Net Merit, Pro$, LPI, or your national equivalent—and use it as your main compass to sort females into top, middle, and bottom tiers for semen strategy and replacement decisions.
Ask your mating program provider to show you genomic inbreeding for planned matings, not just pedigree inbreeding, and work together to avoid pushing replacement heifers into very high genomic inbreeding levels.
Line up sexed Holstein and beef semen use with both your index ranking and your real replacement needs, keeping today’s heifer‑raising costs and beef‑on‑dairy calf values in mind.
Take a hard look at your heat‑stress plan before next summer—especially if you’re in hot regions or dry lot systems—and ask whether your shade, fans, sprinklers, and water access match what the research and your own cows are telling you.
The herds that lean into this in the next five years will quietly build cows that last longer and earn more per stall. The ones that keep breeding by color and habit will feel it in higher heifer costs, more inbreeding‑related headaches, and fewer options when weather or markets shift on them.
What this whole development suggests is that the next chapter in Holstein breeding isn’t about arguing whether the eye or the computer is “right.” It’s about putting them in the right jobs and letting them work together.
And if we keep sharing what’s actually working—how herds are using genomic tests, indexes, mating programs, heat‑stress strategies, and beef‑on‑dairy opportunities—then, as a group, we’re in a strong position to keep Holsteins productive, profitable, and adaptable well into 2050.
As for color? It’ll probably always be part of how we talk about Holsteins and the kind of cow we like to look at. It just doesn’t need to be driving the bus anymore.
Key Takeaways:
Breeding by coat color won’t move your index. Pigment genes like MC1R and COPA are far from the major milk and fertility loci, so selecting heifers based on “more white” doesn’t reliably improve Net Merit or Pro$.
Genomics doubled genetic gain—and sped up inbreeding. Sire generation intervals dropped from ~7 years to ~2.5 years, nearly doubling annual progress, but genomic inbreeding and runs of homozygosity are climbing faster per calendar year as a result.
Color matters for heat stress, not genetic merit. In hot climates and dry lots, darker coats absorb more solar load, pushing cows into heat stress sooner and costing milk, components, and fertility when cooling falls short.
Beef-on-dairy can add $4+/cwt when done right. HighGround Dairy’s 2025 modelling shows well-structured beef programs can add more than US$4.00/cwt to margins in favorable markets—real money that changes breeding math.
A $40 genomic test protects a $2,000 bet on a heifer. With rearing costs often US$1,800–2,500, using index rankings to decide who gets sexed semen and a replacement slot is risk management, not a luxury. Your eye then shifts to its best role: daily cow management and fresh-cow troubleshooting.
Executive Summary:
Many Holstein herds are still quietly letting coat color and “kind” influence breeding decisions, even though pigment genes like MC1R and COPA sit on different parts of the genome than the big milk and fertility loci that large Holstein GWAS keep identifying. Genomic selection has roughly doubled genetic gain in U.S. Holsteins by cutting sire generation intervals from about 7 years to about 2.5 years, but North American and Italian data also make it clear that genomic inbreeding and runs of homozygosity are rising faster per calendar year as a result. New heat‑stress research backs up what producers in hot regions and dry lot systems see every summer—darker coats absorb more solar load, cows hit heat stress sooner, and milk and components slip—while 2025 modelling from HighGround Dairy shows well‑designed beef‑on‑dairy programs can contribute more than US$4.00 per hundredweight of milk shipped to margins when markets are favorable. With heifer‑raising costs often in the US$1,800–2,500 (or CA$2,000–3,000) range, spending about US$40 on a genomic test to decide which calves actually justify that investment is, in many cases, simple risk management rather than a luxury. This article gives producers a concrete playbook: run a one‑year “test every heifer” trial, use one economic index as the main compass, use genomic mating tools to manage inbreeding, and align sexed Holstein and beef semen use with both index rankings and true replacement needs. The core message is that if you stop breeding by color and start breeding by genomics, heat‑stress realities, and beef‑on‑dairy math, you give your Holstein herd a much better shot at stronger per‑stall margins between now and 2030.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Selective Breeding: The Art and Science of Beef-on-Dairy – Stop guessing at the bunk and start capturing market premiums. This breakdown delivers a field-tested protocol for selecting terminal sires that guarantee the carcass quality beef buyers demand, transforming your bottom-tier cows into high-margin profit centers.
Navigating the 2025 Dairy Economy: Maximizing Margins in a Volatile Market – Master the shifting financial landscape by aligning your herd expansion goals with current global supply trends. This analysis arms you with the economic foresight to hedge against rising input costs while maximizing your milk-to-beef revenue ratio through 2028.
Gene Editing and the Dairy Industry: Beyond the Horizon – Break past traditional breeding limits by leveraging CRISPR and slick-gene technology to heat-proof your herd. This deep dive exposes the genetic advancements that will define cow comfort and performance as climate volatility becomes the new normal for global producers.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
If your only beef-on-dairy metric is today’s calf cheque, you’re ignoring the $3,000 heifer bill with your name on it.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Beef‑on‑dairy has been a cash‑flow hero for many herds, but the big math now flashing red is hard to ignore: 7.9 million beef straws into dairy cows, 800,000 fewer heifers ahead, and replacement prices already north of US$3,000 in many regions. USDA counts just 3.914 million dairy replacements as of January 1, 2025—the lowest since 1978—while CoBank projects inventories will shrink by about 800,000 head before recovering near 2027, right as roughly US$10 billion in new processing capacity comes online and needs milk. What’s interesting here is that the article shows reproduction, not semen color, is the real gatekeeper: herds under roughly 20% 21‑day PR that breed heavily to beef aren’t just “cashing in,” they’re effectively scheduling a heifer shortage and future cheques for someone else’s US$3,000 heifers. Drawing on economic modeling from Albert De Vries, PhD (University of Florida), and sector work by Jan Hulshof, PhD (Wageningen), it outlines practical “guard rails” for how much beef‑on‑dairy a herd can safely run at different PR levels, especially when combined with genomics and sexed semen on the top genetics. A five‑question framework then helps producers stress‑test their own program—repro, heifer pipeline, genomic use, calf/transition management, and calf marketing—so they can see whether they’re building a sustainable strategy or quietly writing a US$30,000–60,000‑a‑year heifer bill for 2027 and beyond. The takeaway is simple but not always comfortable: beef‑on‑dairy is a powerful profitability tool, but only when it sits on top of strong reproduction and disciplined heifer planning instead of short‑term calf prices.
If you sit down with dairy folks this winter—from big freestalls in Wisconsin to tie‑stalls in Ontario to those dry lot systems in the Texas Panhandle—you’ll hear a familiar line: “Beef‑on‑dairy really helped our cash flow… and now we’re wondering where the heifers went.”
What’s interesting is that this isn’t just coffee‑shop talk. The national numbers are telling the same story a lot of you are seeing when you walk past your heifer pens—and now we’re staring at US$3,000‑plus heifer tags when it comes time to fill the gaps.
The latest Regular Members Semen Sales Report from the National Association of Animal Breeders (NAAB) shows that in 2024, U.S. producers bought about 9.7 million units of beef semen, and roughly 7.9 million of those units were used in dairy herds, not beef herds. Industry reports indicate that more than 4 out of 5 beef straws in the U.S. now go into dairy cows.
At the same time, USDA’s January 1, 2025, cattle inventory report put the U.S. beef cow herd at about 27.86 million head. Analysts at Angus Journal and university extension have highlighted that the smallest U.S. beef cow herd since the early 1960s is down several million head from where it sat in 2019. So we’ve got record beef semen use in dairies sitting on top of the tightest beef cow numbers in more than half a century.
And here’s where the conversation really sharpens. CoBank’s dairy team, led by Corey Geiger, MBA, released a 2025 analysis showing that U.S. dairy replacement heifer inventories are already at about a 20‑year low and could shrink by an estimated 800,000 head over the next two years before starting to rebound closer to 2027. That same CoBank work highlights that roughly 10 billion dollars in new dairy processing capacity, much of it cheese and ingredient plants that live on butterfat performance and protein, is scheduled to be online by 2027. Those plants will need milk, and milk needs cows.
Year
Replacement Heifers (M)
New Capacity Online (USD B)
2023
3.951
$2.1
2024
3.914
$4.2
2025
3.85 (proj)
$6.8
2026
3.78 (proj)
$8.9
2027
3.81 (recovery begins)
$10.2 (peak)
2028
3.95
$10.2+ (operational)
So the real question isn’t just “Is beef‑on‑dairy a good idea?” It’s “Given where milk, beef, and heifer supplies are heading, is the way we’re using beef‑on‑dairy going to build our business—or back us into buying very expensive heifers a couple of years from now?”
Let’s walk through that together, the way we’d talk it through over coffee at the kitchen table.
How We Got Here: Three Big Shifts That Opened the Door
Looking at this trend, three big changes really opened the gate for beef‑on‑dairy: sexed semen that finally works well enough to plan around, genomics that actually drive decisions, and a beef cow herd that’s the smallest it’s been in decades.
1. Sexed semen finally got reliable enough to plan around
You probably remember the early days of sexed semen. Back in the late 2000s and early 2010s, university trials and extension bulletins regularly reported conception rates 25–30 percent lower than conventional semen in many herds, and that matched what plenty of us saw in our own breeding records. It was great when it worked, but too many repeats and open cows made it a tough sell outside a handful of show heifers or elite donors.
Over the last decade, that story has shifted. With improved sorting technology, better extenders, and higher sperm numbers per straw, modern sexed semen has narrowed the gap. Extension educators and field data now suggest that in well‑managed heifer programs, sexed semen often delivers conception rates in the mid‑40 percent range, sometimes approaching 50 percent in top herds, while conventional semen on the same heifers tends to run about 5–10 points higher. In cows, the difference is often similar or slightly wider, and it’s more sensitive to fresh-cow management and heat detection.
So in real‑world terms, what farmers are finding in solid heifer programs is that sexed semen now runs roughly 75–85 percent of conventional conception rates, with a few very dialed‑in herds creeping up closer to 90 percent. That aligns with the research summaries from land‑grant universities and industry meetings. It still demands good transition‑period care, sharp heat detection, and careful semen handling, but it’s finally good enough to build a replacement strategy around instead of just dabbling.
2. Genomics went from “nice‑to‑have” to “we actually use this”
The second big shift is genomics. Ten or twelve years ago, genotyping felt like something that happened in AI stud offices and a few elite Holstein barns. Today, millions of animals are genotyped, and research from USDA’s Agricultural Research Service (ARS) and the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding (CDCB) shows that genomic evaluations for young heifers deliver substantially higher reliability than old‑style parent averages for traits like milk, fat, protein, daughter pregnancy rate, and some health traits.
What I’ve noticed, especially in Midwest and Ontario herds that are leaning into this, is that once producers start using genomic rankings, it changes the conversation around both beef‑on‑dairy and replacement rearing:
Heifer calves get genotyped through CDCB‑approved programs.
The herd ranks them on Net Merit, Pro$, or a custom index that weights production, components, fertility, mastitis resistance, and longevity in line with how their milk is priced.
The best group becomes the “sexed semen group,” a middle group is flexible, and a lower‑merit group is deliberately steered toward beef semen or not raised at all.
In an economic simulation published in JDS Communications, Albert De Vries, PhD, at the University of Florida, and colleagues modeled this kind of strategy—sexed semen on the top end, beef semen on the bottom, genomics guiding who’s who—and found that income from calves over semen and rearing costs improved compared with a simple “all dairy semen” approach. That finding lines up with what many progressive herds report: they raise fewer marginal heifers, capture more value from beef‑on‑dairy calves that never belonged in the milking string, and keep their replacement pipeline more intentional.
3. The beef cow herd shrank—and it’s not bouncing back quickly
The third piece is beef. USDA’s cattle inventory reports show the U.S. beef cow herd has dropped from around 31.7 million head in 2019 to 27.86 million as of January 1, 2025. Extension economists note this is the smallest beef cow herd the U.S. has seen since the early 1960s, driven by multi‑year drought in the Plains and West, high feed costs, and an aging rancher base that hasn’t rushed to rebuild.
Rabobank’s beef team analyzed cow–calf returns over the last decade and found that from 2013 to 2017, U.S. cow–calf operations averaged about 153 U.S. dollars per cow per year. From 2018 through 2022, those returns flipped negative, averaging roughly minus 21 dollars per head per year when revenue was stacked up against operating costs, labor, taxes, and insurance. When you put drought risk on top of that, it’s not surprising that a lot of ranchers were slow to restock.
On the dairy side, CoBank points out that U.S. dairy is in the midst of an historic processing build‑out—about $ 10 billion in new or expanded plants, largely focused on cheese and ingredients that reward butterfat and protein. Those plants will want milk, and they’ll want it relatively quickly over the next couple of years.
Meanwhile, industry sales data using CattleFax estimates show beef‑on‑dairy calves going from about 410,000 head in 2018 to around 2.6 million in 2022. An American Association of Bovine Practitioners (AABP) paper titled “The future of dairy‑beef in cattle production,” led by Daniel Grooms, DVM, PhD, at Michigan State University, projects that with widespread use of sexed semen, more than 3.5 million beef‑on‑dairy animals could be entering the U.S. fed beef supply annually in some scenarios.
So this development suggests a pretty clear story: fewer native beef calves, more dairy cows bred to beef, tight heifer numbers, and big new processors coming online. Beef‑on‑dairy has moved from side‑gig to structural pillar in a hurry.
Two Ways Herds Are Using Beef‑on‑Dairy—and Why the Outcomes Look So Different
Once you accept that the big‑picture economics support beef‑on‑dairy, the real question becomes: “How are we using it on our farm?” That’s where you start to see two very different paths.
The “surgical” approach: disciplined, data‑driven, and usually well‑rewarded
Picture a 750‑cow Holstein freestall in eastern Wisconsin or a 1,200‑cow dry lot herd in California’s Central Valley. They’re working with a herd veterinarian, a PhD nutritionist who lives in the fresh cow data, and a genetics adviser who knows their goals cold.
What farmers are finding in operations like this is that beef‑on‑dairy is treated like a scalpel, not a sledgehammer:
Almost every heifer calf is genotyped within 60 days of birth.
Twice a year, cows and heifers are ranked on a profit‑focused index (Net Merit, Pro$, or a custom index using CDCB and herd data).
Breeding decisions follow that ranking very closely:
Top 35–40 percent get sexed dairy semen on first service and often second.
A middle 20–30 percent is a “swing group” that may get sexed, conventional, or beef, depending on projected heifer needs.
The bottom 30–35 percent get beef semen exclusively.
On the beef side, they’re using bulls from programs built for beef‑on‑dairy—high calving ease, strong marbling and ribeye EPDs, moderate mature size, and documented performance on dairy crosses, drawing from Beef Improvement Federation guidelines and AI stud beef‑on‑dairy sire lists. They’re not just chasing black hides; they’re aiming for cattle that will grow, grade, and hang a carcass the packer wants.
Those calves usually aren’t disappearing into the local sale barn. Many go into integrated dairy‑beef programs in Nebraska, Kansas, and the High Plains. These programs typically require:
Recorded sire IDs and, ideally, dam information.
Colostrum measured by Brix refractometer, with documented volumes and timing.
Specific vaccination and weaning protocols.
Consistent shipping ages and weights.
In return, feedlots and packers share performance and carcass data, including average daily gain, health outcomes, liver scores, dressing percentage, quality, and yield grades. National Beef Quality Audit (NBQA) reports show that marbling scores and the share of carcasses grading Choice and Prime are at or near record highs, and dairy‑influenced cattle contribute to that when they’re managed appropriately. Research from Texas Tech and other universities has shown that when marbling levels and cooking conditions are matched, consumers generally rate steaks from dairy‑influenced cattle as comparable in tenderness and flavor to those from conventional beef breeds.
That’s why well‑documented dairy‑beef calves from known programs are often bringing a clear premium over generic calves at similar weights in recent sale reports. In herds that follow this “surgical” approach, beef‑on‑dairy fits cleanly into a bigger system: repro, genetics, calf care, and marketing all point in the same direction.
The “volume” approach: chasing calf prices, then feeling the heifer pinch
Now let’s think about a more typical picture for a lot of farms in the Northeast, Great Lakes, and Ontario: a 250‑ to 400‑cow herd, solid people, busy days, plenty going on.
In 2022 and 2023, many of these barns saw local auction reports and buyer bids showing very strong prices for crossbred beef‑on‑dairy calves—often several hundred U.S. dollars higher than straight Holstein bull calves of similar weight. In some U.S. regions and Canadian sales, top‑end dairy‑beef calves were creeping into the upper hundreds of dollars and, at times, flirting with four‑figure prices if they were the right type at the right time.
So they did what any rational business would do in that moment: they leaned into beef semen.
Maybe 50–60 percent of cows got bred to beef, often targeting older or softer cows, but usually without genomic data to define “bottom end.”
Heifers saw some sexed semen, more to “make sure we have enough heifers” than as part of a tightly modeled plan.
Calves were sold through local barns as beef crosses, with basic colostrum and vaccinations, but few records following them, and no integrated program specs.
For a year or two, those calf cheques looked great. Pens were busy. It felt like the right move.
Then, USDA and CoBank put some harder numbers to the national heifer picture. They highlighted that on January 1, 2025, the U.S. had just 3.914 million dairy replacement heifers—down from 3.951 million the year before and the lowest since 1978. CoBank’s report projected that inventories could shrink by around 800,000 head over the next two years before recovering in 2027, and that high‑quality heifers were already bringing record prices with potential to go “well above $3,000 per head” in many regions.
When these “volume” beef‑on‑dairy herds sat down with their advisors and laid out heifer inventories by age—0–6, 6–12, 12–18, 18–24 months—and rolled those forward against their normal cull rate, some discovered they were on track to be 20–40 heifers short of their usual replacement needs for 2026–2027. In the same breath, market reports in the U.S. and Canada showed quality replacements bringing about US$3,000 or more in tight U.S. areas and C$4,000–5,000 at special sales in parts of Ontario and Western Canada.
So the narrative quietly shifted from “Beef‑on‑dairy saved our cash flow” to “We might have to buy a truckload of very expensive heifers because we got ahead of our repro and replacement planning.”
On top of that, feedlots and packers have been vocal—through AABP sessions, NBQA debriefs, and trade press—about preferring calves from known herds with documented genetics and health histories, and discounting anonymous calves where they don’t know what they’re getting. That gap in value between “program calves” and “generic black calves” has widened as more dairy‑beef cattle hit the system.
Same toolbox: sexed semen, beef semen, genomics. Very different outcomes.
What Packers and Feedlots Are Really Saying About Dairy‑Beef
When you listen closely to packer reps and feedlot managers at meetings or in interviews, they’re not out to shut down dairy‑beef. What they want is cattle that work on their end of the ledger.
The good news: they like how it eats
From a meat‑quality standpoint, dairy‑influenced cattle can be a real asset:
The 2022 National Beef Quality Audit reported that marbling scores were the highest ever recorded in the NBQA series, with a larger share of carcasses grading Choice and Prime than in previous audits. Dairy‑influenced cattle, both Holstein and beef‑on‑dairy crosses, contribute to those marbling numbers when they’re fed and managed well.
Research at Texas Tech and other universities, summarized in dairy and beef industry media, has shown that when marbling and cooking conditions are similar, consumer taste panels often rate steaks from dairy‑cross and conventional beef cattle similarly for tenderness and flavor.
So from the consumer’s perspective—knife and fork in hand—well‑finished dairy‑beef can perform just fine.
The pain points: health, conformation, and dressing percentage
Where the challenges show up is in three familiar areas:
Liver health. NBQA findings and packer feedback point to liver abscesses as a persistent and costly issue, particularly in some high‑grain finishing programs, and the AABP dairy‑beef paper flags liver abscess rates as a key concern in some dairy‑beef pens. Each condemned liver is lost value and is usually a sign that subclinical health issues have already trimmed average daily gain.
Carcass conformation. Holsteins and many dairy crosses tend to be narrower and more framey than traditional beef steers at a given weight. Board‑invited reviews in Translational Animal Science have noted that this can make it harder to hit certain boxed beef and steak‑size specs, especially for programs that want a consistent ribeye size or steak portion.
Dressing percentage. Those same reviews and multiple feedlot trials show dairy‑influenced cattle generally dress lower than conventional beef steers. Even a couple of points difference in dressing percentage can mean a meaningful shift in dollars per head on most grids.
What’s encouraging is that none of this is a deal‑breaker. The AABP paper and extension work on dairy‑beef and surplus calf management emphasize that strong colostrum programs, consistent calf rearing, thoughtful step‑up rations, and smart sire selection can make dairy‑beef cattle very competitive. The key is whether those calves show up as part of a system that’s designed for that, or as random calves with unknown histories.
The 2026 Heifer Squeeze: A Lagging Result of 2023–2024 Choices
Now let’s swing back to replacements, because that’s where this all lands for most herds.
You already know the biology, but it helps to line it up with the calendar:
Breed a cow today, and if she settles, you get a calf in about nine months.
If that calf is a heifer and you raise her, she’ll freshen roughly 22–24 months later, depending on your heifer program.
So the heifers freshening in 2026 are mostly the product of what you bred in 2023 and early 2024—the exact period when beef‑on‑dairy semen use really spiked.
NAAB’s semen data shows that domestic beef semen sales hit new highs in 2023 and 2024, with about 9.7 million beef units sold in 2024 and 7.9 million of those going into dairy herds. USDA’s January 2025 cattle report pegged dairy replacement heifers at 3.914 million head, down from 3.951 million a year earlier and the lowest since 1978.
CoBank’s 2025 heifer report took those numbers, combined them with typical calving and culling patterns, and concluded that total replacement heifer inventories are likely to shrink by around 800,000 head over the next two years before starting to rebound near 2027. They also noted that high‑quality heifers have already reached record values—well above US$3,000 per head in some U.S. regions—and could move higher if supplies tighten as expected.
So if you’re looking at your heifer pens this winter and thinking, “This feels thinner than it should be,” you’re not alone—and you’re not imagining it. Part of that is the national picture. Part of it traces straight back to how aggressively you used beef semen in 2023–2024 relative to your reproduction and heifer‑raising performance.
How Much Beef‑on‑Dairy Can Your Herd Really Support?
Here’s where fresh cow management and reproduction quietly decide how far you can safely push beef‑on‑dairy.
Looking at this trend, the consistent message out of economic modeling and extension work is that the 21‑day pregnancy rate is the key gatekeeper. In a series of papers, De Vries and co‑authors showed that the higher the 21‑day PR, the more room a herd has to use beef semen without starving itself for replacements, especially when using sexed semen on the top genetics.
Putting it into everyday terms—and blending what the models say with what consultants see—these “guard rails” keep popping up:
21‑day PR under about 20 percent. For most herds in this band, it’s hard enough just to make enough replacement heifers with mostly dairy semen. Modeling and field experience suggest that if you’re in this range and breeding a big chunk of the herd to beef, you’re almost certainly scheduling a heifer shortage and future heifer purchases.
21‑day PR in the 20–25 percent range. At this level, there’s usually room for some beef‑on‑dairy—often something like 20–30 percent of matings—if you’re using sexed semen on your best cows and heifers and actually tracking your heifer pipeline by age group. But there’s not much slack for a spike in culls or a health event in the heifer program.
21‑day PR in the 25–30 percent range. Here, the economics and the farm‑level stories line up: many herds can support roughly 35–45 percent of breedings to beef semen and stay self‑replacing, provided they keep heifer losses modest and stick to a genomic or performance‑based ranking for who gets sexed semen.
21‑day PR consistently above 30 percent. Once herds reach 30 percent 21‑day PR, with solid transition performance and steady culling, they often have substantial flexibility. These herds can frequently breed around half—or a bit more—of their cows to beef semen and still maintain or even grow herd size, as long as they’re disciplined about using sexed semen on the right animals.
That 2023 Animals paper from Wageningen University & Research, led by Jan Hulshof, PhD, reached a similar conclusion in European modeling: beef‑on‑dairy improves efficiency and profitability when combined with sexed semen and strong reproduction, but it creates pressure on replacements and can raise welfare issues if used mainly to chase high calf prices without that foundation.
If you want the blunt version of what’s hiding in those graphs, it’s this: if your 21‑day PR is under 20 percent and roughly half your services are to beef, in most herds you don’t have a beef‑on‑dairy strategy—you have a scheduled heifer problem.
To make this more concrete, let’s run a quick example.
Say you run a 300‑cow herd with a 32 percent annual cull rate. That means you need about 96 replacement heifers freshening each year just to hold steady.
At 25 percent 21‑day PR, using a mix of dairy and sexed semen, you might reasonably expect to produce enough heifers to replace those 96 cows and keep a small buffer, as long as calf and heifer losses are modest. If 30 percent of your breedings are to beef semen, you’ll likely still be self‑replacing.
But if you push beef to 50 percent of services at that same 25 percent PR, simple spreadsheet math often shows a shortfall—maybe 10–20 heifers per year—that you’ll need to cover with purchases. At US$3,000 per head, that’s US$30,000–60,000 a year in heifer purchases that quietly offset a lot of those earlier calf cheques.
Now imagine that same herd at 30 percent 21‑day PR. With stronger repro and the same cull rate, the modeling and real‑world experience suggest you can often support 40–50 percent of matings to beef and still have enough heifers coming, especially if you’re steering sexed semen toward your best genetics and managing heifer losses tightly. That’s where beef‑on‑dairy becomes a sustainable part of the business rather than a short‑term cash grab.
For Canadian quota herds, where expansion room is limited, and every cow slot carries its own capital cost, this math gets even tighter. You can’t just “buy more quota” to cover a heifer shortfall the way a U.S. herd might buy more cows. Getting the beef‑on‑dairy balance wrong means either paying top dollar for scarce heifers or watching your production rights sit underutilized while you wait for replacements to catch up.
A Simple “Over‑Coffee” Framework to Check Your Own Program
When this topic comes up at winter meetings or around kitchen tables, we often end up sketching the same handful of questions on a napkin. Here’s a simple framework you can walk through with your own team.
Metric
Scenario A: Disciplined (30% Beef)
Scenario B: Aggressive (50% Beef)
Year-Over-Year Impact
Herd Size
300 cows
300 cows
—
21-Day PR
25%
25%
—
Annual Culls (32% rate)
96 cows
96 cows
—
Heifers Needed (replacement buffer)
96–100
96–100
—
Beef Semen %
30%
50%
—
Female Calves Born (annual)
~1,200
~1,200
—
Expected Dairy Heifer Calves
~588
~588
—
Heifers Raised to 24m
~540 (with 8% loss)
~540 (with 8% loss)
—
Heifers Freshening Annually
~102
~96
Shortage: 6 heifers
Cumulative 2-Year Shortage
0 (self-replacing)
16–20 heifers
—
Replacement Heifer Cost (2026–2027)
$0 (self-replacing)
$48,000–60,000 (at $3,000/head)
+$50,000/2 years
Avg. Annual Beef Calf Premium (2023–24)
$180/calf × 360 calves = $64,800
$220/calf × 600 calves = $132,000
+$67,200 gross
Premium Over 2 Years (2024–2025)
$129,600
$264,000
+$134,400
Less: Heifer Purchase Bill (2026–2027)
$0
–$54,000
–$54,000
Less: Heifer Management Opportunity Cost
~$12,000
~$18,000
–$6,000
Net Advantage After 3-Year Cycle
$129,600 cumulative
$186,400 cumulative
+$56,800
BUT: Scenario B at Risk If PR Drops or Culls Rise
Stable
Deficit grows fast
Vulnerable
1. Where’s your reproduction really at?
Start here, every time:
What’s your true rolling 12‑month 21‑day pregnancy rate—not just your best month last summer?
Are transition‑period problems like metritis, ketosis, and displaced abomasum dragging that number down more than semen choice is?
When did you last review voluntary waiting period, heat detection (visual plus activity systems), and AI timing with your vet or repro consultant?
Land‑grant extension programs from places like the University of Wisconsin, Penn State, and Cornell keep showing that investments in cow comfort, fresh cow management, and heat detection often deliver some of the strongest returns in dairy herds. Without that foundation, changing semen color won’t fix the underlying issue.
2. Do you truly know your heifer pipeline?
What farmers are finding is that a simple age‑structured heifer count is one of the most eye‑opening tools you can use:
How many heifers do you have today in each age band: 0–6, 6–12, 12–18, 18–24 months?
If you project those forward and apply your typical cull rate and target herd size, will you have enough first‑lactation cows to hold or grow your herd in 2027 and 2028?
If you assume you won’t buy heifers, what does your herd size look like three years out?
CoBank did this math on the national herd and came up with that projected 800,000‑head shortfall. Doing it on your own numbers will tell you very quickly whether your current beef‑on‑dairy level makes sense—or whether it’s quietly eating tomorrow’s replacements.
3. Is genomics actually changing your decisions?
Genomics is only worth paying for if it changes what you do:
Are genomic results directly influencing which animals get sexed semen, which get beef, and which aren’t raised?
Are there heifers that look “good” to the eye but that the genomic numbers clearly put at the bottom of the list, that you’re still raising?
CDCB, USDA‑ARS, and university researchers have shown that many herds raise more heifers than they truly need, and often not the right ones, when decisions are based only on pedigree and appearance. Using genomics to sort those heifers can free up dollars and space to focus on the replacements that will actually drive your herd forward.
4. How strong is your calf and transition program?
We can talk about semen and proofs all day, but colostrum and fresh cow management still set the ceiling:
Are you routinely checking colostrum quality with a Brix refractometer and ensuring the right volume is delivered to calves within the recommended timeframe?
Do your calf facilities provide the drainage, bedding, and ventilation that your vet and extension resources recommend, even when it’s cold, wet, or windy?
On the cow side, are your close‑up and fresh pens hitting targets for stocking density, bunk space, and stall design, or do those pens get crowded when you’re short on beds?
Research summarized in the Journal of Dairy Science and in calf‑raising guides from Penn State and UC Davis shows that calves with strong colostrum and early‑life care have lower morbidity, better growth, and better performance later in life—whether they end up as dairy cows or dairy‑beef cattle.
5. Where do your beef‑on‑dairy calves actually go?
Finally, follow the calf beyond your driveway:
Are you selling into a structured dairy‑beef program or to a regular buyer who lays out expectations and occasionally shares feedback on performance?
Or are most of your calves going through local sale barns as anonymous black calves with little information attached?
AABP’s dairy‑beef work and reports from feedlots in Kansas, Nebraska, and Texas suggest that as beef‑on‑dairy numbers grow, feedlots and packers are increasingly willing to pay premiums for calves with known backgrounds—from herds they trust—and are more cautious on price with unknown cattle. It’s worth noting that those premiums depend on meeting specific contract specs that can change quickly, so there’s some marketing risk to manage along with the opportunity.
If your only metric for beef‑on‑dairy success is this month’s calf cheque, you’re missing half the story.
Where This All Seems to Be Heading
When you stack up the NAAB semen trends, USDA herd numbers, CoBank’s heifer modeling, the beef‑on‑dairy research, and what vets and consultants are seeing across barns, a few patterns start to show through the noise.
In larger freestall and dry lot herds in the Upper Midwest, West, and Southwest, beef‑on‑dairy is quickly becoming part of the core business model. These herds are tying beef‑on‑dairy into their genetic strategy, fresh cow management, heifer planning, and marketing. They’re monitoring butterfat performance and components for the milk cheque, and calf contracts and feedlot relationships on the beef side.
In mid‑sized herds across the Northeast, Great Lakes, and Ontario, there’s a lot of recalibrating going on. Many of these farms enjoyed the bump from beef‑on‑dairy calf prices in 2022–2023, but they’re now staring at tighter heifer numbers and higher replacement costs. They’re asking tougher questions about how far to push beef semen, where to invest next—reproduction, genomics, heifer housing, or structured calf marketing—and how to balance short‑term cash flow with long‑term herd stability.
In smaller tie‑stall and grazing systems—from Vermont to Quebec to the Prairies—beef‑on‑dairy is often being used more selectively: beef semen on clearly lower‑merit cows, while day‑to‑day focus stays on forage quality, butterfat performance, cow longevity, and labor efficiency. Some of these farms are teaming up with a few trusted calf buyers or dairy‑beef programs so they can capture better value for calves without taking on all the logistics themselves.
The Wageningen University Animals paper and other sector‑level analyses in Europe and New Zealand point the same direction as what we’re seeing here: beef‑on‑dairy can be a powerful tool to improve profitability and resource use when it’s built on strong reproduction, sexed semen, and careful replacement planning, but it can create pressure on replacements and welfare if it’s used mainly as a way to ride high calf prices for a season or two.
The Bottom Line
What I’ve noticed, walking freestalls in Wisconsin, parlors in New York, dry lots in the High Plains, and tie‑stalls in Ontario, is that beef‑on‑dairy doesn’t really change what it takes to run a strong dairy. It just makes the strengths—and the cracks—a lot more visible.
Strong reproduction and fresh cow management buy you the freedom to use beef semen without starving your heifer pipeline. Genomics and thoughtful sire selection help you decide which animals should build your next generation of cows and which should produce high‑value beef calves. Good colostrum and calf care protect the value built into every pregnancy. And clear relationships with buyers and feedlots help turn those calves from “generic black crosses” into predictable, valued cattle in somebody’s beef chain.
So maybe the most useful question to bring back to your own kitchen table is this:
Are we using beef‑on‑dairy in a way that builds on the real strengths of our herd—reproduction, genetics, fresh cow and calf management, marketing—or are we leaning a bit too hard on strong calf prices to cover for things we already know we should fix?
If the honest answer is “a bit of both,” that’s actually a good place to start. It means you’ve already identified where your next management dollar is most likely to pay you back—in heifers you don’t have to buy, in calves that earn a premium instead of a discount, and in a herd that’s ready for whatever milk and beef markets throw at it between now and that 2027 wave of new processing capacity.
Diagnostic Criteria
✅ Sustainable Beef-on-Dairy
🔴 Scheduled Crisis (Hidden Bill Coming)
21-Day PR
25–30%+ (rolling 12-month average)
<20% or volatile 15–22%
Reliable base for 30–45% beef semen
Inadequate base; even 40% beef starves replacements
Basic colostrum; calf housing crowded or inconsistent; transition pens cramped when volume spikes
Strong colostrum sets all calves (dairy or beef) up for performance
Weak colostrum and housing drag down heifer health/growth
Beef Calf Marketing
Documented program: sire ID, dam info, colostrum, vaccination, weaning protocols; partner with known feedlot/dairy-beef program; receive performance/carcass feedback
Anonymous sale barn sales; minimal traceability; generic “black calf” pricing; no feedback loop
Earn $280–400/head premium over commodity; build brand
Leave $3,000–4,000 per truckload on the table; buyers discount unknown cattle
Overall Herd Status
Multi-year plan in place; beef-on-dairy as one tool, not the solution
Riding high calf prices now; financing 2027 heifer crisis later
Action This Week
Fine-tune; confirm heifer counts; adjust sexed % if needed
STOP; audit repro; model heifer shortage; plan heifer purchasing or pivot beef % down
This week, before you get too far into spring breeding decisions:
Check your 12‑month 21‑day PR.
Lay out your heifers by age band and run them against your cull rate.
Decide which cows truly deserve sexed semen—and which calves truly deserve a beef premium.
That’s the math that will tell you whether beef‑on‑dairy is working for your herd, or whether you’re quietly writing yourself a very expensive heifer cheque for 2027.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
The beef-on-dairy math has flipped. 7.9 million beef straws went into U.S. dairy herds in 2024, but USDA counts just 3.914 million replacement heifers—the lowest since 1978—and CoBank projects another 800,000-head shrink before inventories recover near 2027.
Reproduction is the gatekeeper, not semen color. Herds under 20% 21-day PR breeding heavily to beef aren’t cashing in—they’re scheduling a heifer shortage. Above 30% PR, many herds can safely run 40–50% beef and stay self-replacing.
The hidden bill adds up fast. A 300-cow herd at 25% PR pushing 50% beef could come up 10–20 heifers short annually. At US$3,000+ each, that’s US$30,000–60,000 per year quietly erasing those 2023 calf premiums.
Program calves earn premiums; anonymous calves get discounted. Feedlots and packers increasingly separate documented dairy-beef calves from generic “black calves” on price—and that gap is widening.
Your move this week: Check your 12-month 21-day PR, map heifers by age against your cull rate, and decide which cows truly deserve sexed semen. That math tells you whether beef-on-dairy is building your herd—or billing it.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Beef-on-Dairy’s $6,215 Secret: Why 72% of Herds Are Playing It Wrong – Stop the guesswork and find your profit tier. This guide breaks down the specific reproductive “guard rails” that separate top-tier earners from those losing ground, providing a Monday-morning blueprint for maximizing monthly revenue.
The Next Frontier: What’s Really Coming for Dairy Cattle Breeding (2025-2030) – Unlock the next decade of genetic advantage. This feature reveals how breakthroughs in casein selection and AI-driven health markers can generate an extra $5,000 per cow, transforming your breeding program into a high-value protein factory.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Beef-on-dairy doubled your calf checks. It also drained 800,000 heifers from the U.S. pipeline. Here’s how to keep winning without wrecking your 2027 herd.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Beef-on-dairy has been a lifeline—$650 calves three years ago now bring $1,400, and those checks have kept plenty of operations in the black. But there’s a cost building in the background. U.S. heifer inventories just hit a 20-year low, CoBank projects an 800,000-head gap by 2027, and $10 billion in new processing plants are coming online hungry for milk and butterfat. The math nobody wants to do: every breeding decision today locks in your replacement options two years out. Herds running 35-40% beef semen without a clear pipeline picture could face $3,500+ springer bills when the shortage really bites. The good news is that a simple 24-month dashboard can help you keep cashing beef checks without building a hole you can’t fill come 2027.
You know that feeling when you open the calf check from your buyer and think, “Wait, this can’t be right”? A lot of us have had that moment over the last few years. What used to be a drag on cash flow—those plain Holstein bull calves nobody wanted—has turned into serious money when you cross the right cows with beef sires.
Average day-old beef-on-dairy calf prices have climbed more than 100% in just three years, turning calf checks into a major revenue stream
And the numbers back it up. Average day‑old beef‑on‑dairy calves have climbed from roughly 650 dollars to around 1,400 dollars over the last few years, depending on your region and calf weights. Dairy‑beef cross calves keep breaking records at sales—often bringing 1,000–1,500 dollars per head in strong markets.
So that’s the good news. Here’s where it gets more complicated.
A 2025 CoBank Knowledge Exchange report flagged something that should get our attention: U.S. dairy heifer inventories have dropped to a 20‑year low, and they’re projected to shrink by about 800,000 head before starting to recover in 2027. That’s not a small number. And on top of that, Rabobank analysis shows Brazil overtook the U.S. as the world’s top beef producer in 2025—roughly 12.5 million metric tons versus 11.8 million for us.
Year
0–3mo
3–6mo
6–12mo
12–18mo
18–24mo
Total
2023
0.85
0.80
1.10
0.95
0.90
4.60
2024
0.82
0.78
1.05
0.92
0.85
4.42
2025
0.78
0.75
1.00
0.88
0.80
4.21
2027E
0.80
0.77
1.02
0.90
0.91
4.40
What does that mean for your operation? Well, in practical terms, many of us aren’t just selling milk with some cull cows on the side anymore. We’re running dual‑market protein businesses—milk plus cattle—and how those two sides interact over the next 24 months will have a lot to say about herd stability, fresh cow management, butterfat performance, and honestly… who’s still milking come 2030.
Here’s what’s encouraging, though: you don’t have to abandon beef‑on‑dairy to protect your future herd. But you probably do need to think differently about time, replacements, and risk.
How Beef‑on‑Dairy Got So Big, So Fast
Looking back just a few years, the shift toward beef semen on dairy cows made a lot of sense. The economics lined up almost too well.
Why Those Beef Calf Checks Took Off
A few big forces hit at the same time:
Native beef supplies got tight. USDA’s 2024 cattle inventory report showed the U.S. beef cow herd at its smallest level since the early 1960s, years of drought‑driven liquidation finally catching up. By 2025, U.S. beef output had declined to approximately 11.8 million tons, according to Rabobank figures.
Brazil stepped on the gas. They expanded feedlot capacity, improved genetics, and increased carcass weights. Rabobank estimates Brazilian beef production hit roughly 12.5 million tons in 2025, nudging past the U.S. and easing the global squeeze a bit.
Beef‑on‑dairy premiums exploded. As packers and feeders got comfortable with crossbred performance, prices followed. Calves that averaged around 650 dollars three years ago were commonly selling near 1,400 dollars by 2025. Dairy‑beef crosses repeatedly setting highs, often more than doubling what straight Holstein bulls once brought.
Raising every heifer stopped penciling. You probably know this already, but economic analyses from land‑grant universities and journals like Journal of Dairy Science consistently show it costs 2,000–2,500 dollars in direct costs to raise a heifer from birth to calving once you factor in feed, housing, labor, and health. When you could buy Holstein springers for less than that for several years running… well, it made sense to sell more calves for beef.
And the genetics side backs this up, too. A 2022 board‑invited review in Translational Animal Science found that beef × dairy crossbreds—when sires are chosen correctly—can deliver better average daily gain, feed conversion, and carcass weights than straight Holsteins. A companion carcass perspective analysis, also in Translational Animal Science, showed that these crosses can capture real carcass premiums through good marbling and red meat yield when genetic and management decisions align.
So when you put it all together—tight native beef, strong calf prices, underpriced Holstein heifers, better beef × dairy genetics—it’s no surprise so many herds leaned into beef‑on‑dairy. The behavior made sense at the time.
But Here’s the Other Side of That Ledger
On the replacement side, the picture looks very different.
That CoBank report from August 2025 spells it out pretty clearly:
The number of dairy heifers expected to calve into the U.S. herd has dropped to a two‑decade low.
Based on their modeling, heifer inventories will shrink by roughly another 800,000 head over the next two years before starting to rebound—assuming breeding patterns adjust.
At the same time, we’re in the middle of an historic 10‑billion‑dollar wave of dairy processing investment. New plants coming online through 2027, all of which will need more milk—and in many cases, more butterfat and protein—once they’re fully running. While plants are being built, the industry is cannibalizing the very ‘units of production’ (heifers) needed to fill them. It’s a collision course between steel and biology.
Metric
Current State (2025)
Projected Need (2027)
Heifer Pipeline Support
Gap / Risk
U.S. Dairy Herd
9.4M cows
9.5M–9.7M cows
800,000 fewer heifers available
SHORTAGE: –2.5M gal/day by 2028
New Processing Capacity
—
$10B invested
Assumes +2–3M gal/day milk
Supply assumption unmet
Annual Heifer Output Needed
2.8–3.0M dairy calves
3.2–3.4M dairy calves
Beef 35–40% of breeding
Deficit: –300K–400K heifers/yr
Heifer Replacement Rate
28–32% average
32–35% needed
Currently 22–26% net
Culls > freshening. Herd flat.
Heifer Price Impact
$3,000–$3,500
$4,000–$5,000 projected
Limited availability
Margin erosion: +$1,000–$1,500
CoBank economist Tanner Ehmke put it bluntly: those new plants will require more annual milk and component production, and it’s going to take many more heifer calves in future years to bring the national herd back to where it needs to be. The thing is, It will be tight.
On the ground, what many producers are seeing matches that:
In 2024–2025, according to classifieds and sale reports, good Holstein and Jersey springers have commonly been listed in the 3,000–3,800‑dollar range, with high‑end animals bringing more where supply is really thin. In parts of the Upper Midwest, springers have been trading $200–400 above the national average in recent sales
CoBank reminds us that rebuilding the replacement pipeline is a “three‑plus year proposition” from the time you adjust your semen strategy to when that bigger wave of heifers actually freshens.
So right now we’ve got:
Beef‑on‑dairy calves are generating record checks in many barns.
Heifers are getting more expensive and, in some areas, genuinely hard to source.
Global beef supply easing a bit as Brazil grows, but domestic replacement supply staying tight.
That’s the setup most of us are working with.
Three Ways Dairies Are Playing the Dual‑Market Game
Talking with producers and advisors across different regions, you start to see some patterns in how herds are handling beef‑on‑dairy and replacements. These aren’t formal categories—just what I’ve observed.
1. The “Set It and Forget It” Approach
Plenty of herds—small, mid‑size, and big—land here:
At some point, they decided, “We’re a 40% beef herd,” or “We’ll breed 35–50% of cows to beef,” based on the calf checks and semen promotions at the time.
That percentage doesn’t move much unless something feels really broken—maybe calf prices collapse, or the vet mentions they’re running light on replacements.
They know roughly how many heifers are in the hutches, but there’s no regular projection of heifer inventory by age group against expected culls over the next 18–24 months.
And look, many of these operations used beef‑on‑dairy to get through some tough milk price years. When milk checks were barely covering feed, beef‑on‑dairy gave them non‑milk income they simply didn’t have before.
The risk is that, because biology runs on a long clock, you can slowly build a replacement deficit without feeling it—right up until you suddenly need 40 more springers than you’ve got coming.
2. The “Portfolio Managers.”
On the other end, there are herds—often 800 cows or more, though not always—that treat milk and cattle as one revenue and risk package.
What that typically looks like:
Quarterly breeding strategy meetings where they review heifer inventory by age band (0–3, 3–6, 6–12, 12–18, 18–24 months), target replacement rate (usually 28–32%), current beef‑on‑dairy calf prices, and recent heifer values from auctions.
Dynamic beef percentages. Instead of locking in 40% year‑round, they might run 20–25% when short on heifers and 30–35% when they’ve built a cushion.
Targeted semen use. Genomic tests to rank cows, then sexed semen for the top group and beef semen for lower‑index or problem cows.
Some are exploring tools like Livestock Risk Protection (LRP) for feeder cattle or talking to commodity brokers about limited CME feeder cattle futures.
Extension educators note that many larger, more risk‑focused herds use some form of forward pricing or revenue protection for a portion of their milk. A smaller but growing subset are starting to apply similar thinking to cattle revenue.
What you hear from managers in this group isn’t about hitting home runs—it’s about smoothing the ride so they can keep investing steadily in fresh cow management, dry cow facilities, and butterfat performance instead of lurching from crisis to crisis.
3. The Relationship‑Driven Opportunists
There’s also a healthy group—often 250‑ to 1,000‑cow family dairies—that lean less on spreadsheets and more on market relationships and timing.
Their system often looks like:
A standing weekly call with a trusted calf buyer: “What are you seeing? Are beef‑on‑dairy calves trading up, down, or sideways?”
Regular touchpoints with a heifer broker or custom grower: “What are folks paying for springers? How many do you have for Q1 next year?”
Ongoing conversation with their nutritionist about feed markets, including how Brazil’s growing grain exports are shaping costs.
When that three‑way radar starts blinking—calf prices softening, heifer bids climbing, feed markets shifting—they move quickly. Maybe they sell a group of calves a little early, grab springers out of a dispersal, or pull their beef percentage back sharply for a trimester.
The common thread among producers who operate this way? They’re willing to move when conditions change. It’s not about perfection—it’s about responsiveness.
The Two Mechanics That Really Matter
Once you get past the day‑to‑day, two things stand out as the real drivers of future pain or stability: biological lag and unhedged cattle revenue.
Biology Runs on a Two‑Year Clock
Every breeding decision is really a 24‑month decision, whether we think of it that way or not.
Here’s the rough math:
Day 0: You breed a cow—beef, conventional dairy, or sexed—based on today’s cash flow and cull list.
~280 days later: A calf hits the ground. Beef‑cross bull? That’s a sale within days. Heifer? She heads into the replacement stream.
~22–26 months after breeding: That heifer, if she makes it, walks into the parlor as a fresh cow and starts contributing to your milk and component pool.
CoBank and university extension educators have been clear on this: if the industry waits until heifer prices are screaming and auctions are thin to pull back on beef breedings, we’re reacting to a shortage set in motion a couple of years ago. Replenishing that pipeline is a multi‑year project, not a one‑season fix.
So when someone says, “We’ll cut back on beef when we really see heifer prices take off,” what they’re really saying is, “We’ll accept being behind for a couple of years before we start catching up.” That’s not necessarily wrong if you have strong access to outside replacements. But it’s important to see the trade‑off clearly.
Hedging Milk, Letting Cattle Ride
Here’s the other pattern that jumps out: how uneven our risk management has become.
On the milk side, many herds now use Dairy Revenue Protection (DRP) or LGM‑Dairy to cover a portion of their milk, or have forward contracts with their cooperative.
On the cattle side, it’s different. Even though beef‑on‑dairy calves and cull cows can represent a significant share of gross farm revenue—by some industry estimates, 10–15% or more on certain operations—relatively few dairies use formal tools like LRP, CME feeder cattle futures, or structured forward contracts in a consistent way.
And cattle markets still show their usual volatility. 20% price swings over a season aren’t unusual for feeder and live cattle futures.
For a 600‑cow herd, that might mean 250–300 beef‑on‑dairy calves a year at 1,200–1,400 dollars each, plus cull cow checks. Total cattle revenue in the low‑ to mid‑six figures. Leaving that entire stream unprotected while carefully hedging milk is a bit like putting a surge protector on your parlor controls but plugging the compressor straight into the wall.
Nobody needs to become a commodities trader. But it’s worth asking: is there room to set a floor under even 25–40% of that beef revenue, especially when prices look historically high?
From 90‑Day Survival to 24‑Month Planning
At the heart of all this is a basic question:
Are we making breeding and culling decisions based mainly on what we need this quarter, or on what we know we’ll need two years from now?
What 90‑Day Thinking Feels Like
Most of us have been there. Milk prices barely covering costs. Feed isn’t cheap. Loan renewal coming up. And you’re standing in the office thinking:
Beef semen costs a bit more per straw, but that crossbred calf brings three or four times what a Holstein bull would.
Raising every possible heifer feels like pouring expensive feed into animals you might not need.
So you push another 5–10 cows into the beef column. Understandable. You’re solving for cash flow.
The tough part is that you’re also chipping away at your 2027 and 2028 replacement pool. Unless you’ve got a clear plan—strong access to custom heifer growers, a standing agreement with a broker, confidence in cross‑border sourcing—those decisions add up.
What 24‑Month Thinking Looks Like
On herds that seem to navigate this with less drama, a few habits show up:
They know their replacement need. For example: 1,000 cows × 30% replacement rate = 300 heifers/year. About 25 freshening per month just to stay flat.
They know their pipeline. How many heifers are in each age band? How many are due to freshen each month over the next year?
They connect that to breeding. Before deciding “35% beef for six months,” they ask, “What does our January 2028 heifer count look like if we do that?”
Once you put those numbers on one page, many decisions become clearer. You might still run 30% beef because your region has decent heifer access. But you’ll be doing it with eyes open.
A Simple Tool: The 24‑Month Replacement Dashboard
So let’s talk about something practical you can do this month that doesn’t require a consultant or fancy software.
Metric
Current Herd (2025)
Conservative Scenario (25% Beef)
Balanced Scenario (35% Beef)
Aggressive Scenario (45% Beef)
Projected Status (2027)
Milking Cows
700
700
700
700
—
Annual Replacement Need
210 (30% cull)
210
210
210
210
Dairy Breedings (%) / Year
—
75%
65%
55%
—
Beef Breedings (%) / Year
—
25%
35%
45%
—
Expected Heifer Calves / Year
—
210–215
185–190
160–165
—
Projected Heifer Inventory (18–24mo, 2027)
180–195
215–225
185–195
155–165 (–45 SHORT)
Shortfall cost: $3,500 × 45 = $157,500
Think of it as a 24‑month replacement dashboard—a one‑page reality check you update monthly.
What This Usually Includes
Basic herd math.
Current milking + dry cows.
Target replacement rate (26–32%, depending on culling and growth).
Monthly dairy breedings with sexed semen × conception rate × 70–90% female ratio (varies by bull and program).
Beef breedings counted as zero heifers.
A simple projection.
For each month over the next 18–24 months, how many heifers are scheduled to freshen?
Compare that to your replacement needs.
Several land‑grant extension bulletins use similar frameworks for “raise vs. buy” decisions. The key is making the future visible in a way that’s easy to revisit.
How It Changes the Conversation
Once that’s on the wall in your office:
When your AI tech asks, “How many are we doing beef this month?”, you’re not guessing. You can say, “We’re 40 heifers short 18 months out. Let’s pull beef back a few points and revisit in 30 days.”
When your lender comes by, you can show them exactly why you’re trimming beef breeding—to avoid an ugly replacement bill in two years. That goes over better than a surprise heifer spending spree later.
When calf prices spike, you’ve got context. Heifer‑long? Maybe bump beef to capture those checks. Heifer‑short? Resist the urge to chase every dollar.
This tool doesn’t make decisions for you. It just prevents the “I didn’t realize it was that bad” moment that’s put more than a few herds in a bind.
Here’s an example of how this plays out: A herd running around 700 cows might build a simple spreadsheet version and discover they’re on track to be 40–50 heifers short in 20 months. Rather than slamming on the brakes, they trim beef breeding by 5–7 points over two quarters and push more sexed semen on top cows. A year later, they’re almost exactly on target—and they never had to scramble for expensive springers.
Not Everyone Sees the “Crisis” the Same Way
It’s worth noting that not all experts agree on how severe or long‑lasting the replacement squeeze will be.
CoBank sees a clear, multi‑year shortage keeping a lid on how quickly U.S. milk output can grow, especially as new plants come online.
Some producers, especially in regions with strong custom heifer grower networks—think parts of Wisconsin, New York, or Quebec—argue that while things are tighter, they’re not in crisis mode. They point to increased sexed‑semen use on top cows, growing interest in contract‑raising, and potential to import replacements when prices justify it (though that brings disease, adaptation, and logistics questions).
There’s also a valid point that some of this shortfall is a correction from years when we over‑raised marginal heifers with little genetic upside. Some industry observers have noted that a chunk of this is the industry finally being more selective—and that’s healthy. The trick is not overshooting the mark.
From a practical standpoint, the takeaway isn’t that you must agree with the most pessimistic forecast. It’s that you probably can’t afford to ignore the possibility that replacements stay tight and expensive while new processing capacity ramps up. A simple dashboard lets you stress‑test your own farm against both scenarios.
Practical Takeaways
So what can you actually do with all this? Here are a few points to chew on.
1. Treat Cattle Checks as Core Business
If beef‑on‑dairy calves plus cull cows bring in a significant share of your revenue, it’s time to:
Track that income as its own line in your financials.
Ask about tools like LRP feeder cattle coverage or forward‑price agreements with trusted buyers.
You don’t have to hedge every animal. Even protecting 25–40% can take a lot of edge off.
2. Make Replacements a Standing Agenda Item
Before setting this year’s beef percentage, take one evening to:
Write down current cow numbers and a realistic replacement rate.
Pull the heifer inventory by age group.
Sketch a rough 18–24 month projection.
Then ask directly: “If we keep breeding 40% beef, do we have a plan—and capital—to buy the heifers we’ll be short?”
3. Adjust in Steps, Not Swings
If you’re on track to be 50 heifers short two years out, you don’t have to yank the wheel:
Drop beef breedings by 3–5 points this trimester.
Shift more sexed semen onto your best genomic cows.
Re‑evaluate quarterly.
Gradual change is usually more realistic and easier on cash flow than dramatic one‑time shifts.
4. Bring Your Lender In Early
Most farm credit officers are reading CoBank and our own analysis—they know the heifer story. What they don’t always know is how you’re thinking about it.
Show them a simple replacement projection and a modest rebalancing plan. You’re more likely to get support for small proactive adjustments than for emergency financing later.
5. Respect Regional Realities
What makes sense on a 3,000‑cow dry lot in western Kansas isn’t identical to a 300‑cow tie‑stall in eastern Ontario or a 1,200‑cow free‑stall in Wisconsin.
In some western regions, access to custom heifer raisers changes the calculus.
In parts of the Northeast and the Upper Midwest, strong local demand can push heifer prices above the national average.
In quota systems like Quebec or Ontario, butterfat incentives may tilt decisions toward maximizing fresh cow performance rather than just head count.
The point isn’t to copy your neighbor’s beef percentage. It’s to understand how your replacement pipeline, local markets, and processor signals fit together.
Managing the Whole Game
What’s become clear is that beef‑on‑dairy is here to stay. Peer‑reviewed work in Translational Animal Science and Journal of Dairy Science confirms what the market already knew: beef × dairy calves are now a recognized, important part of the North American beef supply chain.
That’s good news. There’s real value on the table, and it’s helping a lot of dairies keep doors open and invest in what matters—better fresh-cow facilities, healthier transition programs, more comfortable housing, improved butterfat performance.
At the same time, reports from CoBank remind us we can’t pull replacements out of thin air. If everyone leans too hard into beef‑on‑dairy at once, the industry doesn’t magically get the heifers it needs in 2027 or 2028. Somebody ends up short—and often it’s the operations that didn’t see the shortfall coming.
The goal here isn’t to scare anyone away from beef‑on‑dairy. It’s to help you turn today’s beef premiums into durable, long‑term profit—without waking up two years from now wondering where the replacements went.
If there’s one step worth taking in the next 30 days:
Put your current heifer numbers and realistic replacement needs on a single page.
Project them out 18–24 months.
Let that picture have a real say in how much beef semen you use this year.
It doesn’t require perfect data. Just honest numbers. And that quiet little habit is often what separates the herds that “manage to get by” from the ones that keep growing and improving—no matter what Brazil, the cattle futures, or the next drought throws at them.
At The Bullvine, we’ll keep tracking these shifts so you’ve got the information and tools you need to play the whole game, not just the next move.
Key Takeaways:
$1,400 calves today, $3,500 heifers in 2027: The beef-on-dairy math only works if your replacement pipeline can handle it—and for many herds, it can’t
The shortage is already locked in: U.S. heifer inventories hit a 20-year low, CoBank projects 800,000 head short by 2027, and new processing plants are coming online hungry for milk
Every breeding decision is a 24-month bet: By the time heifer prices scream, the shortage was set two years ago—waiting for signals means you’re already behind
Adjust in steps, not panic: Dropping beef semen 3-5 points per quarter protects your pipeline without blowing up this year’s cash flow
A one-page dashboard can save you six figures: Track heifers by age against replacement needs monthly, and you’ll see the gap before it becomes a $3,500-per-head crisis
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Beef-on-Dairy’s $6,215 Secret: Why 72% of Herds Are Playing It Wrong – Stop leaking cash by treating beef-on-dairy like a side hustle. This deep dive delivers the reproductive benchmarks and tiered management protocols that separate elite $6,000/month profit-makers from the 72% of herds currently playing the game wrong.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
$600 beef calf or $2,500 heifer? The farms still standing in 2026 didn’t trade their future for today’s calf check.
Executive Summary: U.S. dairy exports hit $8.2 billion in 2024, yet milk checks stayed stubbornly flat—and understanding why matters for your next move. The gap comes down to three forces: processing overcapacity that needs export markets to clear marginal pounds, a component shift in which cheese plants now reward protein over extreme butterfat, and a heifer shortage, many herds created by chasing $600 beef calf checks instead of protecting replacements. Today, quality heifers command $2,500–$3,000+, and the math has flipped. Consolidation has reshaped the landscape, too—15,000 dairies exited between 2017 and 2022, with 1,000+ cow herds now producing two-thirds of U.S. milk and demanding “invisible” cows that stay off the treatment list. The operations thriving in this environment share a playbook: components tuned to their plant’s grid, genomics and beef-on-dairy strategies that secure the replacement pipeline, and risk management treated as routine—not a crisis response. The next 12–24 months will separate the farms that planned from the farms that hoped.
You’ve probably lived this. You sit through a winter meeting where someone from the co‑op says, “Exports are strong, global demand looks good, U.S. dairy is well‑positioned.” The slides are full of big numbers. Then you get home, sit down at the kitchen table, open your milk check… and it feels like you’re farming in a different industry than the one they just described.
What’s interesting here is that those export numbers really are big. USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service, in numbers summarized by IDFA, Dairy Processing, Dairy Foods, and Progressive Dairy, put 2024 U.S. dairy exports at about 8.2 billion dollars, the second‑highest export value on record after the 9.5‑billion‑dollar peak in 2022. Mexico took roughly 2.47 billion dollars of that total, and Canada about 1.14 billion, so together those two neighbors account for just over 40 percent of everything the U.S. ships overseas by value. Export coverage from USDEC highlights that Mexico is consistently the top buyer of U.S. cheese and skim milk powder.
Early 2025 commentary from market analysts suggests exports have generally held up reasonably well compared to 2024, with cheese shipments in particular staying firm in several key months. So that “exports are strong” line on the slides isn’t spin.
The question you and a lot of producers are asking is simple: if exports look that good, why doesn’t the milk check feel the same? To get at that, let’s walk through what’s happening at the plant, what’s changed with butterfat performance and protein, why geography still matters, what’s going on in Mexico—and then bring it right back to genetics, beef‑on‑dairy, fresh cow management, and risk decisions on your own farm.
Looking at This Trend from the Plant Side
Looking at this trend from the processor’s side is where the fog starts to clear a bit.
Over the last several years, processors have poured serious money into stainless steel. IDFA and industry analysts have talked about “historic levels” of processing investment, and Hoard’s Dairyman reported that roughly 8 billion dollarsworth of dairy processing projects—new cheese plants, powder facilities, and ingredient expansions—are in the works across the Upper Midwest, Plains, and Southwest. Brownfield Ag News and Dairy Herd have described “widespread growth underway,” citing new or expanded plants in South Dakota, Kansas, Texas, Idaho, and New York.
You see it most clearly along the I‑29 corridor. South Dakota has become one of the fastest‑growing dairy regions in the U.S., as new cheese capacity along I‑29 pulled in cows and capital. Kansas appears in USDA Milk Production reports and Progressive Dairy summaries as another state with steady multi‑year growth, driven by large freestall herds and added processing capacity. In New York, big yogurt and cheese plants—including Chobani’s facility at New Berlin—are regularly flagged in state and federal reports as major buyers anchoring regional milk sheds.
Here’s where the math gets real. Large cheese and powder plants are incredibly capital‑intensive. Dairy economists and plant managers consistently note that these facilities are built to run at high utilization—typically targeting 80 percent or higher—to spread fixed costs over as many cwt as possible. If you build a plant to handle 7 million pounds of milk a day and it only runs at 4 million, your cost per cwt jumps because the debt, labor, utilities, and maintenance don’t shrink just because the milk flow does.
So if the domestic market can only comfortably absorb, say, two‑thirds of what this whole system could produce at profitable prices, the rest has to move somewhere. That “somewhere” is export markets. USDEC summaries show that in 2024, the U.S. shipped record or near‑record volumes of cheese to destinations such as Mexico, South Korea, and Central America, and moved significant quantities of skim milk powder and whey to Asia and Latin America.
From the plant’s point of view, moving that extra product overseas at thin margins is often better than leaving vats idle. From your side of the milk check, those marginal export pounds don’t always create enough added value per cwt—after you factor in global competition, freight, and currency—to show up as a big jump. The plant can spread its fixed costs over a larger volume. You might see a bit better basis at times, but not the windfall “8.2 billion dollars” sounds like on a slide.
That’s the first piece of the export paradox: big export dollars and stubborn milk checks can absolutely coexist.
What Farmers Are Finding About Components
Now let’s bring this back into the parlor, because butterfat levels and protein are doing more of the talking on your milk check than many of us expected a few years ago.
For much of the last decade, butterfat looked like the star. USDA and CME data show U.S. butter prices and per‑capita butter consumption rising, and for many years, Class III and IV values put butterfat at a clear premium over protein on a solids basis. So a lot of us leaned into butterfat—through breeding, rations, and fresh cow management—to capture those butterfat premiums.
As more milk has flowed into cheese vats, though, the balance has shifted. Cheesemakers live on protein. That’s what builds curd. The Federal Milk Marketing Order Class III formulas use cheese, whey, and butter prices to calculate fat and protein values using specific yield factors. The way those formulas are structured creates a kind of see‑saw: when butterfat prices move sharply higher, the implied value of protein tends to get pulled down, and when butterfat softens, protein can carry more of the pay pool.
If you look at USDA component price reports across 2024, butterfat values often ran in the 3.00 to 3.50 dollars per pound range, while Class III protein values showed significant volatility—bouncing from around 1.10 to over 2.50 dollars per pound depending on the month. Dairy market updates from MCT Dairies and federal order bulletins highlighted several months where fat was historically strong while protein sagged, reflecting that cheese‑heavy product mix. Analysts like Sarina Sharp with the Daily Dairy Report have talked about co‑ops finding themselves “long on cream” at times, which makes it hard to fully reward sky‑high butterfat tests when protein and cheese demand are really driving the bus.
What farmers are finding—and what a lot of field nutritionists and independent advisers will tell you—is that balancedmilk tends to pay better than extreme milk in this environment. Herds averaging around 3.5–3.8 percent protein and 3.8–4.1 percent butterfat, with solid fresh cow management and a smooth transition period, often see more stable component checks than herds that push butterfat into the mid‑4s while letting protein linger around 3.0–3.1 percent. That profile matches what many cheese plants say they want: strong pounds of solids, but in a ratio that actually fits their vats.
Month
Butterfat ($/lb)
Protein ($/lb)
Jan
3.15
1.85
Mar
3.35
1.45
May
3.10
2.20
Jul
3.45
1.30
Sep
3.25
2.05
Nov
3.05
2.45
If you haven’t done it recently, it’s worth a quick kitchen‑table exercise:
Take a month’s milk statement and write down the total pounds of fat shipped and total pounds of protein shipped.
Divide each by the total pounds of milk shipped to confirm your average butterfat and protein tests.
Then look up that month’s USDA or co‑op Class III/IV component values and see how many dollars per cwt those pounds are really generating.
A recent review on milk quality and economic sustainability points out that herds with better component performance and milk quality tend to show stronger economic sustainability—so long as they aren’t trading away health and fertility to get there. And Mike Hutjens, Professor Emeritus and extension dairy specialist at the University of Illinois, has hammered the same point for years: it’s pounds of fat and protein shipped per cow and per cwt that drive income, not just pretty percentages on the DHI sheet.
This development suggests something important: chasing maximum butterfat at the expense of protein and cow health doesn’t pay the way it once might have. The money today is in a balanced component profile, backed by good transition‑period management and consistent TMRs.
Why Your ZIP Code Still Matters More Than You’d Like
Looking at this trend across regions, it’s hard to ignore how much your postal code still shapes your milk check.
USDA Milk Production reports make it pretty clear that cows and milk have been shifting into certain regions, especially the interior. South Dakota is one of the clearest examples. The state has become a major growth engine as the I‑29 corridor cheese plants and expansions pulled in herds and investment. Kansas appears in USDA and Progressive Dairy statistics as another state with consistent year‑over‑year growth, driven by large freestall operations and added plant capacity. At the same time, USDA/NASS and state reports often rank Michigan near the top for milk per cow, thanks to strong forage programs, cow comfort, and efficient parlors.
What I’ve noticed, looking at those numbers and listening to producers, is that geography flows directly into basis and hauling. A 1,500‑cow freestall in eastern South Dakota, 20 or 30 miles from a modern cheese plant, is playing a different game than a 200‑cow tie‑stall in a New England valley where there’s limited processing and plants are already full. The close‑in herd may save 30–50 cents per cwt on hauling and pick up stronger over‑order premiums and quality incentives because the plant really needs their milk. The more remote herd often pays more just to get milk to town and has fewer realistic buyers if contracts change.
To put some rough numbers on it, imagine a herd shipping 20,000 cwt per month. If better basis and lower hauling together net 0.75 dollars per cwt more than a herd in a less favored location, that’s 15,000 dollars per month, or roughly 180,000 dollars per year. That’s just an example based on USDA and regional data; every farm will have its own version of that spread. But it shows why two herds can read the same export headlines and feel completely different realities when the milk checks arrive.
Factor
Herd A: Close to Growing Plant (SD, KS, TX)
Herd B: Remote or Declining Region (VT, Upstate NY, Rural West)
Distance to Plant
20–30 miles
80–150+ miles
Hauling Cost
$0.25–$0.40/cwt
$0.60–$1.00/cwt
Over-Order Premium/Basis
$0.50–$1.25/cwt
$0.00–$0.50/cwt
Quality/Volume Incentives
Strong (plant needs milk)
Weak (plant at capacity or shrinking)
Monthly Advantage (20,000 cwt)
Baseline
−$15,000
Annual Impact
Baseline
−$180,000
It’s not about “good” or “bad” states. It’s about plant geography, infrastructure, and policy. Many producers in the Midwest and Plains will tell you their biggest advantage right now is simply being inside the pull radius of expanding cheese plants. Producers in some Northeast or Mountain West pockets, or even parts of Canada, may have very competitive herds but face higher freight and less processor competition, even while exports are booming.
Mexico: Our Best Customer—and a Big Exposure
Now let’s talk about where a lot of those extra cheese and powder pounds actually end up: Mexico.
USDA FAS, IDFA, USDEC, and trade outlets like Dairy Processing are all on the same page here: Mexico is the single largest foreign market for U.S. dairy by value. In 2024, the U.S. shipped roughly $2.47 billion in dairy products to Mexico and about $1.14 billion to Canada. Together, Mexico and Canada account for more than 40 percent of U.S. dairy export value, with Mexico consistently the top buyer for U.S. cheese and skim milk powder.
What’s encouraging in the near term is that Mexico is structurally short on milk. CoBank’s export analysis and USDA FAS reports describe a situation where Mexican dairy demand has outpaced domestic production, leaving a persistent gap that imports—mostly from the U.S.—fill. Per‑capita dairy consumption in Mexico is still lower than in the U.S., which gives some headroom for growth as incomes rise. That combination—structural deficit plus room for per‑capita growth—is a big part of why analysts see Mexico as critical to U.S. dairy’s near‑term export outlook.
But there’s another side that matters for your risk. FAS and industry coverage point out that Mexico is investing in its dairy sector, particularly in northern states, where newer farms are increasingly resembling large freestall and dry-lot systems in the U.S. Southwest, with upgraded genetics, improved feed efficiency, and better milk-handling infrastructure. The goal is to trim back some of that import dependence over time.
So what farmers are finding is that Mexico is both a tremendous asset and a concentration point. Over the next one to three years, it’s hard to imagine a strong U.S. export story that doesn’t lean heavily on Mexico. Over a three‑to‑ten‑year window, if Mexico succeeds in significantly boosting its own production, the growth rate of U.S. exports there could slow, or the mix of products could shift—even if the trading relationship remains strong.
For Canadian readers in Ontario and Quebec, supply management and quota systems buffer your farm‑gate price from a lot of these swings, as multiple analyses of the 2022 Census and Canadian policy have noted. But U.S. export performance and Mexico’s appetite still shape the broader North American environment you’re operating in—especially for processors, trade negotiations, and on‑going USMCA disputes.
One Herd That Fits Today’s Market
Sometimes these big forces are easier to digest when you see how they play out in a real barn.
Top‑Deck Holsteins, a roughly 700‑cow Holstein herd in Iowa, is one of those examples. A recent profile describes Top‑Deck as a freestall operation shipping milk with a rolling herd average around 33,500 pounds per cow per year, built on intentional management and breeding decisions. The exact numbers can move with feed and weather, but the pattern is what matters.
On the cow side, that profile explains that Top‑Deck:
Pushes forage quality and ration balance hard to drive dry matter intake and feed efficiency.
Treats cow comfort as a core investment—stall design, bedding, ventilation, and milking routines are all tuned for long lying times and low stress.
Watches fresh cow management and the transition period closely, with protocols aimed at catching issues early and supporting strong peaks without burning cows out at 30–60 days in milk.
Genetically, Top‑Deck uses genomic testing to rank heifers and cow families, then:
Uses sexed Holstein semen on top‑merit animals to generate replacements with strong production, components, fertility, and health traits.
Uses beef semen—often Angus—on lower‑merit animals to produce calves that bring better beef value than traditional Holstein bull calves.
Recent genomic and evaluation‑system reviews in the Journal of Dairy Science and related outlets note that millions of dairy animals worldwide have been genotyped, and that using genomic evaluations with economic indexes has significantly improved progress in production, fertility, and health compared with relying on parent averages. Work from the University of Guelph’s “beef on dairy” research program—funded through the Ontario Agri‑Food Innovation Alliance and national beef research groups—shows that beef‑sired dairy calves, when managed and marketed correctly, can deliver clearly higher prices than straight Holstein bull calves, and that optimizing their early‑life management is key to maximizing value.
What’s interesting here is that Top‑Deck’s approach isn’t about chasing one extreme number. It’s about building cows that quietly ship a lot of pounds of fat and protein, stay healthy and fertile, and leave behind replacements that can do the same—while using beef‑on‑dairy to lift calf revenue. That’s exactly the kind of herd that fits a cheese‑heavy, component‑sensitive, export‑connected world.
The Consolidation Reality—and What It Means for Genetics
Now let’s punch in the consolidation piece, because this really matters for breeders and for anyone thinking about where their herd fits.
The 2022 Census of Agriculture shows U.S. dairy farm numbers dropping from 39,303 in 2017 to 24,082 in 2022. That’s roughly a 39 percent decline—about 15,000 dairies gone in five years—even as total U.S. milk production climbed roughly 5 percent, on about 9.4 million milk cows. Rabobank analysis cited in those same reports estimates that herds with more than 1,000 cows now produce around two‑thirds of U.S. milk by value, up from around 60 percent in 2017.
On top of elemental market forces, environmental and labor policies are nudging in the same direction. California, Washington, and other states have tightened manure, water, and methane rules, pushing dairies toward digesters, lagoon covers, and more sophisticated nutrient management systems—investments that are easier to justify on a 2,000‑cow dairy than on an 80‑cow tie‑stall. Labor and immigration constraints also tend to hit smaller farms harder, while larger operations often have more tools to recruit, pay, and house workers.
So the center of gravity has shifted. The buyers of genetics and semen are increasingly large freestall and dry-lot herds milking 1,000, 3,000, or 10,000 cows, not just smaller family herds picking bulls at a local sale. And those large herds are demanding a specific type of cow.
European and Scandinavian research has started using the phrase “invisible cows” to describe the ideal animal in large, modern dairy systems: basically trouble‑free, almost boring cows that don’t show up on the treatment list, have few metabolic or hoof problems, calve easily, breed back reliably, and quietly ship components that fit the plant’s grid. U.S. management and genetics advisers are framing similar ideas—focusing on cows that minimize disruptions in high‑throughput, labor‑tight environments.
What I’ve noticed, talking with large‑herd managers and AI folks, is that this is changing the genetic marketplace. Big herds don’t want “project cows” that constantly need special attention. They want cows that are almost invisible day‑to‑day:
Strong on productive life and livability.
Good mastitis resistance and udder health.
Sound feet and legs that keep them moving to the bunk and parlor.
Fertility and calving traits that keep fresh cow problems to a minimum.
Moderate size with solid feed efficiency.
Trait Category
Old Priority (Show Ring / Single Trait)
2025 Large-Herd Priority (“Invisible Cow”)
Production
Max milk volume or max butterfat %
Balanced pounds of fat + protein shipped per cow/year
Moderate intake, strong component output per lb DMI
For breeders, that has two big implications. First, there’s an opportunity for those who can breed and market families that consistently deliver these trouble‑free, “invisible” cows and back it up with real herd performance. Second, there’s risk if a herd or breeding program stays focused only on show‑ring traits or single‑trait extremes without a clear economic story tied to big‑herd, high‑throughput systems.
As herds get larger, the market is slowly but surely rewarding genetics that reduce problems rather than create them.
Beef‑on‑Dairy: Cash Cow or Heifer Trap?
Now let’s lean into beef‑on‑dairy and replacements, because this is where a lot of operations are feeling both opportunity and pain.
Over the last several years, beef semen sales into dairy herds have surged. CoBank analysts and semen company data indicate that beef semen units going into dairy cows have roughly tripled compared to the late 2010s, with estimates that 7–8 million beef units were sold into U.S. dairies in 2024 alone. The attraction is obvious: in many markets, newborn beef‑on‑dairy calves can bring 600 to 900 dollars per head in the first week, while Holstein bull calves often lag well behind that.
At the same time, USDA’s annual Cattle reports and independent analyses have been ringing the bell on dairy replacement inventories. A 2024 Farmdoc Daily review noted that just 2.59 million dairy heifers were expected to calve and enter the herd that year—the lowest since USDA began tracking that series in 2001. More recent updates and CoBank commentary suggest replacement inventories have been revised downward multiple times and remain historically tight.
On the price side, USDA’s Agricultural Prices reports show average dairy replacement heifer values moving into the 2,200 to 2,700 dollar range in many regions over 2023–2024, with springing heifers at auctions commonly bringing 2,500 to 3,000 dollars, and top lots in some Midwest and Western states touching 3,600 to 4,000 dollars. Several economic studies and extension bulletins peg the cost of raising a replacement heifer from birth to calving around 1,700 to 2,400 dollars, depending on the system—confinement, dry lot, or pasture.
So here’s the hard truth many of us are dealing with: a lot of farms leaned into beef‑on‑dairy so aggressively—because that 600–900 dollar beef calf check looked awfully good—that they’re now staring at 2,500‑plus replacement heifer prices when they want to expand or even just maintain herd size. Analysts in Dairy Herd have gone so far as to say that America’s heifer shortage is actively limiting expansion and that the “big money in beef‑on‑dairy” is one of the key drivers.
For a Bullvine reader, the warning needs to be crystal clear:
Don’t sell your future for a 300‑dollar calf check today.
Decision Point
Today’s Cash
Cost to Raise
Market Price
Real Economics
Beef-on-Dairy Calf
$600–$900
$0 (buyer’s problem)
N/A
Immediate income, no future cow
Holstein Bull Calf
$150–$250
$0 (buyer’s problem)
N/A
Minimal income, no future cow
Keep & Raise Heifer
$0 today
$1,700–$2,400
$2,500–$3,600
24-month investment, future production
Annual Impact (100 beef calves)
+$60,000–$90,000
Clear
−$250,000–$360,000 in replacement costs
Net position depends on replacement needs
In some markets, the calf check is 600 or 800 dollars, not 300, but the principle is the same. Beef‑on‑dairy is a powerful tool when it’s aimed at the bottom of the herd with a clear replacement plan. Used without a plan, it can hollow out your future cow herd and leave you paying top-of-the-market prices to fill stalls.
The sweet spot, based on both research and what well‑run farms are doing, looks something like this:
Top 30–40 percent of females: Genomic‑tested and top‑merit cows and heifers get sexed dairy semen to generate replacements.
Middle group: Conventional dairy semen, adjusted up or down depending on your replacement needs.
Bottom end: Clearly identified low‑merit cows and heifers get beef‑on‑dairy semen to turn them into higher‑value calves.
And that plan isn’t static. It gets revisited each year as calf, beef, and replacement markets change. But the order of operations doesn’t change: protect your future herd first; chase beef calf checks second.
What Farmers Are Finding Works Right Now
Talking with producers from Wisconsin to South Dakota, from Idaho to Ontario, three themes keep showing up on farms that seem to be navigating all this better than most.
Breeding for Profit and “Invisible” Cows
Looking at this trend in breeding decisions, the herds that look most resilient aren’t chasing a single extreme trait. They’re using tools like genomic selection, economic indexes, and on‑farm records to build cows that are profitable and low‑drama.
Peer‑reviewed work on dairy genetics and national evaluation systems, summarized by the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding and others, shows that genomic selection combined with economic indexes like Net Merit (U.S.) and Pro$ or LPI (Canada) can significantly improve progress in production, fertility, and health traits compared to traditional selection. That’s the backbone of how most major AI studs and progressive herds are making mating decisions today.
On the farms I’ve seen, a practical genetics plan often looks like this:
Use a profit index (Net Merit, Pro$, LPI) as the main filter rather than picking bulls off a single trait like butterfat or total milk.
Inside that pool, favor bulls that nudge both fat and protein percentages modestly upward while maintaining or improving fertility, udder health, and productive life.
Put real weight on traits that keep cows in the herd: mastitis resistance, hoof health and locomotion, calving ease, and overall robustness.
In that context, many commodity‑oriented herds are targeting cows with butterfat around 3.8–4.0 percent, protein in the mid‑3s, and reproduction performance that aligns with their culling and replacement plans. That doesn’t win you banners at a show, but it tends to win you more predictable component checks, fewer headaches, and a cow that’s “invisible” in the best way—just quietly doing her job.
Turning Genomics and Beef‑on‑Dairy into Everyday Tools
Genomics and beef‑on‑dairy aren’t fringe ideas anymore—they’re everyday tools for a growing number of herds.
Recent genomic reviews indicate that genomic evaluations can roughly double the accuracy of selecting young animals compared to using parent averages alone, especially for complex traits such as fertility and health. Breeding programs that use sexed semen on the top tier of females and beef semen on the bottom tier to accelerate dairy genetic gain while also lifting calf value.
On many commercial farms, that has turned into a straightforward three‑tier system like the one above. The key shift on farms that are doing it well is that they’ve stopped guessing:
They genomic‑test at least a subset of heifers to identify which families deserve replacements.
They run replacement‑need projections based on real cull rates, expansion plans, and age at first calving.
They adjust the proportion of sexed, conventional, and beef semen to hit those replacement targets rather than just chasing what the calf market looks like this month.
University of Guelph research and beef‑on‑dairy extension materials emphasize that dairy‑beef cross calves can command solid premiums over straight Holstein bull calves when marketed correctly, but they also warn that early‑life management and health are critical to capturing that value. The farms that treat beef‑on‑dairy as a strategic tool—not just a quick cash grab—are the ones turning it into a durable advantage.
Making Risk Management Routine Instead of a Panic Button
The third big shift isn’t genetic or nutritional—it’s in how farms treat price risk.
Extension economists and dairy market advisers have been pushing for years now that tools like Dairy Margin Coverage and Dairy Revenue Protection should be part of a routine risk plan, not just something you sign up for when prices crash. Herds that quietly use DRP or basic options strategies year after year to put a floor under part of their milk price while leaving some upside open.
What many advisers suggest, as a starting point, is that producers consider protecting something like 30–50 percent of their expected milk production with DRP, options, or fixed‑price contracts when forward prices cover their cost of production and debt needs. It’s not a rule; it’s a range that seems to work for a lot of operations. Some herds are comfortable covering more, while others are less comfortable, depending on their balance sheets and risk tolerance.
A simple example might look like this:
A 900‑cow herd in Wisconsin, selling mainly into Class III, uses DRP to set a revenue floor under part of its projected spring and summer milk based on its typical butterfat and protein tests and the markets it ships into.
At the same time, the herd forward‑contracts a portion of its corn and soybean meal when futures plus local basis give them a feed cost that supports a margin they can live with.
The rest of the milk and feed stays unhedged, leaving room to benefit if markets move higher. The point isn’t that 900 cows in Wisconsin need this exact plan. The point is that treating risk tools as normal business practice—as much a part of the job as booking soybean meal—can turn wild swings into manageable bumps.
From conversations with producers who’ve made that shift, the hardest step usually wasn’t understanding the math. It was deciding to stop waiting for the next crisis to start learning.
Different Starting Points, Different Options
Given all this, the logical question is: “So what does this mean for my farm?” The honest answer depends on your size, your location, and your timeline. But some patterns show up pretty consistently.
Larger Herds Close to Growing Plants
If you’re milking 800–3,000 cows in eastern South Dakota, western Kansas, the Texas Panhandle, southern Idaho, or near growing plants in Wisconsin or New York, you’re in a spot where processors need your milk. That doesn’t solve everything, but it’s a real advantage.
On farms like yours that seem to be in decent shape, you usually see:
Sharp focus on components and cow flow. Butterfat and protein targets are tuned to what nearby cheese and ingredient plants actually pay for, and fresh cow management during the transition period is geared to support strong peaks without wrecking cows.
Structured breeding and replacement plans. Genomics and sexed semen build replacements from the top of the herd; beef‑on‑dairy is used thoughtfully on the bottom end to boost calf revenue without starving replacements.
Habitual risk management. DRP, DMC, options, and feed contracts are used when the math works, not just when the market is already in free fall.
Cautious growth decisions. Expansion plans are stress‑tested against lower milk prices and higher costs, often with lender and adviser input, not just modeled on today’s strong basis.
Mid‑Size Herds in Stable Regions
If you’re running 400–800 cows in places like Wisconsin, Michigan, Pennsylvania, Vermont, or Southern Ontario, you’re big enough to feel serious capital pressure but not always big enough to be your plant’s top priority.
Mid‑size herds that look resilient tend to:
Drive the cost of production hard. They lean into cow comfort, parlor throughput, and ration consistency to get into the top third of their region’s cost curve, using benchmarks from lenders, extension, and trade media.
Make themselves “must‑keep” suppliers. Plants know they can count on them for consistent volume, strong quality, and components that fit the product mix.
Explore niches where they truly fit. Some find success with organic, grass‑fed, A2A2, on‑farm processing, or regional branding—especially in the Northeast and Upper Midwest—but only when local demand and the family’s temperament for marketing line up.
Treat succession and timing as strategic variables. Major upgrades or expansions are tied to clear family plans for who wants to be there in 5–10 years, not just to what the bank will finance.
Smaller or More Isolated Herds
If you’re milking 50–200 cows in a rural pocket far from growing plants, or in a region losing processing, the export‑driven, capacity‑heavy system frankly isn’t built with you in mind.
Smaller herds in that position that manage to stay in the driver’s seat often:
Get brutally honest about cost and equity trends. They know, in numbers, whether they’re gaining ground, treading water, or slowly slipping.
Decide what role the dairy plays. For some, the dairy is still the primary economic engine. For others, it’s part of a mix with off‑farm jobs, cash crops, custom work, or direct‑marketing businesses. That choice shapes everything else.
Explore niches carefully, not desperately. On‑farm processing, direct‑to‑consumer sales, or agritourism can work—especially near population centers—but only when location, market, and family skills align. They’re not automatic lifelines.
Plan early for transitions. The most successful exits or step‑downs start with early, candid conversations with family, lenders, and advisers—before external forces make the decision for them.
A Few Practical First Steps
If you’re looking at your own numbers and wondering where to start, here are a few simple, concrete steps that many producers have found useful:
Pull a year’s worth of milk checks and component reports. Work out your true average butterfat and protein tests, and—more importantly—your pounds of fat and protein shipped per cow and per cwt. Then talk with your field rep or plant contact about how that profile lines up with what your leading buyer wants and pays best for.
Map your replacement needs before you map beef‑on‑dairy. Sit down with your records and figure out your real replacement rate and any expansion plans. Estimate how many quality dairy heifers you’ll need calving in over the next two to three years. Use that number to double-check how much beef‑on‑dairy your breeding program can truly support without putting you in the heifer penalty box.
Pilot genomic testing on a subset of heifers. Work with your AI rep or herd vet to test a group, rank them, and use that ranking to decide who gets sexed dairy semen and who gets beef. Treat this as a learning process, not a one‑off experiment.
Schedule an hour with a risk adviser. Sit down with someone from your co‑op, a dairy‑focused broker, or an extension economist and ask them to walk you through what it would look like to protect roughly 30–50 percent of your expected milk and some of your feed at prices that cover your costs and debt needs. Then adjust that percentage based on your own risk tolerance and lender expectations.
Run a stress‑test budget. Put together a simple cash‑flow scenario at a lower milk price—say 13–14 dollars Class III—and slightly higher feed costs. See where the pinch points are. Use that information to decide whether your next move should be to tighten costs, adjust debt, lock in some margins, pursue measured growth, or plan a gradual pivot.
Three Questions Worth Asking Yourself
As you work through all that, three blunt questions keep coming up in good kitchen‑table conversations:
Do my components actually fit my buyer’s product mix and pricing grid—or am I leaving money on the table chasing the wrong butterfat/protein profile?
Am I using genomic tools and beef‑on‑dairy with a clear replacement strategy—or am I selling my future herd for today’s calf checks?
Do I have even a basic risk plan for the next 12–24 months, or am I still gambling that spot markets will treat me kindly?
The Bottom Line
At the end of the day, the export headlines and your milk check are telling different parts of the same story. The export dollars keep plants running and markets open. The milk check reflects how that big system—stainless steel, global competition, butterfat and protein pricing, consolidation, geography, heifer supply, and policy—lines up with your cows, your barn, and your ZIP code.
What I’ve noticed, sitting at a lot of kitchen tables and in a lot of barn offices, is that once you really understand those connections, the whole situation feels a little less random. You won’t control the world price of cheese. But you can control how your herd is bred, how your fresh cows come through the transition period, what your cost of production looks like, and whether you use the genetics, beef‑on‑dairy, and risk tools that are already on the table.
There isn’t one right answer. For some operations, the smart play will be to lean in and grow with the local plant. For others, it’ll be carving out a well‑defined niche that truly fits their region and family. And for some, the bravest and best decision will be planning a thoughtful transition that protects family, equity, and sanity. The key is making that call with clear eyes, honest numbers, and a solid grasp of the forces that are shaping all of us—whether we like them or not.
Key Takeaways
$8.2B exports, stubborn checks: Record dairy shipments didn’t lift every milk check because expanded plant capacity needs export markets to clear marginal pounds—at margins that rarely flow back to producers.
Protein now drives the pay grid: Cheese plants reward curd yield, not extreme butterfat. Herds balancing 3.5–3.8% protein with 3.8–4.1% fat are capturing more consistent component premiums than single-trait chasers.
Beef-on-dairy created a heifer crisis: Replacement inventories fell to their lowest since 2001. Farms that grabbed $600 beef calf checks now face $2,500–$3,000+ heifer bills—proof that short-term cash can cost long-term cows.
Big herds are buying “invisible” cows: 15,000 dairies exited in five years; 1,000+ cow operations now ship two-thirds of U.S. milk. They’re paying for genetics that deliver fertility, health, and components—not project cows that hit the treatment list.
Three moves that separate planners from hopers: Tune your component profile to your plant’s grid, use genomics and beef-on-dairy with a locked-in replacement plan, and treat DRP and feed hedges as standard practice—not emergency measures.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
The $4,000 Heifer: Seven Strategies to Navigate the New Dairy Economy – Reclaim your margin with a tactical breakdown of the “Raise vs. Buy” math. This guide arms you with the leverage needed to negotiate with lenders while surviving $3,000 replacements in a historically tight-supply market.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Your Guernseys might be naturally A2—but if you’re not hitting 50,000 lb per run, your premium is probably disappearing in someone else’s silo.
U.S. Guernsey cattle are now officially sitting in the “Watch” category on The Livestock Conservancy’s Conservation Priority List, which is the tier reserved for breeds with fewer than 2,500 annual U.S. registrations and an estimated global population under 10,000 registered animals according to the Conservancy’s parameters. The latest list still places Guernseys in that Watch bracket, which gives you a pretty clear sense of how small the registered population has become compared with where it once was in North America.
Over roughly the same period, the business around A2 milk has gone from a niche curiosity to serious money. Precedence Research pegs the global A2 milk market at about 2.86 billion U.S. dollars in 2025 and projects it out to around 7.62 billion by 2034 if current demand growth holds, which works out to roughly an 11‑plus percent annual growth rate over that stretch. So you’ve got a rapidly growing premium segment on one hand, and on the other, you’ve got heritage breeds like Guernsey that, based on both breed descriptions and on‑farm A2 testing results, tend to show a very high frequency of the A2 β‑casein variant when samples are sent in.
The global A2 milk market is projected to nearly triple from $2.86B in 2025 to $7.62B by 2034—an 11%+ annual growth rate that explains why heritage breed owners thought they had a goldmine
On paper, you’d think those two things would line up a lot better than they have. As many of us have seen over coffee at meetings or in the bleachers at shows, they mostly haven’t.
What’s interesting here is that once you strip this back to what’s actually in the genes, how plants are built, and where the dollars really move, the answer is pretty straightforward… and a bit uncomfortable.
Looking at the genetics, not the sales pitch
Looking at this trend from the genetics side first, A2 isn’t some magical “heritage package.” It’s one specific change in the β‑casein protein coded by the CSN2 gene—a single nucleotide substitution that flips one amino acid at position 67 from histidine (A1) to proline (A2). Reviews on A2 milk from food science and nutrition researchers keep coming back to the same point: the distinction between A1 and A2 β‑casein is that single amino acid difference, not a wholesale change in the cow or in other milk proteins.
That’s very different from things like butterfat performance, fertility, or how a cow holds up through the transition period in a grazing system, which all involve many genes and years of selection pressure. A2 is more like a light‑switch trait. If you’ve got genomic tools and access to semen catalogues that clearly label A2A2 sires, you can shift the A2 status of a Holstein herd pretty quickly.
A group led by B.A. Scott in Australia pulled together Holstein genomic data and published it in 2023 in Frontiers in Animal Science. They showed that the proportion of A2A2 Holstein cows in their dataset rose from about 32 percent in 2000 to roughly 52 percent in 2017 as selection for the A2 allele increased in the population. That’s a big shift in less than two decades, driven mainly by AI studs and breeders nudging A2 sires up their lists once the trait started to matter commercially.
Holstein herds went from 32% A2A2 in 2000 to 52% by 2017 through simple genomic selection—proving that the “heritage A2 advantage” was never a sustainable moat
Once brands like The a2 Milk Company started talking about A2 in grocery aisles, studs did what they always do: they flagged A2A2 sires clearly in proofs and catalogs and, where feasible, folded A2 into their mating tools and marketing. If a bull was already strong on production, health traits, and type, A2 became one more box that was easy to tick when planning matings.
You can see how fast this can move when you look at operations like Sheldon Creek Dairy in Ontario. Their own story describes how they used Holstein genetics and careful sire selection to transition their herd to produce only A2 β‑casein, then built a bottled milk brand around that. They didn’t need to change breeds to do it.
So if you’ve been told that Guernseys or other heritage breeds had a “baked‑in A2 advantage” that nobody else could catch, the genetics really don’t support that. The initial advantage was real—many Guernsey herds do test very high for A2—but it was easy for Holstein programs to copy once there was a commercial reason to do so.
The plant math that quietly decided everything
Now, genetics is only half the story. The other half is the part that doesn’t show up in glossy brochures: how milk actually moves through a plant, and what it costs to treat a stream as “special.”
Let’s walk through two real‑world scenarios the way you’d probably talk them through around a table with a pencil and a notepad. The numbers themselves will feel familiar if you’ve ever sat down with an extension engineer or a processing consultant.
In Scenario A, imagine a 5,000‑cow Holstein herd. If you decide to test all those cows for A2 using a typical genomic panel that includes β‑casein, you’re probably looking at something in the $45–50 per head range based on current commercial lab pricing in North America. Call it roughly $225,000 to test the whole string.
If around 45 percent of those cows test A2A2—which lines up with where a lot of Holstein herds land once A2 has been on the radar for a while—that’s about 2,250 cows. If those cows are averaging roughly 70 pounds of milk per day, that subset alone is producing around 157,000 pounds of A2 milk per day. Even if a processor only pulls part of that into a dedicated stream, you’re still comfortably over the 50,000‑pound volume that makes a separate A2 run realistic.
Most large plants can justify a separate A2 run at that kind of volume, including a full clean‑in‑place cycle between the A2 product and regular milk. Processors running A2 programs in markets like the U.S., Australia, and New Zealand report premiums of $1.50 to $2.50 per hundredweight over conventional pay prices, depending on contract structure and the products they’re making. Stack that over a month, and you’re talking tens of thousands of dollars in extra revenue, without changing barns, freestall layout, dry lot systems, or core fresh cow management—just sorting cows, managing groups, and scheduling dedicated loads.
Daily production from that herd might be in the 7,500 to 9,000 pound range if cows are giving 50–60 pounds apiece, depending on components, fresh‑cow management, and days in milk. And that’s where the problem starts. In many Guernsey herds that have actually done the testing, a very high proportion of cows do come back A2A2, which matches what breed descriptions and breeders report, even though there isn’t a single global genomic survey that pins down one exact percentage.
Daily production from that herd might be in the 3,000 to 4,000 pound range, depending on butterfat performance, fresh cow management, and days in milk. And that’s where the problem starts. The same plants that are happy to schedule a special A2 run at 50,000 pounds in Scenario A can’t justify a completely separate run for 7–9,000 pounds a day from one small herd. By the time you factor in hauling logistics, testing, and the time and chemicals for a full CIP, that small stream just doesn’t carry its weight in a conventional plant.
Unless you and several neighbours can pool your milk into a unified, A2‑only stream that gets into the tens of thousands of pounds per week, your A2 milk is simply going to disappear into the regular tank. The premium doesn’t vanish because anyone dislikes Guernseys; it vanishes because the plant can’t afford to treat that small volume as a separate product under its current design.
In the Upper Midwest, for example, plant managers will tell you candidly that every new product run means lining up dedicated loads, testing them, possibly tweaking process settings, and then doing a full CIP before switching back. For many plants, a rough threshold where that becomes feasible is somewhere around 50,000 pounds per run, not as a hard rule but as the point where per‑unit costs start to look sensible.
So a lot of heritage herds find themselves at a three‑way fork:
One path is to invest in some level of on‑farm processing. When you talk to extension specialists and farmstead processors, a modest 50–150 cow setup—pasteurizer, bottling line, food‑grade processing room, cold storage, licensing, and working capital—often lands in the $175,000 to $325,000 range once everything’s on paper.
Another path is to organize a serious pooled stream with like‑minded neighbours so you can show up at the plant door with enough volume and consistency to justify a separate A2 or heritage run.
The third path, which many people end up on by default, is to accept that as long as you’re shipping into a conventional pool, A2 alone won’t change your milk cheque much, if at all.
A Vermont producer who priced all this out with advisors summed it up bluntly in a regional article: the A2 premium at the plant is real, he said, but they couldn’t see how to capture it “without becoming a completely different kind of business.” That’s a pretty honest read on the gap between the A2 sales pitch and plant‑level infrastructure.
What on‑farm processing really looks like when you sharpen the pencil
If you’re seriously kicking the tires on processing your own milk—even just part of it—those big ballpark numbers start to look a lot more real once you break them down into line items.
Extension publications and small dairy plant consultants tend to put the major capital costs into a few familiar buckets. A decent-sized batch or HTST pasteurizer, plus a filler and basic controls, might run in the $75,000–$125,000 range, depending on whether you’re buying new or reconditioned equipment. Building out or upgrading a room to meet food‑grade standards—floors, walls, floor drains, CIP‑friendly design, HVAC, and electrical—can easily add another $40,000–$80,000.
Then there’s the regulatory and compliance side. Between design review, permits, inspections, and initial lab work, many farms end up in the $15,000–$40,000 range just to get through licensing. Add in $20,000–$40,000 for packaging and cold storage—bottles, caps, labels, cases, coolers, or a small walk‑in—and whatever you’re comfortable holding as working capital for a few months of payroll and utilities, which might be another $25,000–$40,000.
Put all of that together, and that’s how so many farmstead dairies land in that $175,000–$325,000 startup range for a 50–150 cow operation. It’s a big step, especially when you’re still milking mornings and evenings and trying to keep cows moving cleanly through the transition period.
So what does that investment actually buy you on a per‑hundredweight basis?
When you talk to direct‑market farms that are selling whole milk under their own label and turning some of the tank into cheese, yogurt, or ice cream, you hear similar patterns in their back‑of‑the‑envelope math. Once they reverse‑engineer their retail sales back to the farm gate, many find that bottled whole milk is effectively returning somewhere in the high‑30s to mid‑40s per hundredweight equivalent. Value‑added products like cheese or yogurt often come out in the mid‑50s to maybe around $80/cwt equivalent in some markets, especially near cities with strong local‑food demand.
Nobody is suggesting that every farm will hit those exact numbers; it depends heavily on your location, customer base, product mix, and ability to manage both the plant and the cows. But when you blend it all together—a portion of the milk as bottled whole, some as chocolate, some as yogurt or cheese—a lot of these operations report blended returns in the roughly $48–$65/cwt equivalent range.
Compare that to a commodity price in the low‑20s per hundredweight in many recent U.S. mailbox averages, and you start to see why some heritage herds are making that jump, even if it means learning to run a pasteurizer in the afternoon instead of heading straight from the parlor to the shop.
Heritage herds that successfully process on-farm report blended returns of $48–$65/cwt versus low-$20s in bulk pools—a 2–3× multiplier that justifies the capex if you can realistically climb this ladder in your market
The real question for your yard isn’t “Is on‑farm processing a good idea?” It’s “Can I realistically see a path to that blended $45+/cwt equivalent in my own postcode with the time, talent, and markets I have—or can build?”
Who’s actually making heritage genetics pay?
What farmers are finding is that the heritage herds that are growing or at least holding steady aren’t hanging their hats on A2 alone. They’re building full business models around their cows.
Two Guernsey Girls Creamery in Wisconsin is a good example. Owner Tammy Fritsch runs a state‑licensed micro‑dairy near Freedom, milking a small Guernsey herd and processing the milk right there on the farm. The idea didn’t start with spreadsheets; it started with years of showing Guernseys at the Wisconsin State Fair and hearing visitors ask where they could still buy Golden Guernsey milk like they remembered.
Today, that operation tests cows to confirm A2 status, pasteurizes milk on‑farm, and bottles non‑homogenized milk so the cream rises in the bottle—something customers notice right away. They also make Guernsey cheese curds and other products, selling through farm pickup, local stores, and outlets that want something distinct and local. A2 is part of the story, but it sits alongside breed identity, the visible cream line, and a direct relationship between the family and their customers.
In Ontario, Eby Manor near Waterloo has done something similar with its Golden Guernsey label. Their own materials describe their Guernsey milk as naturally rich and A2, and they bottle that into milk, chocolate milk, cream, yogurt, and cheeses under their family brand. They’re working inside a quota system, but the basic approach is similar: don’t wait for a processor to create a Guernsey A2 silo—build your own lane and brand.
When you lay these examples side by side, the pattern is fairly consistent. The heritage herds that are really making it work often share a few traits:
They’ve taken control of at least some processing and packaging under their own roof.
They’ve built direct‑to‑consumer channels—farm stores, markets, local grocers, cafés, and delivery.
They’ve diversified beyond fluid milk into at least one or two value‑added products, often including cheese or yogurt.
They’re stacking A2 with other premiums like grass‑based feeding, local identity, sometimes organic certification, and the heritage angle itself.
They’ve built a community of customers who know the farm and the cows by sight.
For heritage herds that are still shipping everything into a single tanker and hoping a processor will someday decide to pay more just because the milk is A2, that’s the real gap.
The consumer confusion that muddies the water
There’s another piece here that’s easy to underestimate when you’re living in the barn: what’s going on in the consumer’s mind.
You probably know this already, but a lot of people use “lactose intolerance” as a catch‑all label for any discomfort they feel after drinking milk, even though true lactose intolerance is about low lactase enzyme levels and not about casein proteins. Reviews that look over the A2 literature point out that many consumers don’t clearly distinguish between issues with lactose and possible differences in how they respond to A1 versus A2 β‑casein.
So someone who’s genuinely lactose intolerant sees A2 milk on the shelf, hears that it’s “easier to digest,” and decides to give it a try. Since A2 milk still contains essentially the same lactose content as regular milk, that person may not feel any better. They walk away thinking, “That was just expensive milk that didn’t help me.”
At the same time, some people do report feeling better on A2 milk in controlled digestion studies, especially in terms of bloating or GI discomfort, but those are often individuals whose issues weren’t driven purely by lactose in the first place. That nuance is tough to convey in three lines on a label or in a 15‑second ad.
For small heritage herds trying to build a local A2 niche, that confusion creates headwinds. The big A2 brands have done a lot to get the term “A2” into consumer vocabulary, which helps. But they haven’t always helped shoppers understand why a local Guernsey A2 milk, sold in glass with a visible cream line and a pasture story, is another step different again.
So what stands out in conversations with farmers here is that A2 can be a door‑opener. It might be the reason someone tries your milk for the first time. But the reasons they keep coming back—flavour, mouthfeel, how they feel after they drink it, the kids’ reactions, what they see when they visit the farm—go way beyond that one gene marker.
What processors are really up against
As many of us have seen, it’s tempting to chalk all this up to processors “not getting it.” But when you actually sit in a plant office and ask how they’d make a heritage A2 run work, the answer often comes down to mechanics: plant design, labour, and scheduling.
In many Midwest plants, managers will tell you that every new product run means lining up dedicated loads, verifying composition, possibly adjusting process settings, and then performing a full CIP before switching back. That’s a lot of labour and downtime for a small stream. For many plants, the rough threshold at which this becomes feasible is around 50,000 pounds per run; below that, the extra cost per unit can erode the premium quickly.
There have been attempts in states like Wisconsin and Vermont to set up specialty pools—grass‑based pools, local pools, sometimes A2 pools. Some of those have made progress; others have run into predictable problems: not enough consistent volume, too much compositional variation, too much scheduling complexity relative to plant capacity. In California’s Central Valley, where a lot of milk moves through very large, highly optimized plants tied to big Holstein herds in freestalls or dry lot systems, there’s even less room to carve out tiny lanes for heritage milk.
So if your business plan is built on a conventional plant paying a stable, meaningful premium just because your milk is both A2 and heritage, at a relatively small volume, you’re basically betting against the way most plants are currently engineered. That doesn’t make processors villains; it just means the system wasn’t built to do what we now wish it could do.
The pasture angle we don’t want to lose sight of
It’s also worth stepping back from the plant for a minute and looking at where these cows actually earn their keep: on the ground.
Teagasc, the Irish agriculture research and advisory organization, has done a lot of work comparing straight Holstein‑Friesian cows with Holstein‑Friesian × Jersey crossbreds in grass‑based, seasonal systems. In several of those multi‑year pasture studies, the crossbreds have come out ahead on profit per cow and per hectare, mainly because of better fertility, survival, and components, even when straight Friesians had an edge on pure volume. An analysis highlighted by Agriland reported that crossbred cows at Teagasc’s Clonakilty research farm were generating around €162 more profit per cow per lactation than straight Holsteins in that grass‑based system.
Those aren’t Guernseys, but they do back up what many graziers in the Northeast and Upper Midwest have already noticed on their own farms: the cow that’s a star on a high‑input TMR in a big freestall isn’t always the cow that makes you the most money when you’re walking to the back paddock in April, dealing with wet springs, and trying to get an efficient bite off grass.
Heritage breeds like Guernsey, Ayrshire, and Brown Swiss, evolved in environments closer to those of grazing systems. The Livestock Conservancy, breed associations, and extension sources describe Guernseys as good grazers that can do well on quality pasture, hardy across a range of climates, and relatively easy to manage. Ayrshires have long been known for strong feet and legs and good performance on rougher ground. Brown Swiss carry a reputation for longevity and for producing milk with protein and casein profiles that work well for cheesemaking, especially in alpine‑style cheeses.
So if you’re in a pasture‑heavy system—think New York’s hill farms, Vermont and Quebec grazing herds, Wisconsin seasonal dairies, or coastal British Columbia—chasing A2 might be less important than asking, “Which genetics give me the best lifetime production and profit per acre on this land base?” A2 can still be part of that picture, but fertility, days in milk, hoof health, and how well a cow converts your grass into fat and protein are often the real levers.
Crossbreeding: where heritage genes quietly move into big herds
There’s also a quieter trend that doesn’t show up in breed registration numbers: heritage genetics getting into commercial herds through deliberate crossbreeding.
Many larger Holstein herds frustrated by fertility, lameness, and short productive lifespans have already considered crossbreeding with Jerseys, Montbéliardes, or Scandinavian Reds, and the literature on crossbred systems consistently shows heterosis benefits for functional traits such as fertility and survival. Adding Guernsey, Ayrshire, or Brown Swiss sires into that mix—especially sires that are A2A2—is another way to bring in hybrid vigor and some of those pasture or functional traits without flipping the whole herd overnight.
Guernsey breeders like Tom Ripley, who has worked extensively with the American Guernsey Association, have shared field reports from producers who use Guernsey sires on Holstein cows and report improvements in calving ease, component levels, and, sometimes, fertility in the resulting crossbreds. These aren’t controlled university trials, and they’re not going to show up in Journal of Dairy Science the same way Teagasc’s work does, but they do line up with the broader crossbreeding literature from New Zealand and Ireland that shows heterosis boosting “functional” traits in many three‑breed systems.
What’s encouraging about that is it opens up revenue beyond the milk cheque for heritage breeders who are paying attention. If you’ve got a Guernsey, Ayrshire, or Brown Swiss family with real performance behind it—good components, sound udders, durable feet and legs—you may have an opportunity to sell semen or breeding stock into commercial herds that want those traits, even if your own milk still goes into a conventional pool.
The bigger genetic picture and why it matters
One more piece that matters more in the long run than in any given month’s milk statement is genetic diversity.
Geneticists working on dairy cattle have been pointing out for years that the effective population size of Holsteins—the number of unrelated founders you’d need to reproduce the existing genetic variation—is relatively small compared with the actual number of Holsteins in barns. That’s what happens when you run intense selection on a fairly narrow group of elite sires for multiple generations. It’s been great for yield and components, but it has nudged inbreeding steadily upward.
Scott’s 2023 analysis of selecting for A2 in the Australian Holstein population went a step further and showed that selecting for the A2 allele alone, without careful management of relationships, could increase both regional and genome‑wide inbreeding, because it narrows the sire pool even more. That’s not a reason to avoid A2 completely, but it’s a reminder that stacking too many selection criteria on top of each other in a single breed can have side effects you don’t fully feel until years down the road.
Heritage breeds like Guernsey, Ayrshire, and Brown Swiss carry trait combinations that aren’t easy to rebuild if we lose them—heat tolerance paired with decent components, strong grazing instincts with solid structure, and cheese‑friendly casein variants, just to name a few. The fact that Guernseys sit in that Watch category, with thresholds of fewer than 2,500 annual U.S. registrations and fewer than 10,000 registered animals globally, is a quiet alarm bell that those options are not endless.
Breed
Annual U.S. Registrations
Est. Global Population
Conservation Status
Holstein
>200,000
>10 million
Not at risk
Jersey
~40,000
~1 million
Not at risk
Guernsey
<2,500
<10,000
Watch
Ayrshire
<1,000
<5,000
Threatened
Brown Swiss
~5,000
~50,000
Watch
Milking Shorthorn
<500
<3,000
Critical
Source: The Livestock Conservancy Conservation Priority List; breed association estimates
It doesn’t mean every commercial herd needs to go buy a string of Guernseys tomorrow. But it does mean that breed associations, co‑ops, and policy folks should be thinking consciously about whether they want those tools still available when our kids and grandkids are the ones making the breeding decisions.
So, where does this leave you in 2026?
Looking at this trend as a progressive producer, you start to see where the real decision points sit once the dust from the A2 hype settles.
A few things stand out:
Consumer preferences around A2, local, grass‑based, and heritage products are real in certain markets, especially urban and higher‑income areas, but they’re patchy. Survey‑based work on A2 consumer preferences in Europe and Oceania shows that some shoppers will pay a noticeable premium for A2 milk, while others don’t see enough perceived benefit to justify switching from conventional milk, which mirrors what many of us see in farm stores and markets.
Heat stress and climate volatility are already costing the dairy sector serious money in lost production and fertility, and those costs are expected to grow rather than shrink. Economic analyses of heat stress in U.S. dairy herds estimate total losses in the billion‑dollar range annually, once you add up milk yield, reproduction, and health impacts. Cows that handle heat and weather swings better are going to become more valuable in most regions.
Infrastructure support for new models is becoming increasingly flexible. Vermont’s Working Lands Enterprise Initiative, Wisconsin’s Dairy Innovation Hub, and similar programs are investing public funds in on-farm processing, small regional plants, and broader dairy innovation projects. That doesn’t guarantee success, but it does mean there’s some help out there if you want to test a new model rather than go it completely alone.
Genetic diversification remains an under‑valued hedge. Whether it’s crossbreeding, bringing in some heritage lines, or just broadening your selection goals beyond the next hundred pounds of milk, diversifying your genetics can give you more room to manoeuvre when markets, policies, or weather patterns shift.
Coffee‑table takeaways, now that the mugs are half empty
If you’re already milking heritage cows, the big takeaway is that A2 is a nice card to have, but it’s not the ace by itself. The herds that are winning with heritage breeds right now are stacking A2 on top of strong butterfat performance, good grazing fit, on‑farm processing, and deep customer relationships. Before you spend a couple of hundred thousand dollars on stainless and concrete, it’s worth asking yourself whether you can realistically see a blended return in that $45+/cwt equivalent range through bottled milk and value‑added products in your area. If you can’t, you may find that your energy is better spent tightening your grazing, strengthening your direct‑to‑consumer channels, or positioning your herd as a source of genetics for crossbreeding and semen sales.
If you’re thinking about moving into heritage breeds, it’s worth starting not with the cow but with the market. Who exactly would buy this milk? In which form? At what price? Is there a realistic path to processing either on‑farm or through a small creamery that’s willing to build a heritage or A2 brand with you? Spending a day or two with people who already made that jump—walking their plant, talking about their transition period, and listening to their cash‑flow stories—is probably one of the best investments you can make before you call a Guernsey breeder. And don’t forget to think about genetic revenue: semen, embryos, and breeding stock can all sit alongside the milk cheque if you build the reputation and the data.
If you’re looking at things more from the 30,000‑foot view—maybe you’re involved in a co‑op board, a breed organization, or a policy group—then the message is that heritage breeds aren’t going to be “saved” by the A2 boom alone. But they still have important roles to play in crossbreeding programs, in pasture‑based systems, and as a reservoir of traits we may need badly in years to come. Supporting more flexible processing infrastructure, targeted grants, and thoughtful breeding work may do more to keep those options alive than any single A2 marketing campaign.
In the end, the A2 boom didn’t so much ignore heritage breeds as flow into the channels that were already built: big Holstein herds, big plants, big distribution. That’s frustrating if you’ve been sitting on a naturally A2 herd for decades. But once you see it clearly, it also frees you up.
Instead of waiting for the system to notice and reward you, you can decide whether you want to build a different kind of business around your cows, or whether you’re better off using their genetics as one tool in a broader, more diversified strategy. It’s more work either way, no doubt about it. But as many of us have seen on farms that have made these choices with clear eyes and solid numbers, that’s also where the real, lasting opportunities tend to live.
Key Takeaways:
A2 isn’t a heritage lock‑in. It’s a single‑gene trait Holsteins copied fast once the market cared—Guernseys’ natural head start didn’t last.
Plant math decides who gets the premium. Most processors need ~50,000 lb A2 runs to justify segregation; a 150‑cow Guernsey herd’s 3–4,000 lb/day just disappears into the bulk tank.
On‑farm processing can pay, but know your numbers. Expect $175K–$325K capex and aim for $45+/cwt blended returns—if you can’t see that path in your market, stainless may not be your move.
Winning heritage herds stack premiums, not just genes. A2 opens doors, but repeat customers come back for cream‑top bottles, local identity, pasture stories, and real relationships.
Heritage genetics still matter—for crossbreeding, grazing, and the long game. Functional traits, heat tolerance, and diversity are worth more as inbreeding and climate pressure keep rising.
Executive Summary:
This feature digs into a simple question a lot of producers are asking: if A2 milk is headed toward a $7.6 billion global market, why are Guernseys still on the Watch list instead of cashing in? It shows that A2 is just a single‑gene switch Holsteins adopted quickly, while the real gatekeeper is plant design—big processors need 50,000‑lb A2 runs from 5,000‑cow herds, not 3–4,000 lb/day from 150‑cow heritage barns. You’ll see the hard numbers on on‑farm processing—typical $175,000–$325,000 capex and blended $48–$65/cwt returns—so you can tell if a bottling room pencils out for your postcode or just steals sleep and cashflow. The article profiles Two Guernsey Girls in Wisconsin and Eby Manor in Ontario to show how some herds are actually making heritage genetics pay by stacking A2 with grass‑based stories, cream‑top bottles, and value‑added products. It also walks through where heritage genes fit into crossbreeding, pasture‑based systems, and long‑term genetic diversity, especially as heat stress and inbreeding pressure keep rising. The piece ends with clear, coffee‑table style takeaways that help you decide whether your best move is chasing A2 contracts, investing in stainless, leaning into crossbreeding, or staying bulk and focusing on the cows and markets you already do best.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
What Lactalis’s 270-Farm Cut Really Means for Every Producer – Exposes why commodity milk is effectively dead and how to navigate the 18-month decision window before major processors shut you out. Delivers a hard-nosed roadmap for transitioning into the premium specialty markets that actually pay.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
$4,000 for a replacement heifer. $875 for a dairy bull calf. But 72% of farms get up to $1,450 for beef-cross calves, AND cut replacement needs by 30%. The $500K swing isn’t theory—it’s math.
Last spring, I was talking with a Wisconsin dairy producer who described a moment that’s becoming increasingly common across the industry. He’d just finished reviewing his 2024 breeding costs—nearly $38,000 between sexed semen, genomic testing, and beef genetics—and realized he was spending six times what his father had budgeted for the same line item in 2018. The question that kept him up that night wasn’t whether the investment was worthwhile. It was whether he was even measuring the right outcomes anymore.
You know, that producer’s experience captures something significant happening across North American dairy right now. For generations, farmers identified themselves by the breed they milked. Holstein operators pointed to volume records and global market dominance. Jersey advocates countered with components, feed efficiency, and longevity. These conversations shaped industry gatherings, show ring rivalries, and breeding decisions for the better part of a century.
But something’s shifted over the past decade. While traditionalists continued debating which breed was superior, many producers started asking a different question entirely: “What combination of genetics—regardless of color—maximizes my return on investment?”
The answers to that question are reshaping dairy genetics in ways that would have seemed unlikely just 15 years ago.
The Numbers Behind the Shift
The breeding landscape has changed dramatically in just five years, and the National Association of Animal Breeders’ 2024 year-end report tells the story pretty clearly. Gender-selected semen now accounts for 61% of all dairy breeding decisions in the United States—that’s 9.9 million units out of 16.1 million total domestic dairy units sold. We’ve come a long way from roughly 35% back in 2019.
Technology
2019 Rate
2024 Rate
Growth
Sexed Semen
35%
61%
+26 pts
Beef-on-Dairy
15%
72%
+57 pts
And beef-on-dairy? Those crosses have surged to 7.9 million units annually, making beef genetics the fastest-growing category in dairy barns across the country. According to American Farm Bureau analysis, 72% of dairy farms are now using beef genetics to boost the value of calves from lower-performing cows—a remarkable adoption rate for a strategy that barely existed a decade ago.
Meanwhile, USDA data confirms that replacement heifer inventories have dropped to historic lows. The January 2025 Cattle report shows heifers expected to calve this year at roughly 2.5 million head—the lowest since USDA started tracking this series back in 2001. Total dairy heifers are sitting at levels we haven’t seen since 1978.
Year
Heifer Shortage (thousands)
Springer Price ($)
2023
0
1,720
2024
-200
2,400
2025
-400
3,010
2026
-438
3,800
2027
-153
4,500
These trends connect in important ways, reshaping how dairy operations think about genetic investment, replacement economics, and long-term profitability.
How Technology Changed the Breeding Playbook
Understanding today’s genetics landscape means recognizing how fundamentally the rules have changed since 2010.
The traditional purebred breeding model rested on a straightforward biological constraint: farmers needed to produce enough replacement heifers from their own herds to maintain herd size. This meant breeding most cows to bulls of their chosen breed, creating an inherent link between breed loyalty and operational necessity.
Gender-selected semen technology changed that equation entirely.
Here’s how to think about it: The old model was essentially a closed loop—every cow bred to a dairy bull, every heifer raised as a potential replacement, every bull calf sold for whatever the market offered. Today’s model is more of a segmented herd approach. Your top 15-20% of cows get sexed dairy semen to produce your replacements. Your bottom tier gets beef genetics to produce premium calves. And your middle tier? That’s where the economic optimization happens—balancing replacement needs against beef calf revenue based on your pregnancy rate and market conditions.
This shift from “closed loop” to “segmented herd” represents a fundamental change in how dairy barns function economically.
When farmers can achieve 90%+ heifer conception rates with sexed semen—something that’s become routine with modern sorting technology—they no longer need to breed their entire herd for replacements. A 500-cow operation that needs 110 replacement heifers annually can now direct its top genetics to dairy sires and point the remaining breedings elsewhere.
For most operations, “elsewhere” increasingly means beef genetics. Research by Dr. Victor Cabrera and his team at the University of Wisconsin-Madison has documented that beef-cross calves command substantial premiums over pure dairy bull calves at auction. Current market data shows beef-cross calves bringing $1,250-$1,700 per head compared to$750-$1,000 for dairy bull calves—a premium of $500-$700 per calf that adds up fast across a herd.
Pregnancy Rate
Breeding Strategy
Beef Breeding %
Risk Level
Below 25%
FIX REPRODUCTION FIRST
0-10%
N/A – Focus on fertility
25-28%
Limited beef breeding
15-25%
Moderate
28-30%
Balanced approach
40-50%
Low
Above 30%
Aggressive beef program
60-70%
Very Low
That revenue shift matters. On a 500-cow operation producing 350+ calves from non-replacement breedings, the difference between $875 average for dairy bulls and $1,450 average for beef-crosses represents over $200,000 in additional annual revenue—before you even factor in the replacement heifer math.
The Quiet Crisis at Breed Associations
Here’s where we need to have an honest conversation about what’s happening to breed associations—and whether the current model can adapt.
Holstein Association USA CEO Lindsey Worden acknowledged the situation directly in her 2024 State of the Association address: registrations decreased 8% from 2023, and participation in core programs like Herd Complete dropped 4% in both animals and herds. What’s notable is that Worden attributed the decline directly to fewer Holstein heifers being born as more dairies breed cows to beef.
Industry data shows Holstein’s share of the U.S. dairy herd has declined from around 90% in the early 2010s. Meanwhile, crossbred dairy animals have grown significantly—Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding data shows their numbers increased from fewer than 3,000 in 1990 to over 207,000 by 2018, with continued growth since as crossbreeding programs have expanded.
Budget Category
Annual Cost
% of Total
Genomic Testing
$24,000
63.2%
Sexed Dairy Semen
$7,500
19.7%
Data Analytics/Consulting
$4,250
11.2%
Beef-on-Dairy Semen
$2,850
7.5%
Breed Association Services
$300
0.8%
Breed association fees now represent less than 1% of what commercial operations spend on genetics. When registrations, classification, and breed services capture such a tiny slice of the breeding dollar, you have to ask: Is the current association model serving today’s commercial dairy industry, or is it serving a shrinking segment that values pedigree for its own sake?
The Bullvine has been asking this question for years. As we noted in our analysis, “Are Dairy Cattle Breed Associations Nearing Extinction?” Breed associations face mounting pressure from technological advancements, shifting market demands, and environmental concerns—all while struggling with leadership transitions and declining relevance to commercial producers.
The Case for Associations: A Different Perspective
To be fair, association leaders push back on the “declining relevance” narrative—and they have some data to support their position.
Worden, in a recent interview, offered a direct counter-argument: “Animal identification is the foundation to any genetic program, and that’s our core business. From there, the goal is to make it easy for every herd, large or small, to capture value with the Holstein cow.”
She points to growth in other metrics even as registrations decline. In 2024, Holstein USA officially identified 544,438 Holsteins in the herdbook—up 16% from the prior year. The Basic ID program, which provides official ear tags, sire/dam identification, and birthdate recording at a lower cost than full registration, grew 10%.
“Basic ID is an inexpensive way for herds to get involved,” Worden explained. “With an official ear tag, sire, dam, and birthdate, plus genomic testing, we can start showing the value of having data in the national database, not just in Dairy Comp on the farm.”
She also highlighted breed performance gains: In 2024, Holstein USA’s TriStar 305-day mature equivalent averages surpassed 1,200 pounds of fat for the first time, protein topped 900 pounds, and milk hit 28,443 pounds.
“We still offer all the same programs our longtime members value,” Worden commented in a recent interview. “If someone wants to register a calf with a photo and a paper application, we’ll do that. But we’ve also streamlined programs, invested in I.T., and created automated processes for large herds. We have herds milking 10,000 cows or more, so we’ve made it as efficient and seamless as possible.”
The question isn’t whether breed associations will survive. Some will. The question is whether they can evolve from membership organizations selling breed identity to service organizations selling genetic value—and do so fast enough to remain relevant when the value proposition has fundamentally shifted.
What Crossbreeding Adopters Are Experiencing
The documented results from systematic crossbreeding programs offer useful data points for producers evaluating their options.
The ProCROSS system—a structured rotation of Holstein, VikingRed, and Montbéliarde genetics developed through collaboration between Coopex Montbéliarde in France, VikingGenetics in Scandinavia, and CRV in the Netherlands—has accumulated over a decade of commercial data across multiple countries.
A University of Minnesota study led by Dr. Amy Hazel, Dr. Brad Heins, and Dr. Les Hansen tracked 3,550 cows across seven commercial dairies from first calving through multiple lactations. Their findings, published in the Journal of Dairy Science in 2017, showed ProCROSS crossbreds produced at least as much milk solids, gave birth to more live calves, were more fertile, and returned to peak production sooner than their pure Holstein herdmates.
The economics are worth examining closely. Research published in the Journal of Dairy Science by Clasen and colleagues in 2020 calculated crossbreeding advantages, including:
€20-59 higher contribution margin per cow per year compared to pure Holsteins
30.1% replacement rate versus 39.3% for pure Holsteins—roughly 45 fewer replacements needed annually on a 500-cow dairy
Improved fertility is driving most of the economic gain, with health cost reductions adding further margin
Ongoing research at the University of Minnesota’s West Central Research and Outreach Center in Morris continues to track these outcomes. According to recent NIMSS project reports, crossbred cows in their studies show daily profit 13% higher for two-breed crossbreds and 9% higher for three-breed crossbreds compared to their Holstein herdmates, with lifetime death loss 4% lower for both crossbred groups.
From Wisconsin to California: U.S. Operations Are Implementing at Scale
It’s one thing to see research data. It’s another to see it work on commercial farms across different scales and regions.
Dornacker Prairies is a 360-cow dairy in Wisconsin run by fifth-generation farmer Allen Dornacker and his wife Nancy, in partnership with Allen’s parents Ralph and Arlene. According to VikingGenetics case study materials, the farm has embraced both crossbreeding and robotic milking as part of their strategy to future-proof the operation.
The Dornackers transitioned to robotic milking in 2018, installing Lely A5 robots, and have built their ProCROSS program alongside the technology investment. Their production runs around 9,200 kg per year, with 4.6% fat and 3.6% protein—strong component levels that align with research findings on crossbred performance. They also rear dairy-cross beef calves, capturing value on both sides of the breeding decision.
What’s notable about the Dornacker operation is how it represents a typical Wisconsin dairy in scale—the state averages around 350 cows per farm—while implementing progressive breeding and technology strategies. They’re 90% self-sufficient in feed, growing their own soybeans, alfalfa, corn, and winter wheat across 405 hectares.
But crossbreeding isn’t just for medium-scale family operations. In California—the nation’s largest milk-producing state—approximately 81% of dairy operations reported using beef semen in a 2020 survey cited in Choices Magazine research by Latack and Carvalho. These include many of the state’s large-scale operations, which run 2,000-5,000+ cows.
The scale of adoption is remarkable. According to The Bullvine’s market analysis, nearly 4 million crossbred calves were born nationally in 2024, with forecasts projecting that number could reach 6 million by 2026. Texas alone saw herd counts increase by 50,000 cows in 2024, complemented by a production spike of over 10% per cow—with beef-on-dairy breeding playing a significant role in the economics.
Tom and Karen Halton converted their 500-cow UK operation to ProCROSS roughly fifteen years ago. According to ProCROSS case study materials, Tom offered a candid perspective: “Without these cows doing what they have done, we wouldn’t still be farming.”
These results are encouraging, though it’s worth noting that crossbreeding success depends heavily on consistent implementation and appropriate genetic selection within the rotation.
When Master Breeders Face Commercial Realities
What’s particularly telling is how even elite breeders—those who’ve achieved the industry’s highest recognition—are adapting to commercial pressures.
Take Cherry Crest Holsteins in Ontario. Don Johnston and Nancy Beerwort, along with their son Kevin and wife Tammy, secured their third Master Breeder shield in 2024—a remarkable achievement made more impressive by the fact that the farm has undergone three complete herd dispersals in its history. Their philosophy prioritizes animal well-being, balanced breeding, and practical, economically sound decisions.
“The Master Breeder shield gives you the satisfaction that you’ve been making some of the right decisions,” Johnston said in an interview.
The ability to achieve elite breeding recognition despite multiple dispersals demonstrates an important point: successful breeding today requires adaptability and economic pragmatism, not just genetic idealism. The Johnstons rebuilt their program three times by consistently applying sound principles—identifying superior genetics, making economically rational decisions, and staying focused on what actually works.
This pragmatic approach is increasingly common among recognized breeders. The 2024 Holstein Canada Master Breeder class included operations running robots alongside tie-stalls, farms that started from scratch and achieved recognition in less than two decades, and multi-generational operations that have evolved their programs significantly to remain competitive.
The message from these elite breeders is clear: genetic excellence and commercial viability aren’t opposing forces. The best breeders find ways to achieve both.
The Case for Focused Purebred Programs
Crossbreeding isn’t the right answer for every operation, and some producers are achieving excellent results with focused purebred programs. This deserves equal attention.
The approach relies on intensive genomic testing of every heifer calf, strategic culling of bottom-tier genetics, and careful bull selection emphasizing productive life and fertility alongside traditional production traits. Producers with strong management systems, good facilities, and the discipline to cull strategically can build highly profitable purebred herds averaging 32,000+ pounds per cow with solid pregnancy rates.
Here’s what’s worth recognizing: the genetic tools that enable crossbreeding—genomic testing, sexed semen, data-driven selection—also enable more sophisticated purebred programs. The key consideration isn’t which approach is universally “better,” but whether a breeding program aligns with an operation’s management capacity, market access, and operational goals.
Jersey producers have seen particularly strong results in recent years. The US Jersey Journal reported in March 2025 that the breed achieved record production levels in 2024: 20,719 lbs milk with 5.08% fat and 3.77% protein on a mature equivalent basis—numbers that would have seemed ambitious a generation ago. For operations selling to processors with strong component premiums, Jersey genetics continue delivering compelling economics.
Why Components Are Driving Breeding Decisions
And those component premiums matter more than ever. According to CoBank’s lead dairy economist, Corey Geiger, multiple component pricing programs now allocate nearly 90% of the milk check value to butterfat and protein.
Here’s what that looks like in practice: Under Federal Milk Marketing Order pricing for December 2025, butterfat is valued at $1.7061 per pound according to the USDA’s Announcement of Class and Component Prices. For a producer shipping 100 pounds of milk, the difference between 3.5% and 4.5% butterfat represents roughly $1.70 per hundredweight—over $17,000 annually on a 1,000-cow dairy shipping 80 pounds per cow per day.
Real dollars at the farm level: According to MilkPay’s June 2025 component analysis, with butterfat valued at $2.66 per pound and protein at $2.48 per pound, increasing butterfat from 3.90% to 4.25% adds $0.93 per hundredweight. Increasing protein from 3.16% to 3.32% adds another $0.40 per hundredweight. Combined, that’s $1.33 per hundredweight of additional revenue—roughly $13,300 annually on a 1,000-cow operation.
Some cooperatives go further with quality incentives. Curtis Gerrits, senior dairy lending specialist at Compeer Financial, noted that Upper Midwest processors work with farmers who consistently deliver high-quality milk, offering approximately $0.85 per hundredweight in quality premiums for consistent volume and good components. That’s enough to make a real difference in margin.
The University of Wisconsin Extension’s February 2025 Dairy Market Update confirmed that U.S. butterfat tests hit 4.218% as of November 2024—up 0.088 percentage points from the prior year. Protein reached 3.29%. Both represent continued genetic progress, and both reward producers who’ve selected for components.
The message is clear: genetics that deliver components are genetics that deliver revenue. Whether that’s Jerseys, crossbreds emphasizing Montbéliarde or VikingRed, or Holsteins selected for component indexes—breeding decisions that ignore component trends are leaving money on the table.
The Genomics Paradox: Worth Understanding
This next point challenges some assumptions about genetic investment.
Genomic selection, introduced commercially in 2008-2009, promised to accelerate dairy breeding by nearly halving generation intervals. And genetic progress on paper has accelerated substantially—bulls are improving at rates that would have seemed unlikely under the old progeny-testing system.
Yet a peer-reviewed analysis by the Agricultural & Applied Economics Association in late 2024 found something worth noting: while genetic milk yield potential increased approximately 60-70% following genomic selection implementation, actual farm-level milk yield growth remained essentially unchanged at approximately 1.3% annually—the same rate as before genomics arrived.
“If your genetics are improving at 2% annually but your replacement costs are rising at 10%, you aren’t winning—you’re just running faster on a treadmill. The goal isn’t better cows in the abstract. It’s better margins on your operation.”
Why the disconnect? Management constraints often matter more than genetics—facilities, nutrition, and labor frequently limit genetic expression. Feed economics have shifted, meaning that higher production doesn’t always translate into higher profit. And inbreeding is accumulating faster under intensive genomic selection, with measurable implications for fertility and health traits.
Recent Canadian research adds another dimension. A study published in the Canadian Journal of Animal Science in December 2025 found that “While milk yield had improved, profitability had shown a negative genetic trend, which means that an exclusive focus on higher milk production is detrimental to long-term economic efficiency.”
This doesn’t mean genomic testing lacks value—for parentage verification, genetic defect screening, and informed culling decisions, it remains genuinely useful. But evaluate genomic investments against realistic expectations rather than theoretical maximums.
What Could Go Wrong: Risks Worth Understanding
Before diving into the economics comparison, let’s be honest about what could derail these strategies. No breeding approach is risk-free.
Beef market volatility is real—and it can move fast. In October 2025, cattle markets experienced a sharp correction. According to The Bullvine’s market analysis, crossbred calf values dropped significantly—an 11.5% decline in just twelve days. Drovers magazine noted that “tight supplies and strong demand could push cattle prices to even higher highs in 2025, but uncertainty is infusing more risk and volatility into the markets.”
Sexed semen isn’t foolproof. While the technology has improved dramatically, conception rates still run below those of conventional semen. According to ICBF data, the relative performance of sexed semen compared to conventional semen is about 92%. Industry data from British Dairying suggests that the current 4M technology achieves roughly 82-84% of conventional conception rates in well-managed herds. Herds that tried sexed semen and stopped reported much lower results—averaging just 37% conception with sexed versus 58% with conventional. Management and timing matter enormously.
Crossbreeding implementation failures happen. Research reviews have documented that crossbreeding programs can fail due to “insufficient funding, low return on investment in biotechnology, poor monitoring and evaluation of breeding programs.” Operations with excellent Holstein management may see less benefit from switching than operations struggling with purebred health and fertility issues.
Managing Beef Market Risk: New Tools Available
The good news? Risk management options have expanded significantly.
As of July 1, 2025, the USDA’s Livestock Risk Protection (LRP) program added a game-changing option: Unborn Calves Coverage specifically designed for beef and beef-on-dairy crossbred calves. According to Farm Credit East, this federally subsidized insurance program now allows dairy producers to lock in price protection for calves before they’re even born.
Here’s how it works: producers can protect calves intended for sale within 14 days of birth, with coverage levels allowing protection of up to $1,200 per calf. The program uses a price adjustment factor (multiplier) so producers can protect values closer to what they’re actually receiving at market.
Other risk mitigation strategies:
Forward contracting with calf buyers when prices are favorable
Diversifying beef sire selection across multiple breeds (Angus, Limousin, Simmental)
Maintaining breeding flexibility by keeping pregnancy rates high enough to shift back toward dairy replacements if beef markets weaken
Staggering calf sales throughout the year, rather than selling in large batches
What This Looks Like in Practice
Category
Traditional Approach
Sexed + Beef-on-Dairy
Annual Breeding Budget
$12,000
$38,000
Calf Revenue (200-350 calves)
$150,000 – $200,000
$437,500 – $595,000
Replacement Purchases Needed
($120,000 – $160,000)
($40,000 – $60,000)
Net Annual Position
($12,000) to +$28,000
+$340,000 to +$495,000
THE SWING
BASELINE
+$340K to +$500K
THE ECONOMICS THAT MATTER: A 500-COW COMPARISON
This is the calculation every dairy should run with their own numbers.
Traditional Approach (Conventional + Some Sexed Dairy Semen):
Replacement heifer purchases needed: 10-15 head at $4,000 = $40,000-$60,000
Net breeding/replacement position: +$340,000 to +$495,000
The Swing: $340,000 to $500,000+ difference in annual economics
Here’s the key insight: Dairy bull calves are finally worth real money—$750-$1,000 is nothing to dismiss. But beef-cross calves at $1,250-$1,700 are worth 50-70% MORE. That $500-$700 premium per calf, multiplied across 350 calves, is where the swing comes from.
RUN YOUR OWN NUMBERS
Plug in your operation’s actual figures to see where you stand:
Your Variable
Your Number
Industry Benchmark
Current pregnancy rate
___%
28-30% minimum for flexibility
Annual replacement rate
___%
30-35% typical, 25% achievable
Cost to raise a heifer
$___
$2,800-3,500
Current springer purchase price
$___
$3,800-4,200 (projected $4,500+ by 2027)
Dairy bull calf sale value
$___
$750-1,000
Beef-cross calf value (local market)
$___
$1,250-1,700
Sexed semen conception rate
___%
82-92% of conventional
Current butterfat test
___%
4.22% national average
Current protein test
___%
3.29% national average
Processor component premium
$___/cwt
$0.85-1.33/cwt typical
If your pregnancy rate is below 28%, focus there first. The best breeding strategy won’t overcome poor reproductive performance.
The Replacement Heifer Challenge Ahead: 2026-2027 Projections
One consequence of widespread beef-on-dairy adoption deserves attention for anyone planning breeding programs through 2027—and the projections are sobering.
With heifer inventories at multi-decade lows and springer prices reaching $4,000 or more in major dairy markets—CoBank reported top dairy heifers in California and Minnesota auction barns bringing upwards of $4,000 per head by mid-2025—replacement economics have fundamentally shifted.
But here’s what’s coming: According to CoBank’s modeling published in August 2025, dairy replacement inventories will not rebound until 2027. The numbers are stark:
2025 and 2026 combined: Nearly 800,000 fewer dairy replacements than needed
2026 specifically: The model predicts 438,844 fewer dairy heifers compared to 2025
2027 outlook: A potential net gain of 285,387 dairy heifers available for replacements compared to 2026—the first positive turn in years
The price trajectory tells the story. According to the USDA’s July 2025 Agricultural Prices report, dairy replacement prices have jumped from $1,720 per head in April 2023 to $3,010 per head—a 75% increase in just over two years.
University of Illinois dairy economist Mike Hutjens, in his 2026 Feed and Forage Outlook, summarized the situation: “The critical heifer shortage is expected to persist, with replacement heifer inventories projected to shrink further before a potential rebound in 2027. Farmers are already ‘hoarding’ older cows and adopting gender-sorted semen to maintain herd sizes.”
What this means for your 2025-2026 breeding decisions: Every heifer you breed to beef today affects your replacement availability in 2028-2029. The 30-month biology of dairy cattle doesn’t negotiate.
Dr. Victor Cabrera at the University of Wisconsin-Madison has modeled this extensively. His research suggests that operations need pregnancy rates of 28-30% to achieve meaningful flexibility in beef-on-dairy programs without compromising replacement availability. Herds below that threshold face harder tradeoffs.
Farmers navigating this environment are employing several strategies:
Extended productive life focus: Keeping healthy cows in the herd through 4-5 lactations reduces replacement needs by 20-30%
Precision replacement breeding: Using genomic testing to identify the top 15-20% of genetics for heifer production
Earlier breeding programs: Achieving first calving at 22-23 months rather than 24-26 months
Custom heifer partnerships: Contracting heifer development to manage capital constraints
Regional Realities: Context Matters
Optimal breeding strategies vary significantly by region, scale, and market access. There’s no universal answer.
Western mega-dairies in California, Idaho, Texas, and New Mexico, operating 3,000+ cows, often have dedicated reproduction teams and processor relationships that reward consistent volume. With 81% of California dairies already using beef semen and Texas adding 50,000 cows in 2024 alone, the Western region has embraced this shift at scale.
Midwest family operations in Wisconsin, Minnesota, Michigan, and Iowa, averaging 200-500 cows, face different considerations. Tighter labor availability and the need for management simplicity often make single-breed programs more practical. Operations like the Dornackers show that medium-scale farms can successfully implement crossbreeding—but it requires commitment and consistent execution.
Northeast and Mid-Atlantic producers contend with higher land costs and often-limited expansion options. For these farms, maximizing income per cow frequently drives breeding decisions toward higher-component breeds or crossbreeding systems emphasizing longevity.
Grazing-based operations prioritize different traits—moderate body size, strong feet and legs, and fertility under seasonal breeding pressure. These systems have long embraced crossbreeding or alternative breeds that don’t appear prominently in conventional AI catalogs.
The principle that emerges: matching genetic strategy to operational reality matters more than following any single approach.
Your Next 90 Days: Practical Steps
For farmers evaluating breeding strategies heading into 2025-2026, here are specific actions:
In the next 30 days:
Calculate your actual cost per replacement heifer—including all raising costs, not just purchase price. Many operations underestimate this by $500-800 per head.
Pull your pregnancy rate trend for the last 12 months. Is it above 28%? This single number determines how much flexibility you have.
In the next 60 days:
Get current beef-cross calf quotes from your local auction or buyer. Prices vary significantly by region and genetics—current ranges are $1,250- $1,700 for quality beef crosses.
Review what your processor is actually paying for. Check your milk statement for actual dollars per pound of butterfat and protein.
In the next 90 days:
Run the 500-cow comparison with your own numbers. See where your operation actually stands.
Talk to your AI rep about a pilot program. Start with 20% of breedings rather than a wholesale shift.
Contact your crop insurance agent about LRP Unborn Calves Coverage. The new coverage could protect up to $1,200 per calf against market downturns.
Questions to discuss with your advisors:
Can my management system capture the genetic potential I’m paying for?
Do I have the reproductive performance to support aggressive beef-on-dairy programs?
What’s my contingency if beef markets drop 15-20%?
Given CoBank’s projections of continued heifer tightness through 2026, should I be more conservative on beef breeding this year?
Looking Forward
The breed wars, as traditionally understood, may be evolving into something different. What’s emerging is a dairy genetics landscape where farmers can select from an expanding toolkit of genetic resources—purebred, crossbred, and integrated beef programs—based on what delivers sustainable profit for their specific operation.
This doesn’t mean breed identity disappears. Holstein, Jersey, and other purebred programs will continue serving producers who find success with focused genetic selection. Show rings will still draw interest. Elite breeders will still command premium prices for exceptional genetics. And as Lindsey Worden’s data shows, breed associations are finding new ways to deliver value—even if registrations decline, services like Basic ID and genomic integration are growing.
But for the commercial dairy industry—the operations producing the majority of North America’s milk supply—breeding decisions increasingly follow economic logic rather than breed loyalty alone.
The Bottom Line
That $340,000 to $500,000+ annual swing in breeding economics is real. Dairy bull calves at $750-$1,000 are finally worth something—but beef-crosses at $1,250-$1,700 are worth substantially more. The $500-$700 premium per calf, multiplied across hundreds of breedings, is where fortunes are being made or missed.
Whether that swing works in your favor depends on running the numbers—your numbers, not industry averages—and on making decisions that align with your management capacity, your market access, and your operation’s specific goals.
For producers willing to evaluate their options thoughtfully, that half-million-dollar swing represents a genuine opportunity.
KEY TAKEAWAYS:
The $500,000 breeding flip. Optimized operations capture $1,450 beef-cross calves instead of $875 dairy bulls—a $575 premium per head. Traditional approach: Still selling $875 calves when you could be netting $1,700. The annual swing on 500 cows: $340,000-$500,000+.
72% already pivoted. The 28% are leaving money on the table. Three-quarters of U.S. dairies use beef genetics. Haven’t switched? You’re missing $500-$700 per calf while competitors capture it.
Pregnancy rate is the gating factor. Below 28%? Fix reproduction—beef-on-dairy won’t save a broken repro program. Above 30%? Every dairy-bred bottom-tier cow costs $500-700 in missed calf premium per year.
Today’s breeding decision locks in 2028 economics. CoBank: heifer inventories won’t recover until 2027. Springers: $4,000+. The 30-month biology of cattle means this quarter’s breedings set replacement costs for three years.
New hedging tools match the strategy. USDA’s LRP Unborn Calves Coverage (launched July 2025) protects beef-cross calves up to $1,200/head—critical after October 2025’s 11.5% market correction.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:
The $500,000 question every dairy faces: Are you capturing the beef-on-dairy swing, or funding your competitors’ replacement heifers? Seventy-two percent of U.S. farms have already pivoted—using sexed semen on top genetics for replacements while turning bottom-tier breedings into $1,250-$1,700 beef-cross calves instead of $750-$1,000 dairy bull calves. The result: an annual economics flip of $340,000 to $500,000+, transforming breeding from modest revenue to a major profit driver. But timing matters—CoBank projects heifer inventories won’t recover until 2027, springer prices have hit $4,000, and every beef breeding today locks in your 2028 replacement position. This analysis delivers the complete breakdown: the threshold pregnancy rates that determine if beef-on-dairy works for you (hint: below 28%, fix that first), the October 2025 market correction that exposed downside risk, and a concrete 90-day action sequence. The 28% of operations still breeding traditional aren’t just missing upside—they’re leaving $500-$700 per calf on the table while subsidizing the heifer market for everyone else.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Beef-on-Dairy’s $6,215 Secret: Why 72% of Herds Are Playing It Wrong – Delivers a tiered implementation roadmap that transforms breeding from a guessing game into a high-margin system. Use these specific pregnancy rate benchmarks to stop wasting sexed semen and start capturing maximum calf revenue immediately.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
You’re bleeding $80/cow every month, and the industry just added 211,000 more cows to make it worse. 5 moves to make before spring.
Executive Summary: Every month you wait, you’re losing $80 per cow. Class III has crashed from $20 to $15.86 since spring—and the industry just added 211,000 cows to make sure it stays there. California’s rapid H5N1 recovery, surging EU production, and strong New Zealand output have created a global oversupply that isn’t easing anytime soon. Need replacements? Quality springers now cost $4,000-plus amid the tightest heifer pipeline in 20 years. Add $4.40 corn to the equation, and margins are getting crushed from every angle. Here’s what’s actually driving the squeeze—and five specific moves to protect your operation before spring.
The U.S. dairy industry just added 211,000 cows in 12 months—the largest herd since 1993, according to USDA NASS—at the exact moment Class III prices dropped from $20 to $15.86 per hundredweight. Meanwhile, anyone trying to expand is staring at $4,000 springers and the tightest heifer supply in two decades. That collision of forces is going to define 2026 economics for operations of every size, whether you’re milking 80 cows in Vermont or 8,000 in the Central Valley.
Let me walk through what the numbers actually show and what the producers who are navigating this successfully are doing differently.
The Production Surge Nobody Can Ignore
USDA NASS confirmed that November 2025 milk production in the 24 major states hit 18.1 billion pounds—a 4.7% jump from the prior year. Nationwide, we’re looking at 18.8 billion pounds, up 4.5% year-over-year. For context, that’s the kind of production growth that typically takes two to three years to accumulate. We got it in twelve months.
And California’s recovery has accelerated the math. After H5N1 hammered the state through late 2024 and into 2025—federal livestock program records indicate roughly 75% of commercial herds experienced infections at some point—production is now running more than 10% above year-ago levels. November 2024 represented a 20-year production low for California. The turnaround has happened faster than most analysts expected, and all that milk is flowing back into national markets.
Class III milk prices have collapsed from $20.50 to $15.30 per hundredweight in just 12 months—a 25% decline that’s costing dairy producers $80-90 per cow monthly across all operation sizes
Here’s what this means for your check: at $15.86 Class III versus $18.50 three months ago, that’s roughly $80-90 per cow per month in lost revenue for a typical Holstein operation. On a 200-cow herd, you’re looking at $16,000-18,000 less coming in between now and spring—assuming prices don’t drop further.
Herd Size
Monthly Loss ($80/cow)
Spring Loss (3 months)
Annual Impact
50 cows
$4,000
$12,000
$48,000
100 cows
$8,000
$24,000
$96,000
200 cows
$16,000
$48,000
$192,000
500 cows
$40,000
$120,000
$480,000
1,000 cows
$80,000
$240,000
$960,000
2,500 cows
$200,000
$600,000
$2,400,000
The Heifer Bottleneck Is Real
This is the constraint that will shape expansion decisions over the next three years, so let’s dig into it.
USDA data shows approximately 26.7 heifers expected to calve per 100 milk cows—the lowest ratio in at least two decades. Total dairy heifers expected to calve in 2025? Just under 2.5 million head, the lowest since USDA began tracking this metric.
The heifer-to-cow ratio has declined to a 20-year low of 26.7 per 100 cows, creating a replacement crisis that explains why quality springers now cost $4,000+ and why expansion-minded producers need to source animals immediately
The economics driving this aren’t mysterious. Ag Proud market reports show beef-cross calves bringing $1,100-1,400 at many auctions, sometimes higher for well-bred Angus or Limousin crosses. Straight dairy heifers? Often $300-500 unless they come from high-genomic programs with strong marketing. When beef-on-dairy creates that much value differential, producers make rational decisions about their breeding programs.
I was talking with a Wisconsin producer last month who’s running about 70% beef semen across his herd. His logic is straightforward: the premium on those crossbred calves more than offsets the cost of purchasing replacements when he needs them. For his operation and cash flow, that math works.
Metric
Beef-Cross Calf
Raise Own Dairy Heifer
Buy Springer
Calf Sale Value
$1,250
$400
N/A
Heifer Raising Cost (to calving)
$0 (sold)
$2,200
$0
Purchase Price (springer)
N/A
N/A
$4,000
Net Economics per Head
+$1,250
-$1,800
-$4,000
Value Differential
Baseline
-$3,050 vs beef
-$5,250 vs beef
A Northeast producer I know takes the opposite approach—she’s kept her replacement program intact because she doesn’t want to be buying springers at $4,000 when she needs them. Her calculation: the heifer she raises for $2,200 all-in is worth $1,800 more than the one she’d have to buy.
Both strategies can pencil out. The question is which matches your operation’s cash flow, facilities, and expansion timeline.
The practical implication: quality springer replacements now command $3,500-4,000 or more in many markets. If you’re planning any expansion over the next 18-24 months, heifer sourcing needs to be part of your planning conversation this month. The animals aren’t available in the numbers we’ve historically seen.
Global Oversupply Compounds the Problem
Four major dairy-producing regions are simultaneously flooding global markets with increased production—California up 10%, EU up 6%, U.S. overall up 4.7%, and New Zealand up 2.9%—creating synchronized oversupply that’s crushing milk prices worldwide
It’s not just U.S. production running hot. The latest AHDB market review shows EU milk deliveries jumped around 6% in September after the bloc worked through its bluetongue challenges. DairyNZ and LIC statistics show that New Zealand’s 2024/25 season finished with total milk solids production up 2.9% to 1.94 billion kilograms.
The Global Dairy Trade auctions have posted nine consecutive declines now, reflecting strong global supply meeting softer demand from key importing regions. If you’re shipping to a plant with export exposure—and that includes many operations in Wisconsin, Idaho, and the Southwest—those GDT results eventually flow back into your mailbox price.
For Canadian producers watching from across the border, the U.S. production surge creates its own dynamics. American oversupply tends to intensify pressure on USMCA access negotiations and affects cross-border pricing signals, even within the quota system.
California’s role amplifies these dynamics domestically. The state produces roughly 18% of U.S. milk, but here’s what really matters for price discovery: California Dairies Inc. alone churns over 480 million pounds of butter annually (about 23% of U.S. production), and the state manufactures the largest share of nonfat dry milk powder in the country. When California production swings, commodity pricing moves for everyone.
The Butter Paradox
Here’s something that looks like good news until you understand what’s actually happening.
USDEC data shows butter exports surged in 2025. January alone was up 41% year-over-year, and through the first nine months, total butterfat exports soared 149%.
Sounds great, right? Here’s the catch: U.S. prices had dropped enough to compete in markets we typically can’t reach. Brownfield Ag News reports CME spot butter trading around $1.375 to $1.40 per pound as we moved into January—a long way from the $3.00-plus prices we saw during the supply squeeze.
We were essentially selling butter globally because domestic prices made us competitive, not because we’d developed new market access. That’s fundamentally different from export growth driven by structural demand improvement. When global prices strengthen, that business disappears.
Cheese Exports: The Genuine Bright Spot
If you’re looking for actual strength in the dairy complex, cheese exports tell a legitimately positive story.
USDEC confirmed that August 2025 reached 54,110 metric tons—the highest monthly volume in the history of U.S. cheese exports. That’s 28% above year-ago levels, and the growth has come from multiple markets rather than depending on any single buyer.
Mexico remains our foundation, accounting for roughly a third of total U.S. cheese exports, according to USDEC trade data. But South Korea, Japan, and Australia all posted strong growth in the first half of 2025. The fundamentals here—growing global demand, improved U.S. product quality, established market relationships—look durable.
One constraint worth watching: USTR data shows USMCA quota utilization is still around 42%, suggesting meaningful upside if Canadian market access improves. That’s a trade policy question beyond any individual producer’s control, but it represents real unrealized potential.
The GLP-1 Demand Question
GLP-1 drugs have some dairy economists predicting significant demand shifts. The actual data tells a more nuanced story, concerning in specific categories but not the catastrophe some suggest.
Kaiser Family Foundation polling indicates about 12% of American adults have used a GLP-1 medication at some point, with roughly 6% currently taking one. That’s real market penetration.
Cornell University and Numerator recently published detailed grocery purchasing data on this population. Households with GLP-1 users reduced cheese purchases by 7.2% and butter by 5.8%. They cut sweet bakery items and cookies by 6-11% across categories.
Here’s how I’d frame this practically: it matters, but it’s not an existential threat—yet. The protein density of dairy actually positions products like Greek yogurt and cottage cheese favorably for consumers who are eating less but prioritizing nutrient-dense foods.
Where I’d watch more carefully is high-fat categories. If GLP-1 adoption reaches the 15-24% levels Morgan Stanley projects for the early 2030s, premium ice cream and butter-heavy applications could face meaningful headwinds. Worth factoring into long-term product mix thinking, but not a reason to panic about 2026.
Current Price Reality
Let’s be direct about where we are.
According to USDA’s official Class and Component Price announcements, December Class III came in at $15.86/cwt—January futures point to the low-to-mid $15 range. That’s the math when production expands as quickly as it has.
The Class III to Class IV spread has been particularly notable. December showed Class III at $15.86 versus Class IV at $13.64—a $2.22 gap favoring cheese markets over butter and powder. If you’re a Class IV shipper, you’ve felt that spread directly in your check. Geography and market assignment matter more than usual right now.
On the feed side, corn has been trading around $4.40 per bushel according to Trading Economics futures data. USDA projects an average farm price around $4.00 for the 2025/26 marketing year, which would provide some relief—but that’s not guaranteed.
What to Do Before Q2
Based on the data and the producer conversations I’ve been having, here are five moves worth considering before spring:
Run your break-even calculation this week. Know exactly what Class III price puts you underwater. If you haven’t updated this math since prices were $20, you’re operating blind. Have contingency triggers ready—what do you cut first at $15? At $14?
Audit your heifer pipeline now. Calculate your replacement availability for the 2027-2028 calving. If you’re below 28 heifers per 100 cows, start sourcing conversations immediately. Set a price ceiling before you need animals urgently—desperation buying at $4,500 in twelve months is a lot more expensive than planned purchasing at $3,800 today.
Evaluate your beef-on-dairy math quarterly. The premium calculation shifts with calf prices and heifer availability. A 70% beef semen strategy that worked at $1,400 crossbred calves might need adjustment if those prices soften. Don’t set-and-forget your breeding program.
Review feed cost protection. With corn at $4.40 and possible relief toward $4.00, evaluate whether forward contracts make sense for Q1-Q2 before spring planting volatility. Locking in $4.25 corn looks smart if prices spike; it looks expensive if they fall to $3.80. Know your risk tolerance.
Examine your processor relationship. If you’re Class IV-dependent and watching checks come in $2.20 below Class III equivalents, it’s worth exploring whether component shipping options or processor alternatives exist in your region. Not every operation has flexibility here, but some do and aren’t using it.
The Bottom Line
The operations that navigate the next 12-18 months successfully won’t be the ones waiting for prices to recover on their own. They’ll be the ones who used this window to lock in replacement animals before the shortage intensifies, controlled feed costs where possible, and knew their break-even to the penny.
Dairy has always been cyclical. Strong production, recovering global supply, and moderating prices—we’ve been through this pattern before. What’s different this time is the heifer constraint underneath it all. The industry can’t simply expand out of tight margins when replacement animals don’t exist.
That constraint will eventually support prices. But “eventually” might be 2027 or 2028. The question is whether your operation’s financial position lets you wait that long—and whether you’re taking the steps now that position you to expand when the cycle turns.
The fundamentals of dairy demand remain constructive. Protein consumption is growing. Convenience continues driving category growth. Despite years of plant-based competition, real dairy holds its market share.
Those realities matter. But so does the math of $15.86 Class III with $4.40 corn and $4,000 springers. The producers who acknowledge both—the long-term demand strength and the short-term margin pressure—are the ones making decisions right now that they won’t regret in 2027.
Key Takeaways
You’re bleeding $80/cow monthly — Class III crashed to $15.86; that’s $16,000 vanishing from a 200-cow herd before spring
211,000 cows added in 12 months — Largest U.S. herd since 1993; prices won’t recover until supply corrects
Springers hit $4,000+ — Tightest heifer pipeline in 20 years; replacement economics have flipped
Global milk keeps flooding in — California +10%, EU +6%, New Zealand +3%; no relief coming in 2026
5 moves to make now — Know your break-even, source heifers before desperation, reassess beef-on-dairy, lock feed, review your processor
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More
Beef-on-Dairy’s $6,215 Secret: Why 72% of Herds Are Playing It Wrong – Master the precise breeding ratiostop-tier herds use to thrive and secure an immediate cash flow advantage. This breakdown arms you with the math to capture $700 premiums per calf without sacrificing your future replacement pipeline.
The 90-Day Dairy Pivot: Converting Beef Windfalls into Next Year’s Survival – Convert fleeting beef premiums into long-term resilience before the 2026 market shift hits your balance sheet. This analysis delivers the component-focused economic strategy and processor relationship audit required for survival in a $17 milk environment.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Hope is not a strategy. Nostalgia is not a business plan. Three hundred fifty-seven thousand heifers short and $200K on the line—here’s the math dairies need now.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: A beef-cross calf at four days old now generates more profit than a Holstein heifer does after two years—and for mid-size dairies, that shift represents $200,000-$300,000 in annual revenue sitting on breeding decisions. Beef-cross calves fetch $900-$1,500 while heifer-raising nets $0-400 after $3,315 in average costs. Three structural forces have converged: butterfat oversupply from genetic progress, China’s 75-85% self-sufficiency killing export recovery hopes, and processor consolidation creating $5-7/cwt disadvantages for mid-size suppliers. The industry is now 357,000 heifers short with replacements at $3,010 nationally, per CoBank’s August 2025 analysis. Four paths remain for mid-size operations—scale aggressively, pursue premium markets, execute planned transitions that preserve 85-95% of equity, or achieve the operational excellence that makes mid-size sustainable. Hope is not a strategy; families preserving wealth are deciding in months 6-10, during margin pressure, not in month 18, when options have narrowed, and equity has eroded.
Something worth paying attention to is happening on dairy operations across North America, and honestly, I don’t think it’s getting the discussion it deserves. A beef-cross calf sold at four days old now generates somewhere between $900 and $1,500 in revenue, depending on your market and genetics. Meanwhile, a Holstein heifer calf—after 24 months of feeding, housing, breeding, and veterinary care—often produces milk worth roughly the same in annual margin contribution.
I know. It sounds backwards. But the numbers are real.
Here’s the uncomfortable question nobody wants to ask at the coffee shop: Why are so many operations still raising every heifer calf like it’s 2015? The answer usually has more to do with tradition than spreadsheets—and that’s a problem when margins are this tight.
What we’re looking at is a meaningful shift in how successful operations are thinking about revenue streams, genetic decisions, and the fundamental question of where their margins actually come from. For mid-size operations—those running 300 to 1,000 cows—understanding this shift matters a great deal for long-term planning.
The Revenue Picture Has Changed
Here’s what’s interesting about the current market. Premium beef-cross calves from Angus, Limousin, or Belgian Blue sires bred to dairy cows are commanding prices that would have raised eyebrows five years ago. USDA Agricultural Marketing Service data from late 2025 shows auction prices for quality dairy-beef crosses consistently exceeding $1,200 at major livestock markets in the East, with premium genetics pushing above $1,400 in strong markets.
Now, those numbers vary quite a bit by region—and that matters for your planning. The Bullvine’s market tracking shows beef-cross calves in the 60-100 pound range fetching $931-$1,075 per head at New Holland in Pennsylvania, while Wisconsin markets run $690-$945, and Minnesota comes in around $700-$985. California operations often see stronger prices due to proximity to feedlot demand, while Canadian producers face different dynamics under supply management. So your results will depend significantly on where you’re selling and what genetics you’re putting into those calves.
Meanwhile, the traditional replacement heifer model—which made solid economic sense when Holstein heifers sold for $2,800 and milk margins were healthier—now requires some careful penciling. And by “careful penciling,” I mean actually doing the math rather than assuming heifer-raising still works because your dad did it.
Here’s the practical math many operations are working through:
Beef-cross calf at 4 days: $900-$1,300 average revenue, depending on market and genetics
Holstein heifer at 24 months: $2,600 sale value minus roughly $2,500-$3,000 raising cost = $0-$400 net in many cases
Difference: Often $700+ per animal favoring beef-on-dairy
That heifer raising cost deserves a moment here. Canfax’s 2024 analysis of 64 benchmark farms found average costs of about $3,315 per heifer, and Beef Research Canada’s 2023 work showed a range of $2,904 to $3,806, depending on the operation. Your costs might be lower if you’ve got cheap home-raised feed and efficient facilities—but they might also be higher than you think when you pencil in everything honestly.
And that’s the thing. In my experience, many operations haven’t honestly factored heifer-raising costs into their budgets in years, if ever. They keep doing it because they’ve always done it. That’s not a strategy—it’s a habit.
For a 500-cow operation breeding 300 cows to beef annually, the beef-on-dairy approach can represent $200,000 to $300,000 in additional revenue compared to raising all those calves as replacements. That’s meaningful money for operations working on tight margins.
For a 500-cow operation, shifting 60-70% of breeding to beef genetics generates $240,000-$280,000 in annual revenue—enough to offset much of the structural cost disadvantage mid-size dairies face. This isn’t a sideline business; it’s the difference between survival and slow equity erosion
I spoke with a Wisconsin producer recently who’s been farming for 32 years about this shift. “We didn’t set out to become a beef operation,” he told me. “But when the calves are generating more profit in four days than the heifers do in two years of work, you have to ask yourself what business you’re really in.”
Now, I want to be clear—beef-on-dairy isn’t right for every operation. Farms with genuinely superior heifer genetics, established replacement programs that actually pencil out, or specific breeding objectives may find the traditional model still makes sense for their situation. The key word there is “genuinely.” Too many operations claim their heifer program is profitable without ever running the real numbers. The key is running the actual math for your specific circumstances rather than assuming what worked in 2015 still pencils today.
Understanding What’s Driving These Changes
Three factors have converged to create the current environment. And what’s notable is that each one looks more structural than cyclical, which matters for planning purposes. This isn’t a two-year downturn you can wait out.
The Butterfat Genetics Story
North American dairy genetics programs spent 15 years successfully breeding for higher butterfat content. By most measures, they achieved exactly what they set out to do. CoBank’s analysis shows butterfat percentages climbed from around 3.75% in 2015 to over 4.2% by 2024—a 13% increase in component production per cow. Butterfat levels in January 2025 hit a record 4.46% in some markets.
North American dairy genetics achieved exactly what they set out to do—boosting butterfat from 3.75% to 4.46%, a 19% increase in a decade. The unintended consequence: when everyone’s milk is richer, component premiums collapse, and the genetic pipeline means this won’t reverse until 2028-2030 at the earliest
That’s genuinely impressive genetic progress. Here’s where it gets complicated from a market perspective, though.
These genetic improvements are now hitting markets simultaneously across much of the industry. When a large portion of cows produce richer milk, the premium value of those components naturally adjusts. We saw butterfat prices decline significantly through 2024, with USDA Federal Milk Marketing Order data showing butterfat settling at $2.91 per pound by December 2024—down from stronger premiums earlier in the year.
The genetic pipeline creates a timing consideration that I don’t think gets enough attention in these conversations. Bulls used today were evaluated 5-7 years ago, when butterfat premiums were steadily climbing. The market environment has evolved, but genetic decisions made years ago are still working through the system. Operations probably won’t see meaningful adjustment in their milking strings until 2028-2030 at the earliest.
This isn’t anyone’s fault—it’s simply how long-term genetic selection interacts with shorter-term market cycles. But it does mean the component dynamics we’re seeing won’t reverse quickly.
Global Demand Patterns Have Shifted
For two decades, China’s growing middle class drove global dairy demand projections. You know the story—expansion plans, processor investments, and price forecasts often included Chinese import growth as a key assumption. Many of us built business plans around that expectation.
That picture has evolved considerably. According to Rabobank’s Global Dairy Quarterly analysis, China has added over 11 million metric tons of domestic production capacity since 2018 and has moved toward approximately 75-85% self-sufficiency in dairy. That’s a dramatic shift from where they were a decade ago.
Rabobank’s analysts suggest this represents a more permanent structural change rather than a cyclical dip. The infrastructure investments China has made in domestic production indicate that it’s building for long-term self-sufficiency, not for temporary import substitution.
For North American producers, this means export-driven price recovery depends on developing other markets, which is certainly possible, but represents a different timeline and strategy than waiting for Chinese demand to return to previous growth patterns. Mexico has become an increasingly important market, as CoBank has noted, but it’s a different dynamic than the rapid growth we saw from China in the 2010s.
If your business plan depends on “prices have to come back eventually,” it might be time for a new business plan.
Processor Economics Are Evolving
Modern dairy processing plants need substantial daily volume to operate efficiently—we’re talking several million pounds daily for competitive economics. This reality naturally favors fewer, larger suppliers from an operational standpoint.
A 500-cow operation producing 33,000 pounds daily represents a relatively small portion of a major processor’s intake needs. And when processors are investing billions in new capacity—industry reports show over $10 billion in dairy processing infrastructure investment through 2028—they’re designing facilities around large-volume supplier relationships.
Transportation economics factor in as well. Consolidated pickup routes to larger operations create real cost savings for processors, savings that either flow to large farms through better contract pricing or improve processor margins. Either way, that dynamic doesn’t particularly benefit mid-size suppliers trying to maintain competitive market access.
For cooperative members, these dynamics create additional considerations. Voting power in many cooperatives correlates with volume, which can affect how mid-size operations see their interests represented in cooperative decision-making. A 500-cow operation and a 5,000-cow operation technically have equal membership status, but their influence on cooperative strategy often differs considerably. I’ve watched cooperative boards approve hauling route consolidations and component pricing structures that made sense for their largest members while quietly disadvantaging the mid-size operations that historically formed their base.
That’s not a blanket criticism of cooperatives—some have adopted modified voting structures or regional representation models that give individual producers more proportional voice, and the cooperative model still provides genuine value for many operations. But the governance dynamics are worth understanding as you think about your market position and long-term relationships.
The Mid-Size Cost Picture
USDA Economic Research Service cost-of-production data reveals patterns worth understanding for operations in the 300-1,000 cow range. And I’ll be honest—these numbers can be sobering, but they’re important to face clearly.
Mid-size operations face a structural disadvantage of $5-7 per hundredweight—translating to $1,200-$1,700 in higher costs per cow annually compared to operations with 2,000+ cows. This cost gap persists regardless of management quality and explains why scale has become survival in commodity dairy
Herd Size
Total Cost/CWT
Difference vs. 2,000+ Cows
500-999 cows
~$24-26
$5-7/cwt higher
1,000-1,999
~$21-23
$2-4/cwt higher
2,000+ cows
$19.14
Baseline
Based on USDA ERS Milk Cost of Production Estimates, 2021 data—the most recent comprehensive survey available
That cost gap of roughly $5-7 per hundredweight translates to approximately $1,200-$1,700 in structural disadvantage per cow annually. Those are significant numbers that affect long-term competitiveness regardless of how well you manage day-to-day operations.
Where does this cost difference come from? It’s distributed across several areas that you probably recognize intuitively:
Labor efficiency: Larger operations typically spread management and specialized labor across more production, achieving better output per worker
Feed procurement: Volume buyers often negotiate 10-15% lower prices on concentrates through direct mill contracts
Capital costs: Facility and equipment depreciation spreads across more production units
Professional services: Veterinary, nutrition, and accounting fees get divided by more cows
Now, these figures represent national averages, and your situation may differ significantly. Regional variations matter quite a bit. California operations face environmental compliance costs that Midwest farms largely don’t carry. Wisconsin and Pennsylvania operations deal with different land costs and climate considerations than Texas dairies. Your specific costs depend on your specific circumstances—which is why it’s worth penciling your actual numbers rather than assuming you match the averages.
Beef-on-dairy revenue helps offset these structural differences. Based on current calf prices, it might cover roughly 40-50% of that gap for many operations. That’s meaningful, though it doesn’t eliminate the underlying economics entirely.
The Replacement Heifer Squeeze
There’s another dimension to this that complicates the picture—and frankly, reveals the consequences of industry-wide groupthink. The widespread adoption of beef-on-dairy breeding has created something of a heifer shortage across the industry. CoBank’s August 2025 dairy analysis indicates the U.S. dairy herd is running approximately 357,000 heifers short of projected replacement needs—a direct consequence of so many operations shifting breeding priorities toward beef genetics.
This shortage has pushed replacement heifer prices to levels we haven’t seen in two decades. USDA’s July 2025 Agricultural Prices report showed replacement heifers averaging $3,010 per head nationally, with top genetics commanding $4,000 or more at California and Minnesota auction barns.
The irony isn’t lost on me: an industry that spent decades telling farmers to “raise your own replacements no matter what” has now swung to an equally thoughtless extreme of “breed everything to beef.” Beef semen sales to dairies nearly tripled between 2017 and 2020, reaching 7.9 million units by 2024, according to NAAB data. Neither the old approach nor the new one involves actually analyzing what makes sense for your specific operation. The farms that will thrive are the ones doing the math—not following the herd in either direction.
But here’s the catch—and it’s worth thinking about carefully. If you’re planning to exit the industry in 3-5 years, the beef-on-dairy math works fine. If you’re planning to operate for another 20 years, you’re eventually going to need those replacements—and they may be harder and more expensive to find.
Four Paths Worth Considering
Producers working through margin challenges generally have four strategic directions available. The key—and I can’t emphasize this enough—is to assess which path fits your specific situation honestly, rather than pursuing the one that sounds best, feels most comfortable, or lets you avoid difficult conversations with family.
Path 1: Building Scale
This tends to work for: Operations with strong debt service coverage—generally above 2.0-2.5—manageable debt-to-asset ratios below 40-45%, clear succession plans, and confident processor relationships.
Scaling from 500 to 2,000+ cows represents a significant undertaking. We’re talking substantial capital—often $10-15 million or more, depending on your starting point and approach—plus considerable additional land to meet nutrient management compliance requirements. The financial and management prerequisites are demanding.
Based on what I’ve observed over the years, a relatively small percentage of mid-size operations are genuinely positioned to pursue this path successfully. That’s not a criticism—it’s just an acknowledgment of the financial realities involved. The problem is that too many operations pursue expansion because it feels like “doing something” rather than because the fundamentals actually support it. Expanding into a cost structure you still can’t compete in just means losing money faster.
What successful scaling typically involves:
Multi-year timeline from decision to full operation—often 5-7 years
Major milking infrastructure investment for robotics or rotary systems
Management systems that can function without daily owner involvement in routine decisions
Strong processor relationships with confirmed market access at expanded volume
Penn State Extension has noted that operations seeking expansion financing typically need to demonstrate sustained positive cash flow history and strong management capacity before lenders will seriously consider major facility loans. That generally means having your current operation running well before taking on expansion debt.
I should mention that scaling does work for some operations. A central Indiana dairy I’ve followed grew from 600 to 2,400 cows over eight years by acquiring a neighboring operation, investing heavily in robotics, and securing a long-term processor contract before breaking ground. But they started with a debt-to-asset ratio under 30% and two generations actively involved in management. The prerequisites were there before the expansion began. They didn’t expand, hoping to fix their problems—they expanded because they’d already solved them.
Path 2: Premium Market Positioning
This tends to work for: Smaller operations—often under 200-250 cows—with strong balance sheets, secured processor contracts for specialty milk, and a willingness to fundamentally change their operational approach.
The challenge for mid-size operations pursuing this path is significant. Organic certification requires extensive pasture access—typically several hundred acres of quality grazing land for a larger herd. Feed costs increase 30-80% with organic inputs, and production often dips 10-15% during the transition period.
Perhaps most critically, organic processors in several major dairy regions report adequate or surplus supply and aren’t actively seeking new large-volume suppliers. The premium is attractive on paper, but market access is often the limiting factor in practice. You can get certified, but that doesn’t guarantee someone wants to buy your organic milk at organic prices. I’ve watched operations spend 18 months and significant capital to achieve organic certification, only to discover there’s no market for their milk at organic premiums. That’s an expensive lesson in checking market access before making production changes.
A2 milk and other specialty designations present similar market access considerations. These segments remain relatively small portions of total fluid milk sales, and most specialty processors have established supplier relationships they’re not looking to expand significantly.
One exception worth noting: Direct-to-consumer models with on-farm processing can work quite well at 50-150 cow scale, potentially capturing 60-80% of retail margin rather than commodity pricing. This does require significant processing infrastructure investment—$250,000-$600,000 isn’t unusual—and fundamentally different business skills. You’re essentially building a retail and marketing business that happens to have cows. Different game entirely, but it works for some folks with the right location, skills, and appetite for that kind of venture.
Path 3: Planned Transition
This may make sense for Operations where the primary operator is approaching retirement age without a clear succession plan, where debt service is consuming too much cash flow, where breakeven costs significantly exceed market prices, or where the operation has experienced extended periods of negative cash flow.
And here’s something I want to say directly: suggesting that some operations should consider transition isn’t a criticism of those farms or their management. Markets change. Cost structures evolve. Making a thoughtful decision to preserve family wealth is good business management, not failure.
What I will criticize is the stubborn refusal to consider transition when the numbers clearly indicate it’s time. I’ve seen too many families lose $500,000 or more in equity by waiting too long, hoping things would turn around, and being unwilling to have honest conversations about the future. That’s not perseverance—it’s denial dressed up as virtue. And it devastates families financially.
What makes planned transition more viable today than in previous challenging periods is that beef-on-dairy revenue can maintain positive cash flow during a drawdown. That $200,000-$300,000 in annual beef-cross revenue provides working capital for orderly asset sales at reasonable market value rather than distressed pricing.
The equity preservation difference can be substantial:
Planned transition over 36-48 months: Families typically preserve 85-95% of asset value
Rushed liquidation after extended losses: Families often preserve 60-75% of asset value
For an operation with $3 million in net worth, that difference can exceed $600,000 in actual preserved family equity. That represents real money for retirement, for the next generation’s opportunities, or for whatever comes next.
Path 4: Making Mid-Size Work
I’d be doing you a disservice if I didn’t mention that some mid-size operations are genuinely finding ways to compete—and the research backs this up. University of Vermont Extension’s 2024 dairy economics analysis found that operations in the 400-600 cow range implementing robotic milking systems achieved labor cost reductions averaging 15-18%, which began to close the efficiency gap with larger operations meaningfully.
A 650-cow Vermont operation I’ve followed has carved out a sustainable position by combining aggressive robotic milking efficiency with a local processor relationship that values consistent quality and year-round supply stability over raw volume—and they’ve kept heifer-raising in-house because their genetics actually command premium replacement prices that make the math work. Their fresh cow protocols and transition period management have pushed their rolling herd average well above regional benchmarks, which gives them leverage in processor negotiations that most mid-size operations don’t have.
It’s not easy, and it requires exceptional management in multiple dimensions simultaneously. But it’s worth noting that “mid-size is doomed” isn’t universally true. It’s just that this path requires you to be genuinely excellent at several things at once, not just average at everything. If you’ve got superior genetics, strong local processor relationships, and the management capacity to optimize every efficiency lever available—robotics, feed management, reproduction, cow comfort—mid-size can still work. You just can’t afford to be mediocre at any of it.
A Framework for Decision-Making
When producers work through these decisions with their CPA and agricultural lender, several metrics typically guide the conversation. Understanding these ahead of time can make those discussions more productive.
Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR)
This ratio measures the cushion between income and debt payments. Lenders watch this number closely—it’s often the first thing they calculate.
Formula: Net operating income ÷ Total annual debt service
Above 2.0: Generally solid position for considering strategic investments
1.5-2.0: Optimization makes sense; expansion capacity may be limited
One pattern I’ve noticed over the years: producers often underestimate their actual breakeven by not accounting for costs that don’t show up as monthly payments but are economically real:
Operator labor at what you’d pay a hired manager—$65,000-$95,000 annually isn’t unreasonable in many markets
Return on your equity could earn in alternative investments—typically 4-6%
Deferred maintenance is accumulating on facilities
When these factors are honestly included, some operations discover that their true economic breakeven point significantly exceeds current milk prices. That’s uncomfortable to realize, but better to know it than not. And frankly, if you’re not willing to calculate your true breakeven because you’re afraid of what you’ll find, that tells you something important right there.
Stress Testing
Experienced lenders evaluate what happens to your DSCR if milk drops $2 per hundredweight while feed costs rise 10%. It’s worth doing that calculation yourself before you’re sitting in the loan officer’s office. Operations that look marginal under that scenario typically face limited options for expansion financing.
Five Questions for Your Next Lender Meeting
Before you sit down with your agricultural lender or CPA, work through these honestly:
What’s your true all-in breakeven? Include operator labor at replacement cost, opportunity cost on equity, and deferred maintenance. If this number scares you, that’s information.
What happens to your DSCR if milk drops $2/cwt and feed rises 10%? If you go below 1.25 under that scenario, your strategic options are already narrowing.
Are you strategic to your processor, or easily replaced? If your milk disappeared tomorrow, would they notice—or just shift a route?
What’s your succession plan—documented, not assumed? Verbal family interest isn’t the same as committed next-generation involvement with financial analysis.
If you’re considering expansion, are you doing so because the fundamentals support it, or because it feels better than the alternatives? Be honest with yourself here.
Timing Considerations
What I’ve observed over the years is a fairly consistent pattern once operations enter challenging cash flow territory:
Months 0-6: Operating shortfalls often get covered by savings and working capital
Months 6-12: Equity erosion becomes more noticeable; most strategic options remain available
Months 12-18: The situation typically demands more immediate attention; options narrow
Month 18+: Choices become more constrained
The practical insight here is that decisions made earlier in this timeline—during months 6-10, say—tend to preserve more options and more equity than decisions made later. Waiting and hoping for market improvement is completely understandable… but it has real costs. Every month of delay is a decision—it’s just a decision not to decide, which is often the most expensive choice of all.
Beef-on-dairy revenue can extend these timelines somewhat, providing breathing room that previous generations of struggling dairy farms didn’t have. But it doesn’t change the underlying economics. An operation generating $300,000 in beef-cross revenue while facing $500,000 in other losses is still experiencing $200,000 in annual equity erosion. The beef revenue buys time for better decisions—not infinite time.
What Successful Transitions Look Like
A Wisconsin Example
A 61-year-old producer I’ve followed over the past few years recognized, around month 7, that his cost structure wouldn’t allow him to compete effectively long-term at his current scale. Rather than waiting indefinitely—or worse, doubling down on a strategy that wasn’t working—he implemented a 42-month planned transition:
Increased beef breeding to 70% of the herd for revenue optimization
Generated approximately $285,000 annually in beef-cross calf sales
Reduced herd size gradually while maintaining processor relationships and milk quality
Marketed real estate with an 18-month timeline, allowing proper buyer qualification rather than a rushed 60-day distressed sale
Result: Preserved $2.6 million in family equity—substantially more than a rushed liquidation would have yielded.
He now manages cropland for neighboring operations at around $55,000 annually while drawing income from invested assets. His total annual income actually increased, and his working hours dropped considerably. Not the outcome he’d imagined when he started farming, but a genuinely good outcome for his family.
“The hardest part wasn’t seeing the numbers—those were clear enough. The hardest part was accepting that the market had changed in ways I couldn’t control or wait out. Once I made peace with that, the decisions got a lot simpler.”
— Wisconsin dairy producer, 32 years in operation
His son, who had considered returning to the family operation, used his share of the preserved assets to start a successful trucking business. Different path, but solid financial foundation—which was really the goal all along.
Practical Takeaways
Assessing your current position:
Calculate the true all-in breakeven, including the opportunity costs that are easy to overlook
Run stress-test scenarios—milk down $2, feed up 10%—before your lender does
Evaluate succession plans honestly. Verbal family interest isn’t the same as documented commitment with financial analysis
Assess your processor relationship realistically. Are you strategic to them, or easily replaced?
If considering growth:
Verify you meet financial thresholds before investing in detailed planning
Secure processor commitment for expanded volume before major capital decisions
Document succession planning with realistic financial projections
Plan for multi-year implementation with regular evaluation points
Be honest: Are you expanding because the fundamentals support it, or because it feels better than the alternatives?
If considering premium markets:
Confirm market access before beginning any conversion—certification without a buyer isn’t worth much
Recognize that finding a processor often matters more than achieving certification
Evaluate direct-to-consumer models if scale and location support them
Budget realistically for transition periods with uncertain cash flow
If pursuing mid-size excellence:
Identify your genuine competitive advantages—don’t assume you have them
Invest in efficiency technology where ROI is demonstrable
Build processor relationships based on quality, consistency, and reliability
Evaluate whether your genetics actually justify keeping heifer-raising in-house
Accept that this path requires excellence across multiple dimensions simultaneously
If considering transition:
Make decisions while meaningful options remain available
Use beef-on-dairy revenue to maintain positive cash flow during the process
Engage qualified professionals—CPA, agricultural attorney—early rather than late
Explore all available tools, including Chapter 12 provisions where applicable. Section 1232 can provide meaningful tax advantages in farm bankruptcy situations
For all operations:
Beef-on-dairy provides valuable revenue flexibility, though it’s one tool among several
Cost differences between herd sizes reflect structural economics that tend to persist
Earlier decisions typically preserve more options than later ones
Thoughtful wealth preservation honors what previous generations built—more than stubbornly running losses ever will
The Bottom Line
The North American dairy industry continues to evolve toward two primary models: larger-scale commodity production, where cost structures provide a competitive advantage, and smaller-scale operations, where premium positioning or direct consumer relationships create different economics.
Operations in the 300-1,000 cow range face a challenging middle position. Beef-on-dairy revenue helps considerably, but doesn’t fully resolve the underlying cost dynamics. Some operations will find ways to make mid-size work through exceptional execution on multiple fronts simultaneously—but that’s a narrow path that requires genuine excellence, not just determination.
That observation isn’t a criticism of mid-size operations or the people who run them. Many excellent managers operate in this range. But market structures have evolved in ways that create real challenges regardless of management quality. Pretending otherwise—or blaming the challenges on things you can’t control while ignoring the decisions you can make—doesn’t help anyone.
The producers who will be well-positioned in 2030 are the ones making clear-eyed assessments today: pursuing growth where the prerequisites genuinely exist, pivoting toward premium markets where access is available, finding the operational excellence to make mid-size sustainable where the skills and circumstances align, and transitioning thoughtfully where the underlying economics have shifted.
Each of these paths can lead to good outcomes for families. The path that tends to work poorly is waiting indefinitely for conditions to change while equity gradually erodes. Hope is not a strategy. Nostalgia is not a business plan.
Previous generations built these operations by adapting to market realities, not by ignoring them. That same practical wisdom—applied to today’s circumstances—will preserve these operations for the families who depend on them.
For operations working through these decisions, conversations with your agricultural lender and CPA provide a good starting point. The numbers for your specific situation may look quite different from industry averages—and understanding your actual position is the first step toward making good decisions.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Squeezed Out? A 12-Month Decision Guide for 300-1,000 Cow Dairies – Arm yourself with a 12-month survival framework designed specifically for the mid-size squeeze. This analysis reveals why the “middle” is vanishing and provides the hard data needed to choose your path before equity evaporates.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
You’re making 2020 breeding decisions. 2025 left $6.7 billion on the table. These 15+ stories show who adapted, who profited, and who got left behind. Which one are you?
$6.7 billion. That’s the high-end estimate of what Holstein inbreeding has already cost U.S. dairies, according to Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding analysis. And here’s what keeps me thinking as we close out 2025: most of the industry’s biggest moves happened while people were arguing about the wrong things.
While breeders debated TPI rankings, inbreeding quietly climbed to 15.2% — a 168% jump from 2010 levels. While everyone celebrated beef-on-dairy premiums of $800 to $1,000 per crossbred calf, replacement heifer costs hit a historic national average of $2,870 per head because there aren’t enough dairy replacements left to go around (USDA Agricultural Marketing Service, November 2025). Regional variation matters here — Midwest averages tend to run $200-400 lower, while California and Texas dairies regularly exceed $3,200.
The stories that captured your attention this year weren’t just interesting profiles or trend pieces. They were warning shots. And if you weren’t paying attention, 2026 is going to catch you off guard.
What follows are the three threads that wove through everything we covered: the people reshaping the business (for better and worse), the animals whose genetics changed what’s possible, and the market forces that don’t care about your feelings or your five-year plan.
Part I: The Architects — Profiles in Vision, Grit, and Some Spectacular Failures
The dairy industry runs on human decisions. Sometimes brilliant ones. Sometimes catastrophically stupid ones. Our most-read profiles this year covered both extremes, and honestly, the failures taught us more than the successes.
The Disruptors Who Delivered
Juan Moreno didn’t just build STgenetics into a 1,800-employee operation spanning 16 countries — he fundamentally rewired how genetics move from bull to barn. The company estimates that roughly 30% of all semen sold globally now uses sex-sorted technology they pioneered (STgenetics company communications, 2025). That’s not market share; that’s infrastructure.
What I find interesting about Moreno isn’t the technology itself but the discipline behind it. When asked about genetic modification, he draws a hard line: “If they don’t want to go any further with genetic modification, why on earth would we get involved with it as an industry? We’re playing with fire by doing that.” He was named World Dairy Expo’s 2025 International Person of the Year for good reason — the guy delivers commercial products that actually work for farmers, not laboratory curiosities.
The pending combination with Select Sires signals something bigger than two companies joining forces. It’s the genetics industry consolidating into fewer, larger players. Whether that’s good for producers in the long term is a question worth asking before it’s too late. When three companies control 70% of the genetics flowing into your herd, you’re not a customer anymore — you’re a captive market.
The McCarty Family earned World Dairy Expo’s 2025 Dairy Producer of the Year for reasons that should make every mid-sized operation think carefully. They’re running 15,000 cows across four Kansas sites plus another 4,000 at MVP Dairy in Ohio — the world’s largest registered Holstein herd (World Dairy Expo recognition announcement, October 2025). Their processing partnership with Danone means they don’t just produce milk; they control what happens to it.
Let’s be direct here: unless you’ve got Danone’s phone number and access to $50 million in processing infrastructure, this isn’t your playbook. It’s proof that vertical integration wins—and most of us aren’t playing that game. The question nobody’s asking loud enough: is this model actually scalable for the rest of the industry, or are we watching an outlier get celebrated as a template? If you’re running 300 cows and can’t access vertical integration, your playbook is collaboration and niche positioning—not trying to replicate the McCarty model at 1/50th the scale.
David Dyment built AG3 on a philosophy that directly challenges genomic orthodoxy. His principle — “consistency over unpredictability” — sounds simple until you realize he’s betting against the entire direction of the industry. While everyone else chases the next high-TPI sire, Dyment invests in cow families with proven longevity and functional purpose.
“Genomics without performance verification is speculation compounded by more speculation,” he argues. Is he right? The data on genomic prediction accuracy are strong, but so are the data on the increase in inbreeding from the overuse of elite bloodlines. Maybe the smartest play is somewhere between blind faith in numbers and nostalgic attachment to pedigrees. What I’ve noticed in talking with producers is that the herds performing best long-term tend to blend both approaches — using genomics for direction while maintaining maternal line depth for insurance.
GenoSource proved what collaboration can accomplish. Eight Iowa farming families pooled resources in 2014 and produced GenoSource Captain, who dominated the #1 TPI position for seven consecutive proof runs — an unprecedented achievement in the genomic era. His December 2024 evaluation reached +3336 GTPI, and following the April 2025 base change, he is now at +3441 TPI (GenoSource official release, April 2025).
Here’s what’s worth stealing from the GenoSource playbook: it’s not AI company genetics or single-breeder brilliance — it’s collective investment producing results that neither could achieve alone. In an era of consolidation where most breeders feel squeezed out, here’s a counter-model that actually works. There’s a lesson there for an industry that often treats cooperation as weakness.
Our historical profiles weren’t all victory laps. The Jack Stookey saga resonated because it exposed how speculation corrupts integrity. His empire inflated on tax incentives and collapsed spectacularly — leaving neighbors bankrupt and creditors empty-handed. The silver lining? The Stookey Elm Park Blackrose cow family survived the bankruptcy and went on to produce modern stars.
But let’s be clear about what the story actually teaches: business models built on speculation rather than productive fundamentals eventually fail. The animals can outlast the bankruptcy, but the people usually don’t recover.
These aren’t dusty footnotes in breed history. Every time you see a genomic heifer sell for six figures based purely on paper numbers — no milking records, no longevity data, no production verification — you’re watching the same psychology at work. The packaging looks modern. The underlying gamble hasn’t changed.
Part II: The Bloodlines — Animals Who Actually Changed Things
Breeding indexes fluctuate. Rankings shuffle. But certain animals build dynasties that outlast the evaluation system that ranked them.
The Matriarchs Nobody Wanted
Wesswood-HC Rudy Missy’s origin story exposes how expert consensus fails. In 2003, Matt Steiner bought her by phone for $8,100 after a room full of professionals walked away — they dismissed her for an “unbalanced rump.” That contrarian bet produced the 2014 Global Cow of the Year, bulls like Seagull-Bay Supersire and Mountfield SSI Dcy Mogul, and genetic influence worth hundreds of millions in global semen sales.
The uncomfortable question: how many Missys got culled because they didn’t fit conventional type expectations? Every breeder has walked past an animal that didn’t match the scorecard of the moment. Steiner trusted his eye over the room’s opinion. Most of us don’t.
Stookey Elm Park Blackrose emerged from Jack Stookey’s financial collapse — literally salvaged from bankruptcy proceedings by breeder Louis Prange for $4,500. What started as a distressed-sale heifer became the foundation of a red-and-white dynasty producing modern show-winners like Ladyrose Caught Your Eye. Sometimes the best genetics need a second chance. Sometimes they need someone paying attention when everyone else has moved on.
Comestar Laurie Sheik built something even more remarkable: four different millionaire bulls from a single cow family, with a descendant winning Holstein Canada’s Cow of the Year award 27 years after Laurie Sheik herself won the inaugural honor in 1995 (Holstein Canada records). That’s durability across multiple breeding eras, multiple evaluation systems, and multiple generations of breeders. Consistency like that doesn’t happen by accident.
Part III: The Battlefield — Forces That Don’t Care About Your Feelings
Individual brilliance means nothing if market forces crush your margins. This year’s coverage exposed structural changes that demand response, not just observation. With the 17% decline in licensed dairy herds we’ve seen since late 2023, the survivors aren’t just milking more cows—they’re managing thinner margins with surgical precision.
The Beef-on-Dairy Reckoning
Data from the American Farm Bureau (February 2025) shows 72% of U.S. dairy farms now use beef genetics, up from essentially zero a decade ago. CattleFax reports crossbred calf production exploded from 50,000 head in 2014 to 3.22 million in 2024, with projections reaching 6 million by 2026.
The economics are obvious: three-day-old beef-on-dairy calves deliver $800 to $1,000 cash immediately — no rearing costs, no death loss risk, no 22-month wait for first lactation. Purina’s 2024 Beef-on-Dairy Survey found 80% of dairy farmers receive premiums for beef-on-dairy calves versus straight Holstein bull calves.
Here’s the problem nobody wants to discuss openly: you’re trading your genetic future for today’s cash.
Replacement heifer prices hit that $2,870 national average — historic highs driven partly by the same strategy everyone’s celebrating. The dairy herd’s replacement ratio dropped to 27 dairy heifers expected to calve for every 100 cows, according to the USDA January 2025 cattle inventory data. We’re eating our seed corn and calling it smart business.
I’m not saying beef-on-dairy is wrong. Used strategically on your bottom 20-30% of cows — the ones you’ve genomically verified as your poorest performers — it makes complete sense. But if you’re breeding beef on anything that moves because the calf check feels good this month, you’d better have a plan for where future replacements come from. Because right now, the math doesn’t add up. You’ll either pay $3,000+ per head for someone else’s genetics, or you’ll be short cows when you need to expand.
Holstein inbreeding in U.S. herds increased from about 5.7% in 2010 to 15.2% by 2020, according to CDCB trend data. Industry projections suggest 18-22% by 2030, approaching triple the 6.25% threshold where inbreeding depression becomes economically significant.
Each 1% increase in inbreeding costs roughly $23-25 off a cow’s lifetime Net Merit, plus measurable hits to fertility and productive life (USDA-ARS Net Merit revision, 2025). Have you noticed more infertility issues, more metabolic problems in fresh cows, more early culling pressure lately? Inbreeding is part of why.
Your herd’s numbers may differ based on your genetic base and breeding decisions. But the trend line doesn’t lie. Case studies from extension programs have documented 500-cow herds that reduced inbreeding from 13% to 8% over three years, seeing $75,000-94,000 in improved lifetime cow value — roughly $150-188 per cow in the herd. If you’re not looking at inbreeding coefficients on your genetic reports — really looking, not just glancing past them — start this week. Not next month. This week. Use your sire search filters to set maximum projected inbreeding at 6% or lower.
The Select Sires/STgenetics combination will concentrate breeding decisions in fewer corporate hands. That’s not inherently bad — consolidation often drives efficiency and accelerates innovation. But it concentrates genetic control precisely when genetic diversity needs protection. When three or four major players control most of the elite semen flowing into North American herds, who’s responsible for maintaining the genetic breadth the breed needs long-term?
President Trump’s been beating the same drum on Canadian dairy since 2018, and honestly, it’s not going to change anytime soon. Canada’s supply management system — production quotas that match domestic demand, minimum prices that ensure farmer profitability, and import tariffs as high as 298% — creates stability that Canadian producers rely on and market access that American producers want.
Here’s my take, and I know it’ll generate some emails: American producers might want to spend less time attacking supply management and more time asking why their own system leaves them so vulnerable to price volatility. The data tells a story — Canadian dairy farm debt-to-asset ratios have remained more stable over the past decade, even as U.S. operations faced multiple margin crises (Farm Credit Canada and USDA ERS comparative data, 2015-2024).
The policy question isn’t whether supply management is “fair” — that’s a political argument designed to generate heat rather than light. The practical question is: what system actually keeps family-scale dairy farms viable? Because whatever we’re doing in the U.S. isn’t working for most producers with fewer than 1,000 cows.
What this means for your operation depends entirely on which side of the border you’re on and how political winds shift—budget for volatility. Lock in prices when you can. And stop expecting trade negotiations to solve structural problems in your milk check.
What This Actually Means for Your 2026 Plans
I could wrap this up with inspirational language about “charting your own course” and “building for future generations.” But you don’t read The Bullvine for platitudes.
Here’s what the stories actually teach — and what you should act on before spring breeding decisions:
1. Track your inbreeding levels — this week, not someday. Pull your genetic reports and look at the actual inbreeding coefficients. Herds that reduced from 13% to 8% have documented $150-$188 per cow in improved lifetime value. Set your sire search filters to cap projected inbreeding at 6%. If your genetics supplier can’t easily provide this data, that’s a problem worth solving.
2. Use beef-on-dairy strategically, not reflexively. Genomically test everything. Target your verified bottom 20-30% of genetic performers for beef crosses—not random animals, and definitely not your genetic core. The $400+ premium per targeted crossbred calf matters, but it matters less than having quality replacements available in 2028 when heifer prices could hit $4,000.
3. Study the winners honestly — including what doesn’t translate. The McCartys, the founders of GenoSource, and Moreno all built systems that don’t depend on a single strategy or market. Vertical integration, collaboration, and diversification aren’t buzzwords — they’re survival architecture. But McCarty-level vertical integration requires resources most operations don’t have. GenoSource-style collaboration might be accessible. Figure out which lessons actually apply to your scale and your region.
4. Diversify your genetics suppliers before you become a captive buyer. With consolidation accelerating, now is the time to establish relationships with multiple semen providers. Don’t wait until three companies control your only options.
5. Learn more from the failures than the victories. Every fraud and bankruptcy we covered started with someone believing the hype over the numbers. If a deal sounds too good — whether it’s a genomic heifer selling for $150,000 with no production data or a marketing program promising guaranteed premiums — it probably is. The packaging changes. The underlying gamble doesn’t.
The ground is shifting. The question is whether you’re moving with it or waiting to see where you land.
The Complete 2025 Reading List
Here are all the feature articles referenced in this year-end analysis:
$6.7 billion. That’s what Holstein inbreeding has already cost U.S. dairies — and most producers haven’t even noticed. This year-end deep-dive pulls together our 16 most-read stories into the three forces that defined 2025: the disruptors who saw the shift coming (Juan Moreno now controls 30% of global sex-sorted semen; GenoSource’s eight-family collaboration produced the breed’s dominant bull), the legendary cows whose genetics outlasted their owners’ bankruptcies, and the market math everyone’s ignoring — 72% beef-on-dairy adoption, $2,870 replacement heifers, inbreeding climbing toward 18% by 2030. We celebrate the winners, but we spend more time on the failures, because Jack Stookey’s collapse and the Meadolake fraud tell you more about survival than any success story. The uncomfortable truth: you’re probably making 2020 breeding decisions while 2025 leaves money on the table. If spring genetics purchases are on your calendar, start here.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Mid-size dairies face a $16/cwt cost gap against mega-operations. You can’t out-work structural economics. But you might out-think them.
Executive Summary: The gap between thriving dairies and struggling ones isn’t about who works harder—it’s structural. Mid-size operations (250-1,000 cows) face a cost disadvantage of up to $16 per hundredweight compared to mega-dairies, driven by differences in labor efficiency, purchasing power, and organizational capacity that longer hours alone can’t bridge. These aren’t cyclical pressures waiting to pass; USDA data shows 40% of dairy farms exited between 2017 and 2022, while operations with 1,000+ cows now produce 68% of U.S. milk. Three strategies are helping producers navigate this divide: beef-on-dairy breeding programs capturing significant calf revenue, component-driven culling aligned with today’s pricing, and precision feeding that compounds efficiency gains over time. For farms facing margin pressure, timing proves critical—acting early preserves substantially more equity than waiting for conditions that may not improve. Understanding these dynamics won’t guarantee any particular outcome, but it enables clearer decisions while meaningful options still exist.
There’s a number from the latest Zisk Report that’s worth pausing on. Looking at their 2025 profitability projections, operations milking more than 5,000 cows were expected to earn around $1,640 per cow. Smaller herds under 250 cows in the Southeast? Roughly $531 per cow. That’s not just a performance gap you can chalk up to management differences. It reflects fundamentally different economic realities.
What makes this moment feel different from the cyclical downturns we’ve weathered before is that this gap isn’t closing. The farms caught in the middle—those 250- to 1,000-cow operations that have traditionally formed the backbone of American dairy—face a structural squeeze that traditional approaches alone may not address.
I want to be clear about something upfront. This isn’t a story about who deserves what outcome. It’s about understanding what’s actually driving profitability, why certain strategic moves create compounding advantages, and what realistic options exist for operations navigating an increasingly challenging landscape.
The Scale of Change Already Underway
Before digging into strategy, it’s worth sitting with how much has already shifted. USDA’s 2022 Census of Agriculture shows licensed dairy farms with off-farm milk sales declining from 39,303 in 2017 to 24,082 in 2022—a reduction of almost 40%. University of Illinois economists at Farmdoc Daily noted that it was the largest decline between adjacent Census periods since 1982.
The consolidation squeeze: Total dairy farms dropped 59% between 2012-2022, while mega-operations now control 68% of U.S. milk production—up from 52% a decade ago
Here’s the part that surprises people: total milk production actually increased slightly during that same period.
Why? Because remaining farms are larger, more productive, and increasingly concentrated. Rabobank’s analysis of the Census data estimates that farms with 1,000 or more cows—roughly 2,000 operations—now produce about 68% of U.S. milk, up from 60% in 2017. Meanwhile, farms with fewer than 500 cows account for about 86% of all operations but contribute only about 22% of total production.
The profitability chasm: Large dairies earn triple what mid-size operations make per cow, driven by structural cost advantages rather than management quality
The profitability breakdown by herd size tells the story. According to Zisk’s 2025 projections, those massive 5,000+ cow herds were looking at $1,640 per cow, with profitability declining steadily as herd size decreased. Their 2026 projections suggest smaller herds will continue to lag, with sub-250-cow farms hovering near break-even and mid-size herds projected somewhere in the low hundreds per cow.
These aren’t random variations. They reflect structural cost advantages that compound at scale—advantages in labor efficiency, feed purchasing, risk management infrastructure, and capital access that mid-size operations struggle to replicate, regardless of management quality.
The “No-Man’s Land” Problem: Why 750 Cows Is the New 100
Here’s something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. Back when I started paying attention to this industry, a 100-cow operation was considered the minimum viable scale for a full-time dairy. Based on current cost structures and margin realities, that threshold has shifted dramatically upward.
Mid-size operations—those running roughly 250 to 1,000 cows—find themselves stuck in what I’d call economic no-man’s land. They’re too big to run primarily on family labor, the way smaller operations can. But they’re not big enough to justify the specialized management teams, dedicated risk managers, and infrastructure investments that large operations deploy.
Compliance infrastructure for environmental and labor regulations
Professional nutritional consulting
Financial management beyond basic bookkeeping
But that same 300-cow operation typically can’t afford:
A dedicated herd manager separate from the owner
Full-time HR staff to handle employee recruitment and retention
A risk management specialist monitoring DRP enrollment and forward contracts
The volume discounts in feed purchasing that large operations secure
University of Minnesota Extension data in FINBIN show the math clearly: herds with up to 50 cows face costs of around $20.22 per cwt, compared to $16.70 for herds over 500 cows. That gap of several dollars per hundredweight? It often represents the entire margin at current milk prices.
At stressed margins, a mid-size operation can lose approximately $15,000-$20,000 per month, according to industry analysis. That’s not a sustainable position, and no amount of 80-hour weeks changes the structural economics.
Reality Check: The Cost of Waiting
The hardest conversation I have with producers involves timing. Industry analysis from agricultural lenders suggests that farms making strategic decisions during months 8-10 of financial stress preserve significantly more equity—often hundreds of thousands of dollars more—than those waiting until months 16-18.
The cost of waiting: Farms that delay strategic decisions until month 18 preserve half the equity of those acting at month 12—a difference often exceeding $200,000 in lost family wealth
Every month of delayed decision-making at stressed margins burns equity that families will never recover. The pattern is consistent across regions: waiting for conditions to improve when structural forces are at work rarely improves outcomes.
The difficult truth is that the only wrong choice is often no choice at all.
Understanding What Creates the Cost Gap
When we talk about economies of scale, it can sound abstract. On working farms, though, this shows up in tangible ways.
Structural Cost Comparison: Mid-Size vs. Large Operations
Cost Factor
Mid-Size Operation (250-1,000 cows)
Large Scale (5,000+ cows)
Total Cost per CWT
$19-22 (University of Minnesota FINBIN)
$16-18 (USDA ERS, Cornell data)
Labor Structure
Owner + generalist hired workers
Specialized department managers
Risk Management
Owner-operated, part-time attention
Dedicated full-time staff
Feed Sourcing
Market price/spot purchases
Contracted volume discounts
Genomic Testing
Selective/occasional use
Universal/systematic across the herd
Equipment Cost per Cow
Higher (fixed costs spread across fewer animals)
Lower (fixed costs spread across more animals)
Sources: University of Minnesota FINBIN, USDA ERS milk cost studies, Cornell
Where the Differences Come From
Cost Component
Mid-Size Operations (250-1,000 cows)
Large Scale (5,000+ cows)
Gap Impact
Labor Cost per CWT
$4.50
$2.80
$1.70 disadvantage
Feed Cost per CWT
$11.20
$9.90
$1.30 disadvantage
Equipment Cost per CWT
$3.50
$2.00
$1.50 disadvantage
Total Operating Cost per CWT
$20.22
$16.70
$3.52 total gap
Net Cost Disadvantage
+$3.52
BASELINE
21% higher costs
Labor efficiency represents the most significant structural gap. MSU Extension research found labor costs ranging from less than $3 per cwt on well-organized, larger farms to more than $4.50 per cwt on operations averaging around 258 cows. University benchmarking consistently shows large herds support substantially more cows per full-time worker—often roughly double the cows per FTE compared to smaller family operations.
Think about what this means practically. A 500-cow farm requiring 10 employees at an average cost of $45,000 runs $450,000 in labor annually. A 3,000-cow operation with better labor efficiency spends significantly less per cow. And there’s only so much you can do about this—someone still needs to be monitoring fresh cows at 2 AM, whether you’re milking 400 or 4,000.
Feed purchasing power compounds the advantage. What I’ve found, talking with nutritionists and lenders, is that larger dairies consistently secure meaningful volume discounts on purchased feed compared to smaller buyers who purchase at spot prices. With feed typically accounting for the majority of operating costs, even modest percentage savings translate into real-dollar advantages.
Capital costs follow similar patterns. Equipment amortization illustrates this well: the same piece of equipment costs more per cow annually when spread across 350 animals than when spread across 3,000. That’s not about management quality—it’s pure math. And it affects everything from parlor systems to feed storage to manure handling.
When you stack these factors together, USDA ERS research found that dairy farms with fewer than 50 cows had total economic costs of $33.54 per cwt while herds of 2,500+ cows achieved costs of $17.54 per cwt. That’s a $16 difference—nearly the entire milk price in some months.
The Organizational Capacity Challenge
Here’s something that doesn’t get discussed enough, and honestly, it’s an aspect I didn’t fully appreciate until digging into this data: organizational infrastructure may matter as much as any single cost factor.
Organizational Comparison: Who’s Managing What?
Critical Function
Mid-Size (250-1,000 cows)
Large Scale (5,000+ cows)
Impact
Risk Management
Owner part-time
Dedicated marketing staff
Lower DRP enrollment
Genetic Program Strategy
AI tech recommendations
In-house geneticist
Reactive vs. systematic
Nutritional Management
Consultant quarterly visits
Full-time on-staff nutritionist
Slower optimization
Employee Recruitment & Training
Owner handles
HR department
Higher turnover costs
Financial Planning & Analysis
Annual lender meeting
CFO with monthly analysis
Delayed interventions
Regulatory Compliance
Owner learns as needed
Compliance officer
Violation risk
Consider risk management specifically. Large dairy operations increasingly employ dedicated staff for milk marketing, futures hedging, and Dairy Revenue Protection enrollment. A much higher share of large operations actively use DRP and forward contracting than mid-size farms do. What’s interesting is that the tools themselves are identical—DRP costs the same per hundredweight regardless of herd size.
So why the adoption gap?
The answer comes down to organizational capacity. Effective risk management requires:
Accurate cost-of-production projections 6-12 months forward
Quarterly decision-making discipline for DRP enrollment
Understanding of basis risk and Class III correlations
Coordination between the lender, the nutritionist, and the marketing decisions
Large operations have staff dedicated to these functions. Mid-size farms have owner-operators trying to manage risk alongside daily operations, employee supervision, equipment maintenance, and family responsibilities. As extension economists often note, it’s not that mid-size farms can’t afford the premiums—they don’t have the bandwidth to execute consistently. And inconsistent execution often performs worse than no strategy at all.
From the Field: A Wisconsin Operation’s Strategic Pivot
I recently spoke with operators running a 480-cow dairy in Dane County, Wisconsin, who implemented beef-on-dairy breeding starting in early 2024. They moved from modest bull calf revenue to well over $200,000 in beef-cross calf sales within 18 months. The key was starting with genomic testing to identify which cows warranted investment in sexed semen. “Once we knew our top 35% genetically, the breeding decisions got clearer. We’re not guessing anymore.” They acknowledged that the transition took about two complete breeding cycles before they felt the system was truly optimized.
Three Strategic Moves Separating Top Performers
What are genuinely successful operations doing differently? Three specific strategies keep appearing among farms outperforming their peer groups. These aren’t theoretical—they’re moves I’m seeing executed on working dairies right now.
Beef-on-Dairy as a Revenue Strategy
The shift toward beef-on-dairy breeding represents one of the most significant strategic pivots in dairy today. American Farm Bureau analysis describes beef-on-dairy crossbreeding as one of the fastest-growing trends in dairy genetics, with a substantial share of commercial herds now breeding part of the milking string to beef sires.
The traditional approach—breeding all cows to dairy sires and selling bull calves for whatever the market offers—often yields disappointing returns. Top performers instead use genomic testing to identify their top 35-40% of cows genetically, breed those with sexed semen for replacement heifers, and breed the remainder to beef sires.
USDA Agricultural Marketing Service reports show that well-grown beef-cross calves bring several hundred dollars more than straight dairy bull calves at auction. Recent sale barn data often shows beef-on-dairy calves trading in the low four figures while dairy bull calves bring a fraction of that (depending on weight and region).
Based on current price differentials, that gap can translate into substantial additional annual calf revenue—potentially six figures for a 500-cow herd, depending on local market conditions.
The beef-on-dairy revenue multiplier: A 500-cow herd switching to strategic beef breeding can add $225,000 in annual calf revenue—enough to cover several full-time employees
Execution requires infrastructure that many mid-size farms lack, though:
Genomic testing: $35-55 per head, depending on test panel (one producer reported average costs around $38)
Breeding discipline: Consistent heat detection and sexed semen protocols
Market development: Building feedlot relationships that value beef-on-dairy genetics
Timeline: 2-3 years to fully optimize the program
Component-Driven Culling Decisions
Traditional culling logic focuses on milk volume: keep high producers and cull low producers. What I’m seeing among top performers is a shift to income-over-feed-cost analysis that accounts for component value—and it’s changing which cows stay and which go.
Why does this matter more now than it did five years ago? Federal order component pricing in 2025 has rewarded solids heavily, with butterfat prices often in the $2.50-2.70 per pound range and protein in the low-to-mid $2.00s per pound. It’s worth noting there’s been significant month-to-month volatility—August 2025 saw butterfat above $2.70, while October dropped closer to $1.80. That kind of swing matters for planning.
This pricing structure means a cow producing 60 pounds daily with average components generates different revenue than one producing 48 pounds at notably higher butterfat and protein tests. In many cases, that “lower-producing” high-component cow delivers more monthly value than her high-volume counterpart.
Recent USDA/NAHMS-based summaries indicate the typical overall cull rate runs about 37% of the lactating herd annually, with roughly 73% of those culls classified as involuntary in Northeast datasets—driven by reproductive failure, mastitis, and lameness. Penn State Extension reported similar figures. Extension specialists emphasize that moving more culling into the voluntary category (strategically removing low-IOFC cows rather than reacting to health breakdowns) improves long-term herd economics.
Here’s a number worth sitting with: it takes more than three lactations to recoup the cost of raising a replacement heifer—about $2,000 per head—but average productive life currently runs about 2.7 lactations. That gap between investment and return is where considerable money quietly disappears.
Precision Feeding Implementation
Emerging technology enables individual-cow nutritional optimization rather than pen-based feeding. While still early in adoption, farms implementing precision feeding systems report meaningful gains in milk income minus feed costs, with results varying by implementation quality and starting-point efficiency.
Systems like Nedap or SCR by Allflex integrate with automated milking and grain dispensers, continuously analyzing individual cow data to optimize nutrient delivery. Initial investment varies significantly by herd size and configuration, representing a substantial capital commitment for mid-size operations.
Early adopters are building optimization data that compounds into structural advantages as the technology matures. This isn’t something you implement overnight—farms report 12-18 months before fully realizing efficiency gains.
The Premium Market Reality
For struggling mid-size operations, “go premium” often sounds like an obvious solution. Organic, grass-fed, and A2 milk command notable premiums. So why not transition?
The economics prove more complicated than they appear.
Organic transition requires 2-3 years of certification, during which farms follow organic protocols while selling at conventional prices. Case studies and extension reports note that transition periods typically involve lower yields, higher purchased-feed costs, and additional capital investments. Producers and lenders describe the certification window as a period of thinner or negative margins, with favorable returns often appearing only after full certification and stable market access.
That’s a considerable risk for farms already under financial pressure.
Market access presents additional challenges. Organic Valley, the largest organic dairy cooperative, added 84 farms to its membership in 2023—meaningful, but limited given interest levels. What’s encouraging for the broader market: USDA AMS data show organic fluid milk accounting for around 7.1% of total U.S. fluid milk sales by early 2024-2025, up from 3.3% in 2010. The market continues growing, but processor capacity limits how quickly supply can expand.
Regional dynamics matter considerably. Premium markets concentrate near urban population centers. A farm in central Wisconsin faces different market access than one in Pennsylvania’s Lehigh Valley or New York’s Hudson Valley. Transportation costs for specialty products often determine viability as much as production capability.
Regional Realities: How Geography Shapes Options
The geographic dimension of this profitability divide deserves more attention than it typically receives. Recent USDA data shows milk production expanding in parts of the High Plains—Texas reached 699,000 head of dairy cows this year, the most in the state since 1958, according to the USDA. Production in Texas has increased approximately 8-10% year-over-year.
Meanwhile, California output has flattened under higher costs, water constraints, and tightening environmental regulations. I recently spoke with a Central Valley producer running 1,200 cows who noted their cost structure has shifted dramatically—water costs alone have nearly doubled over five years, and labor competition keeps pushing wages higher.
Mid-size operations in expanding regions face structural disadvantages when competing with neighbors that are rapidly adding scale. Your region shapes strategic options more than generic industry advice typically acknowledges.
Understanding Decision Timelines
For operations facing compressed margins without premium market access or scale advantages, understanding realistic timelines becomes essential. This is difficult territory, I know. For families who’ve farmed for generations, these calculations extend beyond spreadsheets to identity, legacy, and community.
Industry data from Farm Credit Services and agricultural lenders suggests the progression from sustained negative margins to necessary transition decisions typically spans 18-36 months, depending on starting financial position.
Months 1-6: Working capital reserves absorb losses. Operators often don’t recognize the structural nature of the challenge—it feels like a temporary downturn, another cycle to ride out.
Months 6-12: Operating lines get drawn, and lenders request more frequent reporting. Equity erosion accelerates in ways that become clear on balance sheets.
Months 12-18: The decision window opens. Farms acting during this period typically preserve substantially more equity through planned transitions—strategic sales to neighboring operations, partnership restructuring, or managed wind-downs.
After month 18: Options narrow significantly. Crisis liquidation scenarios preserve far less—often a difference of hundreds of thousands of dollars.
What economists and lenders consistently emphasize: timing matters as much as the decisions themselves. Farms that recognize structural challenges early and act decisively preserve substantially more equity than those that wait for conditions to improve.
The Labor Factor Reshaping Everything
Beyond financial metrics, labor availability increasingly shapes farm viability in ways that profitability data doesn’t fully capture. This is something I’ve been watching closely, and the implications concern me.
National Milk Producers Federation research (conducted by Texas A&M) found that immigrant employees make up about 51% of the U.S. dairy workforce, with farms employing immigrant labor contributing roughly 79% of the nation’s milk supply. UW-Extension confirmed these figures remain current in their 2024 workforce research. Unlike seasonal crop agriculture, dairy can’t access H-2A visa programs—the program specifically excludes year-round operations. This leaves the industry uniquely exposed to changes in immigration policy.
What I’m noticing among top-performing operations is aggressive automation investment—not primarily for current efficiency gains, but as hedges against labor volatility. Automated milking systems, robotic feeders, and activity monitoring reduce labor dependency while maintaining or improving productivity.
For mid-size operations, meaningful automation investments require careful analysis. But farms that view automation solely through current efficiency metrics may be underweighting the risk-management dimension.
Practical Guidance Based on Where You Stand
Understanding these dynamics creates opportunities for informed decision-making. Here’s how I’d think about next steps based on the current situation.
For operations with 18+ months of financial runway:
Take beef-on-dairy seriously as a revenue strategy—budget $35-55 per head for genomic testing and expect 2-3 breeding cycles before full optimization
Know your actual cost-of-production within a dollar per hundredweight
Consider organizational partnerships—shared services, consulting relationships, and peer learning groups provide capacity that individual operations struggle to build alone
Evaluate automation economics as risk management, not just efficiency
For operations facing immediate financial pressure:
Act earlier rather than later—the equity preservation difference between early and delayed decisions often runs hundreds of thousands of dollars
Understand your full range of options—strategic sales, partnership structures, and planned transitions typically preserve more value than crisis liquidations
Engage advisors before crisis mode, not during
Look at succession realistically—if it’s uncertain, that should factor into timing decisions
For operations positioned for growth:
The acquisition environment favors prepared buyers with capital access and clear expansion plans
Infrastructure quality matters more than simple herd additions
Acquiring cows from liquidating operations while building modern infrastructure often outperforms acquiring aging facilities
Questions Worth Discussing With Your Advisor
What’s our precise break-even milk price, and how does it compare to current projections?
Are we capturing full value from our genetic program through beef-on-dairy or other strategies?
What’s our debt service coverage ratio, and what milk price would put us below 1.0?
Do we have a written plan for labor disruption scenarios?
If we needed to transition the operation in 18 months, what would that look like?
The Bottom Line
The profitability divide reshaping American dairy isn’t primarily about who works hardest or cares most about their cows. It’s about structural economics, organizational capacity, and strategic positioning in a rapidly evolving industry.
Understanding these dynamics won’t guarantee any particular outcome—but it helps you make decisions with a clear vision. And in an industry where timing and positioning increasingly determine outcomes, that understanding may be the most valuable asset available.
Key Takeaways:
The gap is structural, not cyclical. Mid-size dairies face up to $16/cwt in cost disadvantages that longer hours can’t close—driven by differences in labor efficiency, purchasing power, and organizational capacity.
750 cows is the new 100. Operations running 250-1,000 cows are caught in economic no-man’s land: too large to run on family labor, too small to support specialized management teams.
Three strategies are creating real separation: Beef-on-dairy breeding, adding significant calf revenue, component-driven culling optimized for current pricing, and precision feeding that compounds gains over time.
Timing matters more than optimism. Farms acting early in financial stress preserve substantially more equity than those waiting for conditions to improve—often by hundreds of thousands of dollars.
Labor is the underpriced risk. With immigrant workers comprising 51% of dairy labor and producing 79% of U.S. milk, workforce disruption could reshape the industry faster than consolidation.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Robotic Milking Revolution: Why Modern Dairy Farms Are Choosing Automation in 2025 – Examines how automation creates a critical ROI for mid-size herds (200-500 cows) by slashing labor costs by 40% while boosting milk quality. It reveals how shifting from labor management to data-driven decision-making protects operations against the shrinking workforce.
Verification Confirmation: All URLs have been tested for functionality and content accessibility. Each article was published in 2025, ensuring maximum relevance to current market conditions and the strategic challenges outlined in the main piece.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
4.2 million on GLP-1 drugs just shifted dairy demand. Yogurt up 3x. Cheese down 7%. Your protein premiums won’t last past 2027.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Right now, the same tanker of milk earns $10,755 more monthly at a cheese plant than a butter plant—that’s the historic $4.78 Class III-IV spread talking. Here’s why it matters: processors invested $10 billion in capacity designed for 3.35% protein milk, but they’re getting 3.25%, forcing them to import protein at $6.50/lb while offering domestic producers $3-5/cwt premiums. Smart farms are already cashing in through amino acid programs (paying back in 60 days), beef-on-dairy breeding ($950 extra per calf), and direct processor contracts. Add 4.2 million new GLP-1 patients needing triple the yogurt, and this protein shortage has legs through 2026. But genetics will catch up by 2027, making this an 18-month window. Your first move: enroll in DMC by December 20th—$7,500 buys up to $50,000 in margin protection when Class III corrects.
Monday morning’s USDA Milk Production Report delivered some surprising news that I think reveals one of the most significant opportunities we’ve seen in years. You know how September production hit 18.99 billion pounds—up 4.2% from last year? Well, our national herd expanded by 235,000 head to reach 9.58 million cows, which is the largest we’ve had since 1993.
And here’s what caught my attention: within 48 hours of that report, December through February Class III contracts on the CME dropped toward $16 flat, yet whey protein concentrate is holding steady at $3.85 per pound according to the latest Dairy Market News.
What I’ve found, analyzing these component value spreads and the processing capacity situation, is that we’re looking at opportunities worth hundreds of millions of dollars across the industry. The farms recognizing these signals over the next year and a half… well, they could find themselves in much stronger positions than those who don’t.
When Component Values Don’t Make Sense Anymore
Let me share what’s happening with the Class III-IV spread—it hit $4.78 per hundredweight this week. That’s the widest gap we’ve ever had in Federal Order history, based on the CME futures data from November 13th.
You probably already know this, but for a 1,000-cow operation averaging 75 pounds daily, that’s a $10,755 monthly difference in revenue. Just depends on whether your milk heads to cheese or butter-powder processing. We’re talking real money here.
What’s even more dramatic is the component breakdown. USDA’s weekly report from November 13th shows whey protein concentrate at 34% protein trading at $3.85 per pound. But WPC80 instant? That’s commanding $6.35 per pound, and whey protein isolate reaches $10.70. Meanwhile—and this is what gets me—CME spot butter closed Friday at just $1.58 per pound.
I’ve been around long enough to remember when these components traded pretty much at parity. This protein-to-fat value ratio of about 2.44:1… that’s not your normal market fluctuation. It’s fundamentally different.
Here’s what the dairy market’s showing us right now:
Class III futures sitting at $16.07-16.84/cwt through Q1 2026
Class IV futures stuck in the mid-$14s
That record $4.78/cwt Class III-IV spread
Whey products are at historically high premiums
Butter near multi-year lows, even with strong exports
The Processing Puzzle: Creating Opportunities
What’s interesting here is that between 2023 and 2025, processors committed somewhere around $10-11 billion to new milk processing capacity across the country—the International Dairy Foods Association has been tracking all this. We’re seeing major investments: Leprino Foods and Hilmar Cheese each building facilities to handle 8 million pounds daily, Chobani’s $1.2 billion Rome, NY plant, which they announced in 2023, plus that $650 million ultrafiltered dairy beverage facility Fairlife and Coca-Cola broke ground on in Webster, NY, last year.
Now, these plants were all engineered with specific assumptions about milk composition. The equipment manufacturers—Tetra Pak, GEA, those folks—they design systems expecting milk with 3.8-4.0% butterfat and 3.3-3.5% protein. That’s what everything was sized for.
But what’s actually showing up at the dock? Federal Order test data from September shows milk testing 4.40% butterfat but only 3.25% protein. That 17% deviation from design specs creates all sorts of operational headaches.
You see, cheese yields suffer because the casein networks can’t trap all that excess butterfat during coagulation—there’s been good research on this in the dairy science journals. One Midwest plant manager I spoke with—he couldn’t go on record, company policy—but he mentioned they’re dealing with reprocessing costs running $150,000-200,000 monthly, depending on facility size.
The result? According to USDA Foreign Agricultural Service trade data from July, U.S. imports of skim milk powder jumped 419% year-over-year through the first seven months of 2025. Processors are literally importing milk protein concentrate at $4.50-6.50 per pound—paying premium prices for components that domestic milk isn’t providing in the right concentrations.
The GLP-1 Factor Nobody Saw Coming
Looking at Medicare’s new GLP-1 coverage expansion, they enrolled 4.2 million patients in just two weeks after announcing medication prices would drop from around $1,000 monthly to $245 for Medicare Part D participants. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services released those enrollment numbers on November 14th.
These medications—Ozempic, Wegovy—they dramatically change what people can tolerate eating. Consumer tracking research shows cheese consumption drops around 7% in GLP-1 households, butter falls nearly 6%, but yogurt consumption? It runs three times higher than the typical American rate. These patients, they can’t physically handle high-fat foods the way they used to.
The nutritional requirements are pretty specific, too. Bariatric surgery guidelines recommend patients get 1.0-1.5 grams of protein per kilogram of body weight daily to preserve muscle mass during weight loss. For someone weighing 200 pounds, that’s 91-136 grams of protein every day.
With potentially 6.7 million Medicare beneficiaries eligible, according to Congressional Budget Office projections, we’re looking at roughly 38 million pounds of additional whey protein demand annually. And that’s just from this one demographic.
What’s Working for Farms Right Now
Quick Wins (Next 60 Days)
What I’m seeing with precision amino acid balancing is really encouraging. Dr. Charles Schwab from the University of New Hampshire has been recommending targeting lysine at 7.2-7.5% of metabolizable protein and methionine at 2.4-2.5%. Farms implementing this are seeing 0.10-0.15% protein gains within 60-75 days—that’s based on DHI testing data from operations in Wisconsin and New York.
For your typical 200-cow herd in the Upper Midwest or Northeast, that translates to about $2,618-3,435 monthly in improved component values at current Federal Order prices. Plus, you avoid those Federal Order deductions when the 3.3% protein minimum kicks in on December 1st.
The cost? It costs about $900-1,500 per month for rumen-protected amino acids from suppliers like Kemin, Adisseo, or Evonik. Pretty straightforward return on investment if you ask me.
On the calf side, beef-on-dairy’s generating immediate cash. The Agricultural Marketing Service reported on November 11th that crossbred calves are averaging $1,400 at auction while Holstein bulls bring $350-450. So a 200-cow operation breeding their bottom 35%—that’s 70 cows—captures an additional $70,000 annually.
Several producers I know in Kansas and Texas are forward-selling spring 2026 calves at $1,150-$1,200, with locked prices. That provides working capital for other investments, which is crucial right now.
Strategic Medium-Term Moves
What’s proving interesting is how some farms approach processors directly rather than waiting for co-op negotiations. I know several operations in Vermont and upstate New York that secured $18.50-20.00/cwt contracts for milk testing above 3.35% protein. That’s a $3.00-5.50 premium over standard Federal Order pricing.
The genetics side is evolving quickly, too. Select Sires’ August proof run data shows that farms using sexed semen from A2A2 bulls with strong protein profiles—+0.08 to +0.12%—are well positioned for the late-2027 market when these animals enter production. Bulls like 7HO14158 BRASS and 7HO14229 TAHITI combine A2A2 status with solid protein transmission according to Holstein Association genomic evaluations.
Out in New Mexico, one producer working with a regional yogurt processor mentioned they’re getting similar premiums for consistent 3.4% protein milk. “The processor needs reliability more than volume,” she told me. “They’re willing to pay for it.” That Southwest perspective shows these opportunities aren’t just limited to traditional dairy regions.
The Jersey Question
Now, I realize suggesting Jersey cattle to Holstein producers usually gets some eye rolls. But here’s what successful operations are doing—they’re not converting whole herds. They’re introducing 25-50 Jersey or Jersey-Holstein crosses as test groups.
One Vermont producer I talked with added 40 Jerseys last year and is seeing interesting results. These animals naturally produce 3.8-4.0% protein milk and carry 60-92% A2A2 beta-casein genetics according to Jersey breed association data.
Yes, Jerseys produce 20-25% less volume. But they also eat 25-30% less feed based on university feeding trials. When you run the full economic analysis—feed costs, milk volume, component premiums—several farms report net advantages of $1.90-3.30 per cow daily.
Of course, results vary by region. What works in Vermont might not pencil out in California’s Central Valley or Idaho. You’ve got to run your own numbers.
A central Wisconsin producer running 600 Holsteins told me last week: “I’ve got too much invested in facilities and equipment sized for Holsteins to start mixing in Jerseys. For my operation, focusing on amino acids and genetics within my Holstein herd makes more sense.” And that’s a valid perspective—it really does depend on your specific situation.
Down in Georgia, another producer with 350 cows mentioned they’re seeing entirely different dynamics. “Our heat stress issues mean Jerseys actually perform better than Holsteins during summer months,” she said. “The component premiums plus heat tolerance make them work for us.” Regional differences matter.
Timing the Market: When Windows Close
Beef-on-Dairy Reality Check
Here’s something to watch carefully. Patrick Linnell at CattleFax shared projections at their October outlook conference showing beef-on-dairy calf numbers reaching 5-6 million by 2026. That would be 15% of the entire fed cattle market, up from essentially zero in 2014.
October already gave us a warning when USDA-AMS reported that prices had dropped from $1,400 to $1,204 per head in just a few weeks. Linnell tells me the premium, averaging $1,050 per calf, will likely shrink significantly as supply increases. His advice? Lock forward contracts now at $1,150-1,200 for 2026 calf crops. Once the market gets oversupplied, we could see prices settling at $900-1,050 by late 2026. Still better than Holstein bull prices, but not today’s windfall.
The Heifer Shortage Nobody’s Prepared For
Ben Laine, CoBank’s dairy economist, published some concerning modeling in their August 27th outlook. We’re looking at 796,334 fewer dairy replacement heifers through 2026 before any recovery begins in 2027.
This creates an interesting dynamic in which beef calves might be worth $900-1,050, while replacement heifers cost $3,500-4,000 or more. For a 200-cow operation needing 40 replacements annually, that’s $150,000 for heifers, while your beef calf revenue only brings in $136,500. That’s a $13,500 gap that really squeezes cash flow.
Farms implementing sexed semen programs now can produce their own replacements for $45,000-60,000 in raising costs, according to University of Wisconsin dairy management budgets. Those still buying heifers in 2027? They’ll be paying premium prices that could strain even healthy operations.
Why European Competition Isn’t the Threat
With European butter storage at 94% capacity according to EU Commission data from November, and global production up 3.8% per Rabobank’s Q4 report, you might wonder—why won’t cheap imports flood our market?
Well, USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service analysis from October shows U.S. dairy tariffs add 10-15% to European MPC landed costs. Container freight from Europe runs $800-1,200 per 20-foot unit—that’s roughly $0.04-0.06 per pound based on the Freightos Baltic Index from November. When you add it up, European MPC lands here at $4.74-5.33 per pound. Not really undercutting domestic prices.
Plus, companies like Fonterra and Arla are pivoting toward Asian markets where they get better prices without tariff hassles. Fonterra announced in August that it’s selling its global consumer business to Lactalis for NZ$4.22 billion ($2.44 billion USD) to focus on B2B ingredients for Asian and Middle Eastern markets.
Though I should mention, one California dairyman running 800 cows pointed out that trade dynamics can shift quickly. What protects us today might not tomorrow. That’s a fair perspective worth monitoring.
Surviving the Next 90 Days
With Class III futures at $16.07-16.84 according to CME closing prices from November 15th, and many operations facing breakeven costs of $13.50-15.00 based on October profitability analysis, margins are tight. Really tight.
Creative Financing That Works
FBN announced in November that they’re offering 0% interest through September 2026 on qualifying purchases—that includes amino acids and nutrition products. No cash upfront, payments due next March after your protein improvements show in milk checks. Farm Credit Canada offers similar programs with terms of 12-18 months, according to its 2025 program guidelines.
For beef-on-dairy, several feedlots are doing interesting things with forward contracts. One Kansas feedlot operator pre-sells 40-50 spring calves at $1,300 with a 50% advance payment. That generates $26,000-$32,500 in January working capital—enough for Jersey purchases or to cover operating expenses during tight months.
Some processors are even offering advances against future protein premiums. I’ve heard of deals—companies prefer not to be named—where they’ll provide $15,000-20,000 upfront against a 24-36 month high-protein supply agreement. The advance recovers through small deductions from premium payments.
Critical December Dates
Here’s what you need on your calendar:
December 1st: Federal Order 3.3% minimum protein requirement takes effect. If you’re testing below that, deductions start immediately.
December 20th: DMC enrollment deadline for 2026 coverage. Some states have earlier deadlines—check with your local FSA office this week.
December 31st: Last day to lock beef-on-dairy forward contracts for Q1 2026 delivery at most feedlots.
The One Decision That Can’t Wait: DMC Enrollment
If you take nothing else from this discussion, please hear this: enroll in Dairy Margin Coverage at $9.50/cwt before December 20th.
At $7,500 for 5 million pounds of Tier 1 coverage, DMC provides crucial protection. Mark Stephenson from the University of Wisconsin found that 13 of the last 15 years delivered positive net benefits at $9.50 coverage. With margins at $5.07-6.34/cwt based on current milk and feed prices, and production growing 4.2%, the odds of needing this protection in early 2026 are pretty high.
Think about it—if margins drop to $9.00/cwt with Class III at $15.50, you’d receive $25,000. Drop to $8.50/cwt? That generates a $50,000 payment according to the DMC calculator. When’s the last time $7,500 bought you that kind of downside protection?
Looking at the Bigger Picture
What we’re seeing here isn’t just another market cycle. Dr. Marin Bozic at the University of Minnesota characterizes these conditions as a significant structural shift—the kind that happens maybe once in a generation. You’ve got mismatched processing capacity, changing consumer preferences accelerated by weight-loss drugs, and genetics still catching up to new realities, all converging at once.
The arbitrage opportunities won’t last forever—that’s just how markets work. Current trajectories suggest beef-on-dairy saturates by mid-2026, protein premiums moderate by 2027, and heifer shortages resolve by 2028. But for producers acting strategically over the next 18-24 months, there’s a real opportunity to strengthen operations.
The November 10th production report showing 4.2% growth might seem like bad news at first glance. But understanding component economics and arbitrage opportunities actually illuminates a path forward. The math is compelling—it’s really about positioning yourself to take advantage.
Key Actions This Week
Looking at everything we’ve discussed, here’s what I’d prioritize:
This Week’s Must-Do List:
Call your FSA office about DMC enrollment—deadline’s December 20th, but varies by state
Get quotes on rumen-protected amino acids and ask about input financing terms
Contact at least three feedlot buyers about spring 2026 calf contracts
Schedule meetings with specialty processors within 50 miles
Planning Through 2026:
Target 3.35-3.40% protein through nutrition management
Consider sexed semen on your top 40% for A2A2 and protein traits
Evaluate a small Jersey trial group if facilities and regional economics align
Keep an eye on protein contract opportunities above $2.50/cwt
Risk Management Priorities:
Watch beef calf forward pricing—below $1,150 means reassessing your breeding program
Monitor heifer prices in your area—over $3,200 signals a serious shortage ahead
Track processor premium offers—lock anything over $2.50/cwt
Review component tests monthly and adjust accordingly
What other producers are telling me is that the farms coming out ahead won’t necessarily have perfect strategies. They’ll be the ones bridging the next 90 days through smart financing and risk management while these component markets sort themselves out.
DMC enrollment alone could make the difference between staying in business and having difficult conversations with your lender come February.
You know, this opportunity window is real, but it won’t stay open indefinitely. The clock’s ticking—DMC enrollment ends December 20th, and every day you wait on strategic decisions is a day your competition might be moving ahead. The question isn’t whether these opportunities exist… it’s whether you’re positioned to capture them.
And that’s something worth thinking about over your next cup of coffee.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
DMC by Dec 20 (Non-Negotiable): $7,500 premium buys $25,000-50,000 protection when Class III corrects—enrollment closes in 33 days
Protein Boost Pays Fast: Amino acids cost $1,200/month, deliver 0.15% protein gain in 60 days, return $3,000+ monthly for 200 cows
Beef-on-Dairy Has 12-Month Window: Today’s $1,400 calves drop to $900-1,050 by late 2026—lock $1,150+ contracts now
Chase Processor Premiums: Direct contracts pay $3-5/cwt for 3.35%+ protein milk, but only through 2027 as capacity fills
The Math Is Clear: $4.78 Class III-IV spread = $10,755/month extra at cheese plants. This historic gap closes within 18-24 months.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
The GLP-1 Gold Rush: Why Dairy Protein is Pharma’s New Best Friend – Dives deeper into the “GLP-1 Factor,” showing how new consumer health trends are creating a massive protein market and why selecting for specific genetic traits like A2A2 and high protein deviation is the key to capturing premiums.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
36% of your calves fail passive transfer. Each one loses marbling potential worth $200-300—permanently.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: That healthy-looking beef-cross calf that recovered from early sickness? It’s already lost $200-300 in value—permanently. Penn State’s new research tracking 143 calves proves early BRD reduces marbling by 7%, even after complete weight recovery. The stark reality: zero BRD calves achieved Prime grade, compared with seven healthy calves. The damage occurs during days 150-250 of life when marbling cells form; miss this window, and no amount of feeding can fix it. With 36% of calves failing passive transfer and beef-cross revenue reaching six figures annually, these hidden losses demand attention. Three simple interventions—$100 colostrum testing, holding calves for 7-10 days before shipping, and enhanced early nutrition—can save $5,000-7,500 per 100 calves per year.
You know that relief when a sick calf turns the corner—starts eating again, brightens up, begins gaining weight like nothing happened? It’s one of those moments that reminds us why we do what we do. But here’s what’s interesting: emerging research suggests these apparent recoveries might not tell the whole story.
I recently had the opportunity to review preliminary findings from Penn State University that made me rethink respiratory disease in beef-cross calves. Graduate student Ingrid Fernandes and her team tracked 143 calves from two Pennsylvania dairies all the way through to slaughter. What they found—presented at the 2024 American Dairy Science Association meeting and currently undergoing peer review—was that calves with early respiratory disease showed about 7% lower marbling scores at slaughter, even though they’d completely recovered their weight.
Now, I’ll be honest—this specific research is still awaiting publication. But what struck me is how it aligns with what we already know about inflammatory responses and fat cell development from decades of established science. The biological mechanisms make sense, and that’s worth considering as we think about managing these increasingly valuable calves.
The Current Reality with Beef-Cross Calves
Let’s talk about what’s happening on farms right now. If you’re like most producers I speak with—whether in California’s Central Valley or here in Wisconsin—beef-cross calves have become a pretty significant revenue stream. The transformation over the past five years has been remarkable.
According to industry reports, beef semen sales to dairy farms are up substantially year-over-year. Some regions are seeing beef semen used in 35% to 50% of breedings, with progressive operations pushing even higher. That’s a huge shift from where we were just a few years ago.
Beef-on-dairy has exploded from a $100 afterthought to a $1,400 revenue driver—but only producers with quality management capture top premiums
Think about it this way: a 500-cow dairy breeding 40% to beef generates roughly 100 crossbred calves annually. At current market values—and you know these prices better than anyone—we’re talking about revenue streams often reaching six figures. That’s meaningful money when margins are tight.
What concerns me is the potential for hidden losses we can’t see. The National Animal Health Monitoring System’s most recent dairy study shows respiratory disease affects somewhere between 22% and 37% of calves, depending on management and region. These percentages can vary significantly—operations in dry climates may see lower baseline BRD rates, while humid regions often struggle more.
With more than one in three calves failing passive transfer, dairy producers are unknowingly hemorrhaging thousands in hidden marbling losses before calves even leave the farm
When you combine that with emerging research on the impacts of marbling… well, the numbers add up quickly.
ECONOMIC IMPACT AT A GLANCEBased on Penn State preliminary findings and current market conditions:
For a 100-Calf Operation:
Assume 25% BRD incidence (25 calves affected)
Potential marbling loss: $200-300 per affected calf
Annual hidden loss: $5,000-7,500
Comprehensive Management Investment:
Enhanced colostrum protocols: $5/calf
Extended pre-transport holding: $40/calf
Improved nutrition program: $30-35/calf
Total investment: $7,500-8,000 per 100 calves
Break-even point: Preventing BRD in just 20-30% of at-risk calves
What We Know About the Biology
Here’s where the science gets interesting—and actually pretty well-established. Researchers like Dr. Min Du at Washington State University have spent years documenting how fat cells develop in cattle muscle. There’s this critical window, roughly 150 to 250 days of age, when intramuscular adipocytes—those are the fat cells that create marbling—are actually forming.
The marbling window (days 150-250) is beef-cross calves’ one shot at forming intramuscular fat cells—BRD during this period causes permanent, unfixable damage
After that window closes? You can make existing fat cells bigger through feeding, but you can’t create new ones. It’s a one-shot deal.
Now, what happens when a calf gets respiratory disease during this window? The inflammatory response—all those cytokines the immune system produces to fight infection—essentially shuts down fat cell formation. Even after the calf recovers, gains weight normally, looks perfect… those fat cells that should’ve formed during the illness just aren’t there.
The Penn State team documented exactly this pattern. Their BRD-affected calves initially lost about a third of a pound per day in growth through 80 days of age. Nothing surprising there. But by 238 days? They’d caught entirely up, actually weighed slightly more than healthy calves.
Every measure we use on-farm suggested complete recovery.
Yet at slaughter, 34% of healthy calves graded High Choice or Prime, while only 14% of BRD calves hit those grades. Seven healthy calves made Prime. Zero BRD calves achieved Prime. Not one.
Even after full weight recovery, BRD-affected beef-cross calves show devastating marbling losses—zero achieved Prime grade vs. seven healthy calves in Penn State study
The Technology That Could Help (But Mostly Isn’t)
What really caught my attention in the Penn State work was their use of thoracic ultrasound. They were finding lung consolidation in calves that looked perfectly healthy—no fever, eating fine, acting normal.
Dr. Theresa Ollivett and her team at the University of Wisconsin-Madison have been pioneering this approach for years. The same portable ultrasound that many vets already use for preg checks can scan lungs in under a minute. The accuracy is impressive—we’re talking about 88% to 94% sensitivity in published studies.
I understand the hesitation, though. Another technology, another investment, and right now the market isn’t paying premiums for “ultrasound-verified healthy” calves.
A portable unit runs $5,000 to $8,000, and scanning adds a few dollars per calf when you factor in time. Without clear economic returns, it’s a tough sell.
I realize many of you are dealing with labor shortages that make extra protocols challenging. But here’s what I’m seeing: some progressive operations are using it anyway, just to understand what’s really happening in their calf barns. One veterinarian in central Pennsylvania told me she’s finding subclinical lung lesions in about 30% of calves that would otherwise have gone undetected.
That’s… significant.
Management Approaches Worth Considering
So what can we actually do with this information? I’ve been talking with producers, trying different approaches, and a few things keep coming up.
Intervention
Investment per 100 Calves
Immediate Outcome
Return on Investment
Colostrum Testing (Brix Refractometer)
$100 (one-time equipment)
90% passive transfer success
Prevents 16+ FPT cases
Hold Calves 7-10 Days Pre-Shipping
$4,000-6,000 (holding costs)
Mortality drops from 4% to 2%
Saves 2 calves @ $1,000+ each
Enhanced Early Nutrition (High-Protein MR)
$3,000-3,500 ($30-35/calf)
Protects marbling development
$100-150 return per calf at harvest
Transportation Timing Matters More Than We Thought
Research from Dr. David Renaud’s group at the University of Guelph has been eye-opening. Calves transported at 7 to 19 days old consistently show better health outcomes than those moved at 2 to 6 days. Each extra day on the source farm seems to help.
Now, I get it—holding calves costs money. Extension budgets suggest about $5 to $6 per day. For a farm shipping 100 beef-cross calves annually, holding each an extra week adds up to real money.
But here’s what’s interesting: producers who’ve made the switch are seeing enough reductions in mortality and treatment costs to offset holding expenses nearly.
One Minnesota producer told me that going to a 10-day minimum shipping age dropped his mortality from over 4% to under 2%. Treatment costs fell by about $15 per calf. Not quite breaking even on the holding costs, but getting close.
And if there really is a long-term impact on marbling? That changes the math completely.
Getting Serious About Colostrum
This feels almost too basic to mention, but the data keeps pointing back to it. The NAHMS Dairy 2022 study found that 36.5% of calves don’t achieve adequate passive transfer. That’s more than a third of calves starting life immunologically compromised.
Testing colostrum with a Brix refractometer—you can get one for about $100—takes seconds. Operations that have implemented systematic testing and adjusted protocols based on results are seeing dramatic improvements.
One Pennsylvania dairy improved their passive transfer success rate from 75% to over 90%. Treatment costs dropped by a third in the first year.
What’s encouraging is that this pays off regardless of any future marbling considerations. Healthier calves that need fewer treatments… that’s immediate economic benefit.
Nutrition During the Critical Window
There’s growing interest in how pre-weaning nutrition might influence marbling development. The thinking—and it makes biological sense—is that adequate nutrition during that 150 to 250-day window when fat cells are forming could make a difference.
Some operations are moving to higher planes of nutrition, feeding 20% to 22% protein milk replacer at higher rates. It costs an extra $30 to $35 per calf, which isn’t trivial.
But producers implementing these programs are documenting everything. They’re thinking that when the market eventually recognizes quality differences, they’ll have the data to prove their approach works.
THE MARBLING WINDOW: CRITICAL TIMING FOR INTERVENTIONS
Days 0-100: Foundation Phase
Colostrum quality determines immune competence
Early BRD has maximum impact on future marbling
Focus: Disease prevention, early detection
Days 100-250: Active Development Phase
Intramuscular fat cells are actively forming
Nutrition becomes critical
Focus: Adequate protein/energy, minimize stress
Days 250+: Maturation Phase
Fat cell numbers fixed
Only size can increase
Focus: Traditional feeding for finish
Where This Is All Heading
You know, this situation reminds me of how Certified Angus Beef developed. When CAB launched in 1978, most people thought it was just marketing. We’ve all seen “revolutionary” programs come and go, but CAB was different.
Within a decade, CAB cattle were commanding clear premiums—ranging from $5 to $8 per hundredweight and rising to current levels of $15 to $20 per hundredweight. Today, it’s a massive program moving over 2 billion pounds annually.
I think we’re at a similar inflection point with beef-cross calves. The biology shows there are quality differences based on early management. Technology exists to verify and track health. What’s missing—but starting to develop—is a market structure that rewards better management.
As many extension specialists are noting in recent meetings, the beef industry’s increasing focus on quality grades will inevitably influence how beef-cross calves are valued. We’re moving toward a system where documentation matters, where operations that can prove their management practices will capture premiums.
Dr. Tara Felix, beef specialist at Penn State Extension, recently emphasized this shift at a producer meeting: “The packers are already tracking quality variation in beef-cross cattle. It’s only a matter of time before that information flows back to calf pricing.”
Industry sources indicate that AI organizations and major beef companies are reportedly working on programs to recognize quality in health management. The direction seems clear: documentation and quality management will eventually influence value.
The question isn’t really whether this happens, but when and how quickly it happens.
Practical Thoughts for Different Operations
What makes sense for your operation really depends on where you’re at currently.
If you’re just starting to think about this, maybe begin with documentation. Track colostrum quality, health events, and when calves ship. Even without changing management, having baseline data positions you well.
If you’re ready to make changes, pick one or two that fit your resources. Maybe it’s implementing colostrum testing, or holding calves a few extra days, or adjusting nutrition. The key is choosing what works within your constraints.
For those already doing advanced calf management, consider building relationships with buyers who value quality. As markets evolve, operations with documented quality management will likely capture early premiums.
The investment—potentially $60 to $80 per calf for comprehensive changes—doesn’t have guaranteed returns today. But if the biological mechanisms are real (and the science strongly suggests they are), we’re already experiencing hidden losses from respiratory disease.
The question becomes whether to address them proactively or wait for market signals.
Looking Forward
The beef-on-dairy story has been one of the real successes in our industry recently. But this emerging understanding about respiratory disease impacts adds an important dimension. Managing for things we can’t immediately see—subclinical disease, cellular-level development, long-term quality—might prove just as important as the metrics we track daily.
What strikes me is that this isn’t really about the Penn State study specifically, though their work is valuable. It’s about recognizing that the biological mechanisms underlying hidden-quality impacts are real and documented across multiple species and decades of research.
Whether their specific 7% marbling reduction holds up in peer review almost doesn’t matter—the underlying biology tells us there’s something here worth paying attention to.
I’ve noticed operations making even small changes—better colostrum management, holding calves a bit longer—are seeing health improvements that justify the effort regardless of future quality premiums. Maybe that’s where we start: doing things that make sense today while positioning ourselves for whatever market structures develop tomorrow.
What excites me is that even small improvements we make now could position us perfectly when markets evolve. The dairy industry has always been about continuous improvement, finding marginal gains that add up over time.
This might be another one of those opportunities—not revolutionary, but important enough to consider as we manage these valuable beef-cross calves.
We’re in an interesting position right now. The science is telling us something important about the hidden impacts of quality. The market hasn’t caught up yet, but history suggests it will. Those who start adapting now—even with small steps—will likely be glad they did.
Every operation is different. Work with your veterinarian and nutritionist to develop protocols that fit your facilities, labor, and markets. What works great in one situation might need adjusting for another. Regional differences matter too—what makes sense in Wisconsin might need tweaking for operations in New Mexico or Idaho.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
The Hidden Loss “Recovered” BRD calves permanently lose 7% marbling worth $200-300 per head—damage is invisible until slaughter
The 150-Day Window Marbling cells form ONLY between days 150-250; respiratory disease during this period causes irreversible damage
Your Current Risk: With 36% passive transfer failure rates, a 100-calf operation is likely losing $5,000-7,500 annually right now
Three Simple Solutions: Test colostrum with $100 refractometer (90% success rate achievable)
Hold calves 7-10 days before shipping (cuts mortality 50%)
Enhance early nutrition for $30/calf (protects marbling development)
Future Opportunity Start documenting health management today—quality premiums similar to CAB’s $15-20/cwt are coming within 2-3 years
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
What Separates Top Beef-on-Dairy Programs from Average Ones – Go beyond just raising crossbreds and learn what separates top programs. This analysis reveals the specific documentation protocols, sire selection criteria, and buyer feedback loops that premium operations use to capture maximum value.
The $2.5 Billion Heat Stress Crisis Hiding in Your Calf Program? – Just as subclinical BRD causes hidden loss, this article exposes the massive economic damage from heat stress. It provides a technology-driven game plan, from THI monitors to betaine, to prevent long-term damage.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
26,000 dairy farms are expected to drop to 20,000 by 2028. Which side of that line are you on? Four numbers will tell you
Executive Summary: With milk stuck below $14/cwt through 2026 while global production rises 3-6%, this isn’t a downturn—it’s a restructuring. Five permanent changes (beef-on-dairy heifer shortage, China’s self-sufficiency, technology cost gaps, fixed-cost production traps, and processor overcapacity) mean the old recovery playbook is dead. Right now, mega-dairies operate at $13.80/cwt, niche producers capture $8-12 premiums, but mid-sized farms (500-1,500 cows) hemorrhage cash at $18-21/cwt. I’ve developed a four-number framework—true cost per cwt, liquidity runway, competitive investment ratio, and niche premium potential—that reveals your best path forward in minutes. Calculate these this week to determine whether you should expand, pivot to premium markets, or execute a strategic exit while you control the terms. The industry will shrink from 26,000 to 20,000 farms by 2028, but producers who act decisively in the next 90 days can still position themselves to thrive.
You know, I was checking the CME futures board this morning—Class IV milk sitting below $14/cwt all the way through February 2026—and it really got me thinking about what we’re all dealing with right now. Here’s what’s interesting: while we’re staring at these terrible prices, the production reports from early October show New Zealand’s up 3% year-over-year, Ireland’s pumping out nearly 6% more milk, and Belgium’s somehow surging 6.5%.
You’d think somebody would cut back, right? But they can’t. And that’s what makes this whole situation fundamentally different from anything we’ve weathered before.
The Profitability Death Zone: Only mega-dairies survive below $14/cwt milk prices while mid-size operations hemorrhage $5-7 per hundredweight
The Five Structural Changes We’re All Navigating Together
The Beef-on-Dairy Shift That’s Bigger Than We Realized
The Beef-on-Dairy Revolution: Farmers are choosing $1,000 in 7 days over $3,850 invested for 30 months—and it’s permanently shrinking the heifer pipeline by 700,000-800,000 head
So here’s something that’s really caught my attention—and I think most of us have been surprised by how big this has gotten. The National Association of Animal Breeders’ latest sales data shows beef semen sales to dairy operations jumped almost 18% last year alone. What started as a way to manage margins has become something much more structural.
I was talking with a producer in central Wisconsin last week—third-generation operation, really sharp guy—and he walked me through his breeding decisions. With those week-old beef-cross calves bringing $800 to $1,200 at regional auctions (I saw some exceptional ones hit $1,400 at Dairyland), and compare that to the $3,200 to $4,500 it costs to raise a replacement heifer to breeding age… well, the math’s pretty clear. Penn State Extension’s budgets back this up, though honestly, if you’re in an area with higher feed costs, you might be looking at even more.
What’s particularly worth noting is how this revenue stream—often covering 12-16% of total farm income—has become essential for cash flow, especially for making those monthly debt service payments. But here’s the thing that’s really starting to bite: once you commit to this breeding strategy, you’re locked in for at least 30 months. That’s just biology—you can’t speed up getting a heifer from conception to first lactation.
I was chatting with one of CoBank’s dairy economists at a meeting recently, and they’re suggesting the US dairy heifer inventory could shrink by 700,000 to 800,000 head through 2027. Even if milk prices doubled tomorrow—and let’s be honest, we all know they won’t—we simply can’t produce replacement heifers any faster than nature allows.
China’s Role Has Completely Changed
China’s Demand Collapse: The global dairy safety valve that rescued oversupply in 2009 and 2015 has permanently closed—imports down 30% while domestic production soars past 42 million tonnes
Remember how China always seemed to bail us out? You probably know this pattern—2009, 2015… we’d get oversupplied, prices would tank, and then Chinese demand would gradually soak up the excess. Well, that playbook’s done, and we need to accept it.
The China Dairy Industry Association’s data shows their per capita consumption dropped from 14.4 kg in 2021 to 12.4 kg in 2022, and from what I’m hearing from folks in the export business, it hasn’t bounced back. Meanwhile—and this is what’s really changed the game—their domestic production hit nearly 42 million tonnes in 2023. They actually exceeded their own government targets.
Looking at the customs data from August, whole milk powder imports into China were down over 30% year-over-year, while skim milk powder imports were down about 23%. I’ve noticed many of us still talk about Chinese demand “recovering,” but honestly? They’re dealing with their own oversupply while facing declining birth rates and changing dietary preferences among younger consumers. That safety valve we used to count on… it’s gone.
My neighbor just got quotes for a robotic milking system—both DeLaval and Lely are quoting $180,000 to $230,000 per unit right now. For his 500-cow operation, he’s looking at a minimum of $900,000 for the robots alone, plus another $200,000 for barn modifications. At current Farm Credit rates—which are running 7.5-8.5% for most of us with decent credit—that’s $85,000 to $90,000 annually just in debt service.
Now, the big dairies installing these systems are seeing real gains—8-10 pounds more milk per cow daily, plus labor savings of $60,000 to $80,000 annually per robot. But here’s what nobody wants to say out loud at the co-op meetings: the return on investment only works at scale. University of Minnesota Extension did this analysis showing robots can be profitable at $20 milk but lose significant money at $15. And where are prices heading?
A producer out in California shared something interesting with me last month—they’ve got 3,800 cows, and went fully robotic two years ago. “Best decision we ever made,” he said, “but only because we had the volume to spread those fixed costs. My neighbor with 600 cows? Same robots would bankrupt him at these prices.”
Why We Keep Milking Even When We’re Losing Money
This one puzzles a lot of people outside the industry, but if you’ve been doing this a while, you get it. Cornell’s Program on Dairy Markets and Policy explained it really well in one of their recent webinars—pasture-based systems like those in New Zealand and Ireland have completely different cost structures than our confinement operations here in the States.
DairyNZ’s economic surveys show their typical operation has variable costs around NZ$4.50 per kilogram of milk solids—that works out to roughly $7/cwt for us—but fixed costs that come to about $12/cwt. Think about that for a minute. When milk drops to $12/cwt, if they stop milking, they still owe that $12 in fixed costs, but lose the $5 that’s at least helping cover some of it. So they keep milking, even at a loss.
Irish producers are in the same boat. Teagasc’s reports show that Irish dairy farmers invested over €2.2 billion in expansion after the abolition of quotas in 2015. Those loans don’t just disappear when milk prices crash. The Central Bank of Ireland’s latest data shows 64% of Irish dairy farms carrying debt averaging over €117,000. You can’t just turn that off.
Processing Plants Running Half Empty
Here’s something that doesn’t get enough attention, but it’s affecting all of us. The International Dairy Foods Association has been tracking this—US processors have invested billions in new plant capacity over the last few years, expecting the kind of production growth we saw in the 2010s. But USDA’s Milk Production reports show we’re growing at maybe 0.4-0.5% annually. They built for 2-3% growth.
I was talking with a cheese plant manager in Wisconsin last month—won’t name names, but you’d know the company—and he put it pretty bluntly: “We’ve got a $45 million plant running at 60% capacity. We need milk, but we can’t pay farmers enough to make them profitable because Walmart won’t pay us more for cheese.”
That’s creating this weird dynamic where processors actually benefit from low farmgate prices as long as they can maintain their retail contracts. It’s not some conspiracy—it’s just economics playing out in a way that hurts us at the farm level.
Looking Back: Why This Isn’t Like 2009 or 2015
The Dairy Apocalypse Timeline: 21,809 farms wiped out between 2017-2028, with the steepest decline coming in the next 3 years as milk prices crater below break-even
It’s worth looking at how we got here, because understanding the differences helps explain why the old recovery patterns won’t work this time…
2009 was actually pretty straightforward. Lehman Brothers collapsed, credit markets froze, and people stopped buying. Class III went from $20 to $9 in six months. But once the economy recovered, so did we. By 2011, we were setting price records again.
2015 was about oversupply. The EU eliminated quotas on March 31st after 31 years. European production jumped 6% almost overnight. Russia banned imports. China had too much inventory. But eventually producers cut back, China started buying again, and markets found their balance within 18 months.
This time? We’ve got five structural changes all hitting at once. The beef-on-dairy heifer shortage that’s locked in for years. China is becoming self-sufficient rather than our backstop. Technology is creating cost gaps that can’t be bridged. Fixed costs that prevent production cuts. And processors built for growth that isn’t happening. There’s no single fix because these aren’t temporary problems—they’re permanent changes to how the industry works.
Seven Leading Indicators That’ll Signal the Turn
If you want to know when this market really turns—and I mean actually turns, not just bounces around—here’s what I’m keeping an eye on:
Weekly dairy cow slaughter – USDA reports every Thursday Looking for sustained rates 15-25% above year-ago levels for 8+ weeks. Currently running 5-8% below average. When slaughter spikes above 65,000 head weekly, that’s capitulation.
CME spot whey prices Holding at 71-72¢ while cheese crashed from $2.20 to $1.70/lb. Breaking above 75¢ signals genuine demand recovery.
Cold storage inventories October cheese shipments totaled 1.48 billion pounds, up 5.2% year-over-year. Need two consecutive months of meaningful drawdowns.
Export volumes Need 8-12% year-over-year growth to signal international demand strength. Currently flat to slightly positive.
Heifer inventory reports July 2026 USDA report will be critical—looking for the first stabilization since 2021.
Futures curve shape Currently in contango. Shift to backwardation signals near-term tightness.
Chapter 12 bankruptcy rates Up substantially in Q1 2025. Peak usual coincides with the market bottom.
Three Types of Operations Emerging from This
Based on what I’m seeing across the country—and USDA’s Census of Agriculture data backs this up—here’s how I think this shakes out by 2028:
The Big Operations Will Get Bigger
These operations with 5,000 to 25,000 cows aren’t just surviving—they’re actively expanding. I visited a 7,500-cow dairy near Amarillo recently that’s running all-in costs at $13.80/cwt. They’re buying herds from struggling neighbors at 60-70 cents on the dollar and integrating them pretty seamlessly.
With private equity backing and professional management teams—and look, I know how we all feel about that, but it’s the reality—these operations will probably control over half of US milk production within three years. They’re not the enemy; they’re just adapting to the economic reality we’re all facing.
Premium Niche Players Will Do Just Fine
The October Organic Dairy Market News shows organic certification still pays an $8-12/cwt premium over conventional. A friend of mine in Vermont—she’s got 95 cows, beautiful grass-fed operation—is getting $45-48/cwt selling directly to consumers through her on-farm store and a handful of local restaurants.
These operations compete on story and quality, not efficiency. If you’ve got the right location, marketing skills, and family commitment to make it work, this can be really successful. But let’s be realistic—it’s maybe 1,500 to 2,500 farms nationally that can pull this off.
I know a family in Pennsylvania—180 cows—who transitioned to organic three years ago. The husband told me over coffee last month: “We’re netting more on 180 organic than we ever did on 350 conventional. But man, those three transition years nearly broke us financially and emotionally, and my wife’s at farmers markets every Saturday and Wednesday year-round. It’s a complete lifestyle change.”
The Middle Is Really Struggling
This is hard to say, but if you’re running 500-1,500 cows producing commodity milk, the math is really challenging. Farm Credit’s benchmarking across multiple regions shows operations this size averaging $18-21/cwt in total costs. You’re $5-7 above the mega-dairies but can’t access the premiums that niche markets provide.
Between 2017 and 2022, USDA census data shows we lost 15,866 dairy farms while milk production increased by 5%. And honestly, that trend seems to be accelerating rather than slowing down.
Your Four-Number Reality Check
“We’ve got a $45 million plant running at 60% capacity. We need milk, but we can’t pay farmers enough to make them profitable because Walmart won’t pay us more for cheese.” – Wisconsin cheese plant manager
Look, I know nobody wants to do this kind of analysis when things are tough, but you really need to sit down—pour yourself a coffee—and work through these four calculations honestly:
1. Your True All-In Cost Per Hundredweight
Include everything—cash costs, debt service, family living draws, depreciation, and opportunity cost of your labor.
Under $16/cwt: You might make it work with expansion or efficiency gains
$16-18/cwt: You’re marginal—evaluate all options
$18-21/cwt: Need a transition plan within 12 months
Over $21/cwt: Everyday costs you equity
2. How Many Months of Runway Do You Have?
Available cash and credit divided by the monthly losses at $14 milk.
6+ months: Time to be strategic
3-6 months: Decide within 30 days
Under 3 months: Crisis mode—act immediately
3. What Would It Take to Get Competitive?
Investment required to reach $15/cwt divided by available capital.
If You’re a Survivor (costs under $17/cwt, 6+ months liquidity): Lock in feed costs now. Get maximum Dairy Revenue Protection. Model expansion scenarios. Position for Q2 2026 asset opportunities.
If You’re Facing an Exit (costs $18-22/cwt, limited liquidity): Consult an attorney confidentially. Get a professional appraisal. Gauge neighbor interest discreetly. Act before banks force decisions.
If You’re Considering a Niche (strong local market, family commitment): Start organic certification now (36-month process). Test farmers markets. Run realistic equipment costs. Ensure family buy-in.
If You’re in Crisis (under 3 months liquidity): Call an attorney today. Cull aggressively for cash. List sellable assets. Understand personal versus farm-only debt.
The Reality We’re Facing
What makes this downturn different is that all the traditional recovery mechanisms have changed. China’s not coming to rescue us from oversupply. The advantages of technology are growing, not shrinking. Fixed costs mean producers keep producing even when they’re losing money. And processing overcapacity creates all kinds of weird incentives that work against us.
The industry that emerges by 2028 will probably have 20,000 to 22,000 farms, down from about 26,000 today. Maybe 800 mega-dairies will produce 60% of our milk. Another 2,000 or so niche operations will serve premium markets. And the middle—those 500-1,500 cow operations that have been the backbone of dairy for generations—most of them will be gone.
If you’re in that middle tier, you’ve got maybe 90 days to make a strategic decision while you still have some control over the outcome. Calculate those four numbers. Be honest with yourself about what they tell you. Make your move.
Because by March, the producers who waited will wish they’d acted sooner. And I really don’t want you to be one of them. We’ve all worked too hard, sacrificed too much, to let this restructuring take everything from us.
Look, there’s still opportunity in this industry. But it’s going to look different than what most of us grew up with. Understanding that—and adapting to it while you still have options—that’s what’s going to separate those who thrive from those who just survive.
Stay strong, make smart decisions, and remember—there’s no shame in strategic change. There’s only shame in letting pride destroy what you’ve built.
Key Takeaways:
Your survival depends on four numbers: Calculate your true all-in cost/cwt, months of liquidity at $14 milk, investment needed to hit $15/cwt, and net premium from going niche—this week
The cost gap is unbridgeable: Mega-dairies operate at $13.80/cwt, small organic farms capture $45-48/cwt, but mid-size operations bleed cash at $18-21/cwt with no fix
Five permanent changes killed recovery: 72% beef-on-dairy locked through 2027, China down 30% on imports, tech ROI only at 2,000+ cows, fixed costs prevent production cuts, processors 40% overcapacity
90 days to choose your path: Expand to 2,500+ cows, transition to premium niche, or execute strategic exit—after March, banks choose for you
20,000 farms by 2028 (down from 26,000 today), but producers who act now can position themselves on the winning side
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
Beyond the Milk Check: How Dairy Operations Are Building $300,000 in New Revenue Today – This article provides immediate, tactical strategies for improving your “Four-Number” reality check, revealing how producers are adding six figures in revenue by optimizing beef-on-dairy sales, cutting feed shrink, and leveraging low-cost energy efficiencies.
U.S. Dairy Genetic Evaluations Set for Historic Reset in April 2025 – This piece details the innovative genetic tools that answer the main article’s strategic challenges, showing how to use the new Net Merit $ (NM$) index to breed more feed-efficient, high-value cows and escape the “struggling middle” trap.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Why Today’s Best Dairies Cull Healthy Cows That Could Produce for Years
Executive Summary: Wisconsin dairyman Eric Grotegut no longer culls cows in crisis—he replaces them strategically on “Monday afternoons,” capturing a $1,350 per head advantage that’s reshaping dairy economics nationwide. Despite cows being genetically capable of living 13 months longer than they did 20 years ago, the math now favors earlier replacement: while a third-lactation cow generates $234 in annual profit, her $350 genetic lag means a younger replacement creates $2,704 in value over three years. This shift, powered by genomic selection tripling genetic progress to $75 yearly, beef-on-dairy premiums of $370-400 per calf, and IVF technology approaching commercial viability, has created an unexpected crisis—heifer inventory down 18% with prices soaring from $1,720 to over $3,000. The optimization technology driving these decisions requires an annual investment of $26,000-78,000, achieving positive ROI only above 400 cows, accelerating consolidation that may reduce U.S. dairy farms from 26,000 to 15,000-18,000 by 2035. With environmental genomics launching in 2026-2027, producers face three paths: scale up to 600+ cows and embrace technology, develop specialized niches like organic or direct marketing, or exit strategically before 2030 while preserving asset value. The longevity paradox reveals a fundamental truth—in modern dairying, keeping cows longer often means keeping the operation shorter.
You know, there’s something that doesn’t quite add up when you really think about it. Our cows today are genetically capable of living 13.2 months longer than they did twenty years ago—that’s what the folks at CDCB showed us at the October meeting held during World Dairy Expo, saying we’ve gained about 4.7 months of productive life per decadethrough genetic selection. But here’s what’s interesting: many of the most progressive producers I know are actually replacing them earlier, not later.
Eric Grotegut, who runs 1,400 cows up in Wisconsin, said something at that meeting that really stuck with me.
“15 to 25 years ago, it seemed like I was selling cows every day for a lame cow, a mastitis cow, a pneumonia cow—something all the time. Now most cull cows are on Monday afternoon.”
Monday afternoon. That shift—from emergency culling to what Eric calls “Monday afternoon” strategic replacement—well, that tells you everything about how dairy economics have completely flipped in the last decade or so.
The Math That Changes Everything
So I’ve been digging into what the researchers call the Retention Payoff calculation, or RPO for short. Basically, you’re asking: does keeping this cow generate more profit than replacing her with a younger animal? And what I’ve found is…the numbers are surprisingly clear-cut.
Here’s how it breaks down in a real scenario that many of us face. You’ve got a third-lactation cow producing 68 pounds daily—decent production, no major health issues, right? She’s profitable, generating about $234 in annual profit above her direct costs, according to the Wisconsin Extension models. So, naturally, you’d think, why would anyone replace her?
Component
Mature Cow
Replacement Heifer (3 Years)
Annual Profit Above Costs
$234 (with $350 genetic lag at $75/yearprogress)
Year 1: $97Year 2: $720Year 3: $1,031
Genetic Opportunity Cost
$233/year (USDA analysis)
No lag—current genetics
Net Present Value
$1,353 (over 3 years)
$2,704
Bottom Line Advantage
—
$1,350 more value from replacement
Here’s what’s really happening, though. That cow carries genetics from roughly 4-5 years ago, which means she’s about $350 behind current genetic averages. We’re seeing genetic progress at $75 PTA Net Merit per year now—both CDCB and the Canadian Dairy Network have confirmed this. And that creates what Paul VanRaden at USDA calls a “genetic opportunity cost“—essentially $233 per year in lost value from not having current genetics in that stall.
“We’re not just looking at whether a cow covers her feed costs anymore. We’re evaluating whether she’s the most profitable use of that stall space given all available options.” — Tom Overton, Cornell’s dairy management professor at the Western Dairy Management Conference
Three Technologies Converging to Change Everything
What’s driving this shift isn’t just one breakthrough—and this is what I think many folks miss—it’s three technologies hitting maturity at the same time, each reinforcing the others in ways nobody really predicted five years ago.
Genomic Selection Has Changed the Game Entirely
Since USDA launched official genomic evaluations for Holsteins and Jerseys back in January 2009, we’ve gone from experimental to essential. Today, 95% of U.S. AI bulls are genomically tested, and about 20% of heifer calves get tested within their first week of life, according to CDCB’s latest data.
The impact on genetic progress? Man, it’s been dramatic. Before genomics, we were seeing gains of about $28 PTA Net Merit per year. Now? We’re hitting $75 per year—nearly triple the rate.
The Canadian Dairy Network’s 2024 report shows even more dramatic shifts in specific traits. Production traits have doubled their rate of improvement, but here’s what’s really impressive: tough traits like daughter pregnancy rate have increased threefold to fourfold. That’s…that’s game-changing for our industry.
Kent Weigel at the University of Wisconsin, who’s been tracking this since the beginning, tells producers that “farmers typically cull the bottom 15 to 20% of calves based on genomic testing, but the exact proportion depends on the number of surplus heifer calves available on a given farm.” And he’s right—it’s all about finding that sweet spot for your operation.
Genomics didn’t just speed up progress—it blasted a hole in the old ceiling. Black bars for ‘then,’ red for ‘now.’ That’s a revolution in every stall.
Sexed Semen: Strategic but Still Limited
Now, sexed semen adoption in the U.S. sits at 25-30% according to NAAB statistics. Compare that to the UK, where they’re at 84% based on AHDB’s 2024 report. Why the gap? Well, the challenges are real, as many of you probably know.
Conception rates with sexed semen still run 15-20% below conventional, based on large-scale field data from Alta Genetics and Select Sires. The stuff costs 2.3 times more—you’re looking at $50-64 versus $18-28 for conventional. And during summer heat stress? Forget about it.
Peter Hansen’s group down at the University of Florida has shown that pregnancy rates can drop to 25-30% with sexed semen when the temperature-humidity index exceeds 72. Those of us dealing with hot summers know exactly what that means for breeding programs. July and August can be brutal.
But here’s what’s working: virgin heifers in fall and winter. You can still hit 60% conception rates with good management. Matt Lauber, working with Paul Fricke at Wisconsin, showed that with proper synchronization protocols, the fertility gap narrows to just 8-12%—making sexed semen far more viable in optimized systems. It’s not about using sexed semen everywhere—it’s about using it where it pencils out.
Beef-on-Dairy: The Revenue Stream Nobody Saw Coming
This might be the biggest shift I’ve seen in twenty years of watching this industry. We’ve gone from 200,000 beef-cross dairy calves in 2008 to 2.9 million in 2025, according to Rabobank’s analysis. These calves now represent 12-15% of the U.S. fed cattle supply. Think about that for a minute.
What’s driving it? Money, plain and simple. Day-old beef-cross calves are bringing $370-400 premiums over straight dairy bull calves based on USDA auction reports from Wisconsin and California. For a 1,000-cow operation breeding 60-70% to beef, that’s $222,000 to $280,000 in annual premium revenue that didn’t exist before 2015.
Glenn Klein, who manages 3,600 cows across multiple sites in Wisconsin, explained their approach at the Industry Meeting: “We’ve been doing beef-on-dairy since I think 2018 or 2019. We do it somewhat strategically based on the cow. We look at her genomics, see her past history, and basically decide whether she gets sexed semen or beef semen.“
The Constraint Nobody Planned For
Lowest heifer numbers, record-busting prices. What felt like a quiet trend just crashed into reality, and every buyer’s feeling it.
But here’s where things get complicated—and it’s a perfect example of unintended consequences in our industry. This strategic shift toward beef-on-dairy has created the worst heifer shortage in 20 years.
CoBank’s August 2025 analysis shows national dairy replacement heifer inventory at 3.914 million head. That’s 18% below 2018 levels and the lowest we’ve seen since 2005. They’re projecting inventories will shrink by another 800,000 head before recovering in 2027.
The math is straightforward but painful. With 60-70% of the national herd now bred to beef—that’s per National Association of Animal Breeders data—we’ve essentially cut our replacement pipeline in half.
Heifer prices tell the story: from $1,720 in April 2023 to $3,010 by July 2025, according to USDA market reports. And I’ve seen high-quality Holsteins fetching over $4,000 at auctions in Turlock, California, and New Ulm, Minnesota.
This creates a real paradox, doesn’t it? While the RPO math strongly favors replacement, producers are actually reducing culling rates—down from 32.7% in 2019 to 27.9% in 2024, according to Canadian Dairy Information Centre data, which is the best North American dataset we have. They’re keeping marginal cows they would’ve culled five years ago when heifers cost $1,200.
“We know the economics favor replacement, but you can’t replace what you don’t have. So producers are keeping cows a bit longer than optimal while rebuilding heifer inventory.” — Mike Overton, DVM, who directs technical services at Elanco
IVF: From Seedstock Tool to Commercial Reality
What’s fascinating to me is watching IVF technology move from the seedstock world into commercial dairies. Current pregnancy rates have climbed above 50-55% based on 2024 data from Trans Ova Genetics and other major providers—matching or even beating conventional AI in some cases.
The cost trajectory is what really matters, though. We’re at $350-450 per pregnancy today, but industry projections show that dropping to an estimated $200-300 by 2027-2029 as volumes scale and protocols improve.
Several technical improvements are converging here:
Optimized FSH protocols during the voluntary waiting period increase oocyte yields by 51%—that’s from Wisconsin research
Time-lapse embryo selection with continuous monitoring from fertilization through day 8 improves pregnancy rates by 15-25 percentage points, according to Animal Reproduction Science
Vitrification technology—that ultra-rapid freezing technique—now allows frozen embryos to match fresh transfer success rates
Sean Nicholson, who runs 1,600 cows in Tulare County, California, shared his experience with the California Dairy Magazine: “IVF pregnancy rates markedly exceed what we see with conventional AI, especially during summer when heat stress hammers traditional breeding.” His operation now uses beef IVF embryos for 7% of pregnancies—producing purebred Angus calves from Jersey recipients that bring even higher premiums than regular beef-crosses.
For operations above 800 cows, IVF is starting to pencil out. You can take your elite donors—that top 3-5%—and produce 10-15 pregnancies annually versus one naturally. This creates what I call a three-tier system: elite cows produce all your replacements via IVF, middle-tier cows just make milk, and bottom-tier cows produce beef calves for cash flow.
Success Story: Minnesota’s IVF Innovation
Take a look at how one Minnesota operation is making this work. They’re running 850 cows, started genomic testing everything three years ago, and now use IVF on their top 25 females. Last year, those 25 cows produced 180 pregnancies—enough to cover all their replacement needs plus some to sell. Meanwhile, they bred the rest of the herd to beef and captured an extra $240,000 in calf revenue. That’s…that’s transformative economics.
What’s interesting is they’re not doing this alone—they’ve partnered with two neighboring farms, each running 400-500 cows, to share IVF technician costs and expertise. It’s the kind of cooperative approach that makes advanced technology accessible at smaller scales.
Environmental Pressure: The Next Wave Coming
Here’s something that hasn’t hit most U.S. producers yet, but it’s definitely coming. John Cole at CDCB revealed in October that methane emissions evaluations will launch in 2026-2027, with disease resistance traits following shortly after. When these environmental traits are integrated into selection indices, genetic progress could accelerate from the current $75 per year to an estimated $110-125 per year, depending on the heritability and economic weightings of these new traits. That’s a 47-67% jump.
The University of Wisconsin’s $3.3 million methane project has found heritability of 0.20-0.28 for residual methane traits. That’s moderately to highly heritable, which means we can effectively select for it. They’re using milk spectral data and even fecal microbiome profiles as proxies for rumen emissions, which would make large-scale phenotyping actually feasible.
What’s particularly interesting is looking at what’s already happening in Europe. UK and Irish producers are getting 2-4 pence per liter premiums for verified emission reductions, according to Arla Foods’ 2024 sustainability report. Every dairy bull calf they raise counts against their farm’s carbon intensity score. When similar pressures reach U.S. markets—and trust me, they will—cows with poor environmental genetics might become economically unjustifiable regardless of their production level.
The Reality Check: Who Can Actually Execute This?
Now, all this sophisticated RPO optimization sounds great in theory. But after talking with producers and consultants across the country, I’ve realized there’s a massive gap between what’s theoretically optimal and what most farms can actually implement.
The industry basically breaks into five distinct tiers based on what I’m seeing:
Elite operations—those running 1,000+ cows and producing about 45% of U.S. milk—they’ve got the whole package. Daily milk weights, genomic testing for every calf, activity monitors —the works. Eric Grotegut’s Wisconsin operation falls squarely into this category. They’re truly optimizing these RPO calculations daily.
Progressive commercial farms running 400-1,000 cows —roughly 30% of our milk supply —have most of the tools but use them monthly rather than daily. They’ll perform genomic testing on 60-80% of calves and run activity monitors on breeding-age animals.
Mainstream operations—150-400 cows, about 20% of milk—they operate on rules of thumb. Kristen Metcalf, running 360 cows in Minnesota, described improving health through “implementing more frequent hoof trimming and rubber mats in the barn.” That’s good management, absolutely, but it’s not sophisticated RPO optimization.
Smaller operations with fewer than 150 cows, which produce about 5% of our milk, simply don’t have access to these tools. At $26,000-78,000 annual investment for full RPO infrastructure—genomic testing, monitors, software, consultants—it only achieves positive ROI above 400 cows.
You know, research from ETH Zurich published in the Journal of Dairy Science found that suboptimal culling decisions cost 1.55 Swiss francs per cow monthly. And here’s the kicker: losses from keeping cows too long were three times greater than premature culling losses. But that analysis required dynamic programming models with detailed farm data—exactly what most mid-size operations lack.
Practical Strategies by Farm Size
What farmers are discovering varies dramatically by scale, and honestly, there’s no one-size-fits-all answer here. Let me break down what’s actually working:
For Large Operations (800+ cows):
Go all-in on the technology. Full genomic testing runs about $40-50 per calf through companies like Zoetis or Neogen—that’s $12,000-20,000 annually for a 1,000-cow herd, but it pays back quickly.
Consider IVF programs for your top 3-5% once you’ve identified them genomically. Keep beef-on-dairy at 60-70% to maximize that revenue stream while beef premiums stay high.
And start preparing for environmental compliance now. Methane measurement infrastructure is projected at $50,000-100,000 based on current equipment costs, though specific U.S. regulatory requirements are still being developed.
For Mid-Size Operations (200-600 cows):
Focus on what I call the 80-20 approach—capture 80% of the value with 20% of the complexity:
Definitely genomic test all your heifers and cull the bottom 15-20% before spending $2,900 to raise them
Use your monthly DHIA test to identify cows below 75% of herd average production who are also open past 120 days
Put beef semen on your bottom 50% by either genomic merit or production
The key decision: can you scale to 600+ cows in the next 3-5 years? If not, start developing a niche strategy now
Consider cooperative approaches—some 400-cow operations are exploring shared IVF programs with neighbors to access technology at a viable scale
For Smaller Operations (under 200 cows):
Your economics are fundamentally different, and that’s okay. Focus on:
Reducing involuntary culling through better fresh cow management and hoof health
If you’re in the right location, organic certification can capture $7-12/cwt premiums that offset scale disadvantages
Direct marketing through on-farm stores or agritourism might work
But let’s be honest here—if you don’t have a clear competitive advantage like paid-off land, unique market access, or family labor, start planning your exit strategy for 2027-2030 before technology requirements intensify
Regional Realities Shape These Economics
It’s worth noting that these dynamics play out differently across regions. California’s massive operations—many running 3,000-5,000 cows—they’re already deep into IVF and sophisticated optimization. Meanwhile, Vermont’s pasture-based systems face entirely different economics where land constraints and organic premiums create alternative value equations.
The Upper Midwest sits somewhere in between, with operations like Grotegut’s finding that sweet spot of scale and technology adoption. Texas and New Mexico operations? They’re dealing with water constraints that trump genetic optimization. Each region has its own version of this story, you know?
And seasonally, everything shifts. Summer heat stress in the Southeast makes sexed semen nearly unusable from June through September. Wisconsin producers might have a solid eight-month breeding window, while Arizona dairies face reproductive challenges year-round. These aren’t minor details—they fundamentally change the economics.
The Consolidation Nobody Wants to Talk About
Here’s the uncomfortable truth: we need to face it directly. Every trend we’re seeing—RPO optimization, IVF scaling, beef-on-dairy, environmental genomics—creates economies of scale that favor large operations.
Based on current trajectories and what we saw from 2000-2020—a 54% decline in farm numbers while production increased 16%—I expect we’ll see U.S. dairy farm numbers drop from today’s roughly 26,000 to somewhere between 15,000 and 18,000 by 2035. That’s a 30-40% reduction.
These aren’t just business decisions—they’re family legacies facing new realities. Farms that have been in families for generations are weighing whether the next generation can make the economics work. And that’s…that’s tough to watch.
Technologies providing 10-20% efficiency improvements only achieve positive ROI at 400-800+ cow scale. Operations below these thresholds aren’t “behind”—they’re structurally excluded from the tools that enable optimization.
What to Watch in 2026
Looking ahead, here’s what I’m keeping an eye on:
Methane genomic evaluations launching mid-2026, according to CDCB’s timeline
Heifer inventory beginning recovery late 2026 into early 2027, per CoBank’s projections
IVF costs potentially hitting that $250-300 sweet spot—watch Trans Ova and other providers
Environmental regulations in California are potentially creating templates for other states
The Bottom Line for Your Operation
The longevity paradox—cows that can live longer but shouldn’t economically—it’s just one symptom of a broader transformation. What really matters is understanding where your operation fits in this changing landscape.
If you’re above 400 cows, the math increasingly favors aggressive adoption of advanced technologies and strategic culling based on genomic merit. That $1,350 RPO advantage? It’s real, and it compounds over time.
If you’re between 200-400 cows, you’re at a crossroads. Either develop a clear path to 600+ cows or find a niche that offsets your scale disadvantage. There’s no shame in either choice, but indecision…that’s what’s costly.
If you’re under 200 cows, be realistic about your options. Unless you have structural advantages—debt-free land, unique market access, off-farm income—the economics are working against you. A well-timed exit in 2027-2029 might preserve more value than struggling through 2030-2035.
The dairy industry is experiencing what economist Joseph Schumpeter called “creative destruction“—old systems giving way to new ones that are more efficient but also more capital-intensive. Cows built to last longer are leaving sooner, not because they can’t produce, but because the math increasingly says they shouldn’t.
Understanding and adapting to this reality—rather than fighting it—that’s what’ll determine which operations thrive in the next decade. The genetics exist for cows to live longer. The economics increasingly say they won’t. That’s not a bug in the system—it’s become the system itself.
But you know what? Within these constraints lie opportunities for those willing to adapt, whether through scale, specialization, or strategic partnerships. And there’s innovation happening at every scale—I’m seeing 200-cow operations finding profitable niches, 500-cow farms forming cooperative IVF programs, and yes, larger operations pushing efficiency boundaries we couldn’t imagine five years ago.
The key is making clear-eyed decisions based on your specific circumstances, not industry averages or what your neighbor’s doing. Because at the end of the day, the best strategy is the one that works for your land, your family, and your future.
Key Takeaways:
The $1,350 replacement advantage is real and compounds annually: Even profitable third-lactation cows generate less value than younger replacements due to $75/year genetic progress—making strategic culling more profitable than longevity
Your scale determines your future: Operations need 400+ cows for optimization technology ROI, 600+ for sustainable competition, or a clear niche strategy (organic, direct marketing) to survive below these thresholds
Maximize beef-on-dairy NOW before 2027: With current $370-400 premiums and 60-70% breeding to beef optimal, this revenue stream won’t last—heifer inventory recovery and beef cycle correction will compress margins within 24 months
Technology adoption isn’t optional, it’s existential: Genomic testing ($40-50/calf), IVF (dropping to $200-300), and environmental compliance ($50,000-100,000) will separate survivors from casualties when methane regulations hit in 2026-2027
Decision time is 2026, not 2030: Whether scaling up, specializing, or exiting, waiting means competing against operations that have already optimized—make your strategic choice while you still have options
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Decide or Decline: 2025 and the Future of Mid-Size Dairies – For producers at the 200-600 cow “crossroads,” this article analyzes the strategic choices. It details the financial realities of scaling up versus the operational pivots required for successful specialization and technology adoption.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
1,500 cows. 19 studies. One conclusion: Following ‘standard’ dairy advice leaves $425-700 per cow on the table. Michigan State & Cornell just proved why context beats convention every time.
Executive Summary: The dairy industry’s universal playbook is dead—and farms still following it are leaving $425-700 per cow on the table. Michigan State’s analysis of 1,500 cows just proved palmitic acid increases fiber digestibility by 4.5%, completely reversing 70 years of established nutrition science. Meanwhile, Cornell research shows that the “optimal” 27% starch diet crushing it in Wisconsin could tank your butterfat and profits in Arizona’s heat. Is the beef-on-dairy gold rush paying $150-350 premiums today? History says you’ve got two years before the cycle turns. Smart operators aren’t copying neighbors anymore—they’re implementing precision strategies matched to their specific conditions, capturing those higher returns through customized nutrition, strategic breeding, and targeted technology adoption. The question isn’t whether to adapt, but whether you’ll lead the change or chase it.
You know how sometimes research comes along that makes you reconsider everything you thought you knew about dairy farming? Well, a recent issue of the Journal of Dairy Science is one of those moments. What’s particularly noteworthy is how these studies—from teams at Michigan State, Cornell, and universities across Europe—all point to the same conclusion: what works brilliantly for your neighbor might not work for you. And that’s actually okay.
I’ve been digging through these analyses, and there’s a consistent theme emerging. Success in modern precision dairy farming increasingly depends on matching strategies to your specific operation rather than following those universal recommendations we’ve all grown up with. It’s a shift we’ve been seeing gradually over recent years—this move from standardized protocols toward more nuanced, operation-specific dairy management strategies.
Here’s what’s encouraging: the economics actually support this individualized approach. Based on Michigan State’s modeling of fatty acid supplementation strategies, operations implementing production-level-specific feeding programs could capture $250-350 per cow annually during favorable milk price periods (you know, those $18-20 per hundredweight times we all hope for). Similarly, research on strategic breeding programs suggests returns of $100-200 per cow from well-managed beef-on-dairy programs—though let’s be honest, these figures assume you’ve already got proper replacement management systems in place.
The $425-700 Opportunity: Combined Precision Strategy Impact – How elite operations achieve 4-9x returns versus basic implementation through systematic integration
Reconsidering Fat Supplementation: When Conventional Wisdom Meets New Data
So here’s what’s interesting about fat supplementation. For literally decades—since the 1950s—we’ve operated on the principle that dietary fat reduces fiber digestibility. This wasn’t just some random idea someone had. Legitimate studies showed vegetable oils decreased cellulose breakdown, and every nutritionist learned it, taught it, and formulated around it.
Then Adam Lock’s research team at Michigan State published their meta-analysis in a recent Journal of Dairy Science, covering 19 studies and nearly 1,500 individual cow observations. And what they found? Palmitic acid (that’s C16:0 for those keeping track) actually enhances neutral detergent fiber digestibility by 4.5 percentage points. Not decreases—increases. The mechanism, as it turns out, involves the selective enhancement of specific fiber-digesting bacteria that produce propionate and valerate. It’s essentially the opposite of what we’ve been teaching for generations.
Production Level
Optimal Strategy
Fiber Digestibility Change
Annual Return Per Cow
Low Producers (<99 lbs/day)
High Palmitic (80-85% C16:0)
+4.5%
$250-350
High Producers (>99 lbs/day)
Oleic Blend (60% palmitic, 30% oleic)
+2.8%
$200-280
What makes this particularly relevant for operations today is the research’s clear production-level differentiation. Cows producing below 45 kilograms daily—about 99 pounds—show optimal response to high-palmitic supplements containing 80-85% C16:0. But your high producers? Those pushing over 45 kilograms daily? They actually do better with oleic-enriched blends, something like 60% palmitic and 30% oleic acid.
I recently spoke with a nutritionist managing several large herds who’s been implementing these differentiated strategies. What they’re finding is that fresh cows get oleic blends to support intake during the transition period, mid-lactation animals get high-palmitic supplements to support production, and late-lactation cows go back to oleic blends for body condition recovery. Yeah, it’s more complex than just buying one fat supplement for everyone. But the economic modeling suggests potential returns of $250-350 per cow annually at favorable milk prices, with $200-320 returns even during those challenging price periods we all dread.
“The biggest shift we’re seeing is accepting that every recommendation needs context-specific qualifications. What works brilliantly for one operation might actually lose money for another.”
Starch Management: Finding the Balance Between Efficiency and Components
The Cornell team’s investigation into dietary starch levels presents an interesting challenge that I think many of us are grappling with. Their comparison of 21% versus 27% starch content—achieved by replacing soy hulls with high-moisture corn—revealed improved feed efficiency of 5% and reductions in methane emissions of 6% at the higher inclusion rate. Sounds great, right?
But here’s where it gets complicated. That same higher starch level decreased milk fat concentration by 0.16-0.19 percentage points. Now, you might think that’s not much, but let’s walk through what this means economically. For a 1,000-cow herd averaging 80 pounds of daily production, a 0.17 percentage point drop is 0.136 pounds of fat per cow, per day. With butterfat prices at $3.00 per pound (a conservative figure for many markets as of November 2025), that’s an annual loss of nearly $150,000.
This aligns with what operations are seeing when they push starch levels above 27% without exceptional forage quality. These farms frequently report butterfat percentages declining to the 3.4-3.5% range, consistent with the Cornell findings. One California operation I’m familiar with learned this the hard way—they pushed starch to 28% to maximize efficiency and maintain milk volume, but when butterfat tanked and their processor was paying heavy component premiums, they actually lost money despite producing milk more “efficiently.”
Regional variations play a crucial role here, as many of us have learned through experience. Upper Midwest operations working with corn silage at 42% starch and highly digestible alfalfa NDF? They can often successfully maintain 26-27% starch. But Southwest producers dealing with variable forage quality and extended heat-stress periods—we’re talking eight months annually in some areas—typically find that 23-24% represents their practical ceiling before experiencing component depression.
What’s particularly interesting is how Southeast producers have adapted seasonally. During cooler months (November through April), they’ll maintain 25% starch when cow comfort is optimal. As summer heat stress increases, they back off to 22% to protect butterfat levels. It’s a practical adaptation to regional conditions that makes sense. And Pacific Northwest operations? With their consistent moderate temperatures, excellent forage quality from all that rain, and proximity to export markets, they’re finding they can maintain 25-26% starch year-round with minimal impact on components. Different strokes for different folks, as they say.
Region
Starch Range
Butterfat Risk
Key Challenge
Wisconsin (Cool)
26-27%
Low
Forage quality mgmt
Arizona (Heat)
21-24%
High above 24%
150+ heat stress days
California (Variable)
23-25%
Moderate
Variable forage qual
Southeast (Seasonal)
22-25% (seasonal)
Moderate-High
Summer heat adaptation
Methane Mitigation: Economics Versus Environmental Goals
The discussion around 3-nitrooxypropanol—3-NOP for short—really exemplifies the tension between environmental objectives and economic reality that we’re all facing. Research from Wageningen University, published in a recent issue of the Journal of Dairy Science, confirms the compound works—achieving 25-35% methane reduction under various conditions.
Why is this significant? Well, let me break down the economics in simpler terms. Current voluntary carbon markets (as of November 2025) typically value agricultural credits at $10-40 per ton of CO2 equivalent, though there’s considerable variation based on program requirements. Meanwhile, 3-NOP costs $0.15-0.30 per cow daily according to the research data.
Here’s the thing: 3-NOP reduces methane emissions by about 100 grams per cow per day. That translates to roughly 2.5 kg of CO2-equivalent when you factor in methane’s warming potential. At $30 per ton carbon pricing, that 2.5 kg reduction is worth about 7.5 cents daily—well below the 15-30 cent additive cost. For the economics to work out, carbon pricing would need to be substantially higher than current rates—probably in the $60-120 per ton range, depending on your specific costs and methane reduction achieved.
Grazing systems present additional complexity. While achieving a 34% reduction in methane emissions, Wageningen Research documented concurrent declines of 2.3 kilograms daily in fat-and-protein-corrected milk production. That’s over a dollar per cow in daily lost revenue, on top of the additional cost.
Currently, methane mitigation functions primarily as a cost center rather than a profit opportunity. Most operations I talk to are developing various scenarios, but without carbon credits approaching $100 per ton or regulatory mandates, the economic justification just isn’t there yet. This doesn’t diminish the environmental importance—we all want to do our part—but it does explain why adoption remains limited among operations focused on near-term profitability.
While methane mitigation awaits better economics, there’s another strategy delivering immediate returns that deserves our attention.
Strategic Breeding: Navigating the Beef-on-Dairy Opportunity
The beef-on-dairy phenomenon represents one of the most significant shifts in dairy breeding strategies I’ve seen in my career. National Association of Animal Breeders data indicates substantial increases in beef semen sales to dairy operations over the past five years, with industry surveys suggesting widespread adoption across the sector. Current crossbred calf premiums of $150-350 over Holstein bull calves (as of November 2025) create compelling economics that are hard to ignore.
Research from University College Dublin, published in a recent issue of the Journal of Dairy Science, provides valuable insights into optimal implementation strategies. What’s encouraging is that the most successful programs aren’t simply throwing beef semen at every cow—they’re taking strategic approaches.
The framework that seems to work best involves using sexed dairy semen on your top 40-50% of cows ranked genomically, breeding the bottom 20-30% to beef genetics, and maintaining conventional dairy semen for the middle tier as a buffer. This approach, according to the Irish modeling, accelerates genetic progress while capturing crossbred premiums, since your dairy replacements come exclusively from superior genetics.
“During strong beef markets, breed 35-40% to beef. When premiums compress, reduce to 20-25%. This adaptive approach provides revenue optimization while maintaining operational flexibility.”
But—and this is important—historical patterns suggest we need to be cautious. Beef markets have consistently demonstrated cyclical behavior over multiple decades. We’re currently about five to six years into an upward price cycle. Historical precedent suggests that two more years of strong premiums may be needed before a market correction occurs. Operations going all-in on beef breeding today might face challenges when the cycle reverses.
Beef-on-Dairy Premium Cycle: The $1,400 Peak and Coming Correction – Historical patterns suggest 2-year window before market normalization begins
I recently discussed this with a producer who’s been through multiple beef cycles. His approach involves maintaining flexibility—adjusting beef breeding percentages based on market signals rather than committing to a fixed strategy. Smart thinking, if you ask me.
Technology Implementation: The Management Factor
The University of Guelph team’s research on automated activity monitoring provides insights that I think many of us need to hear. Their study of 4,578 Holstein cows across three commercial herds demonstrated that animals expressing estrus within 41 days in milk achieved 20% higher pregnancy rates and experienced 21-26 fewer days open. The technology clearly works.
Economic analyses suggest that properly implemented automated monitoring systems can generate returns of $75-150 per cow annually through improved reproduction and labor efficiency. For a 500-cow operation, that’s $37,500-75,000 in potential annual returns. Not pocket change by any means.
Yet success varies dramatically between operations, and here’s what I’ve noticed: it’s not about the technology sophistication. It’s about management infrastructure.
Successful implementations share common characteristics. They designate specific personnel to check alerts at specific times—typically 6 AM and 2 PM. They have established protocols for breeding within 12 hours of heat detection. And critically, they’ve integrated everything with their existing herd management software. These operations treat the technology as a management tool requiring daily engagement, not a set-it-and-forget-it solution.
On the flip side, operations where “everyone” shares responsibility for monitoring—which effectively means no one takes ownership—or where systems don’t integrate with breeding records, or where poor transition cow health suppresses cycling? They see minimal returns despite significant investment. It’s a reminder that technology amplifies good management but can’t replace it.
Recognizing the Shift: From Universal to Contextual
After reviewing this collective body of research, what’s becoming clear to me is that operations capturing maximum value from modern dairy advances and precision dairy farming approaches share a common philosophy. They’ve shifted from asking “What’s recommended?” to asking “What works for our specific situation?”
Take palmitic acid supplementation. While research indicates that high producers benefit from oleic blends, Arizona operations that face 150 days of heat stress annually may see different results than Wisconsin farms. Similarly, milk pricing that heavily weights protein versus fat components yields different optimization calculations. It’s all about context.
This represents a fundamental shift in how we approach dairy management strategies. Nutritionists increasingly recognize—and I think we all need to accept—that recommendations require context-specific qualifications. Every suggestion, whether it’s starch at 27%, fat at 5%, or breeding 30% to beef, requires consideration of multiple operation-specific variables.
Practical Implementation Framework
For operations looking to implement these precision dairy farming approaches, here’s what I’ve seen work:
First, identify the area offering the greatest leverage for improvement. If feed accounts for 55% of your costs and continues to rise, fatty acid optimization becomes a priority. Pregnancy rates below 18%? Fix reproduction first. Raising 130 replacement heifers for a 100-cow herd? Beef-on-dairy makes immediate sense. Losing component premium money? Look at your starch levels or supplementation strategies.
Second—and this is crucial—establish measurement systems before implementing changes. I see too many operations invest in technology or new supplements without baseline performance data. Track your current metrics for at least three months. Otherwise, how do you know if it worked?
Third, think in terms of acceptable ranges rather than fixed targets. Starch might range from 21% to 27% depending on forage quality, season, and component pricing. Beef breeding could range from 20% to 45% based on market conditions and heifer inventory. Fatty acid programs adjust with production level and lactation stage. Technology adoption depends on existing management infrastructure. It’s about flexibility, not rigidity.
The Opportunity Cost of Waiting
Here’s something that doesn’t show up in any research paper, but every farmer knows: the cost of doing nothing. While you’re waiting for the perfect time to optimize nutrition or the ideal moment to start beef-on-dairy, your neighbors are already gaining experience and capturing returns.
Producers implementing new dairy management strategies consistently report learning curves of 12-18 months before achieving full benefits. Returns typically progress from break-even in year two to $250-350 per cow by year three. Delaying implementation means you’re not just forgoing immediate returns—you’re also missing out on the learning that enables future optimization.
Regional and Seasonal Considerations
Geographic location significantly influences strategy selection, as we all know from experience. Arizona operations facing 120+ days above 95°F operate under fundamentally different constraints than Minnesota farms. The University of Florida’s heat tolerance research, identifying biomarkers like 3-methoxytyramine with 88% screening accuracy, has profound implications for Southwest operations but limited relevance in regions experiencing minimal heat stress.
Similarly, pasture verification technology using FT-MIR spectroscopy creates opportunities in regions with established grass-fed premium markets—Vermont, California’s North Coast, and Wisconsin’s grazing regions. For Texas Panhandle operations? Probably not your biggest priority.
And Pacific Northwest dairies deserve special mention here. With their unique combination of moderate climate, excellent forage quality, and proximity to export markets, they face different optimization calculations than their Midwest counterparts. These operations often find they can push both production and components harder than farms in more extreme climates, but they also face higher land costs and environmental regulations that affect their strategy choices.
Looking Forward: Emerging Trends
Several trends appear increasingly clear from current research trajectories, and I think we need to be preparing for them:
Carbon pricing mechanisms will likely evolve from voluntary to mandatory in many regions. Operations currently modeling $50-100 per ton CO2 equivalent scenarios will be better positioned than those ignoring this possibility.
Beef-on-dairy premiums will moderate but remain meaningful. While current premiums won’t persist indefinitely, the documented efficiency and carcass-quality advantages suggest $150-250 differentials may represent a sustainable, long-term level.
Component-based pricing will increasingly influence nutritional decisions. As processors develop targeted products requiring specific component profiles, operations capable of manipulating fat and protein through nutrition will capture premiums.
Technology adoption will accelerate, but success will depend on the quality of integration rather than the quantity of technology. Leading operations won’t necessarily have the most technology—they’ll have the best alignment between technology and management systems.
Key Economic Summary
Based on research-validated modeling from the Journal of Dairy Science studies:
Fatty Acid Optimization: $250-350 per cow annually
Strategic Beef-on-Dairy: $100-200 per cow annually
Improved Reproduction (via technology): $75-150 per cow annually
Combined Potential: $425-700 per cow annually*
*Results vary significantly based on implementation quality, market conditions, and operation-specific factors
Precision Strategy Economic Impact Comparison – Individual strategy returns and implementation priorities for maximizing per-cow profitability
The Bottom Line
The research presented in a recent issue of the Journal of Dairy Science makes one thing abundantly clear: the era of universal dairy management recommendations is evolving toward more nuanced, context-specific approaches. This isn’t about abandoning proven principles—it’s about recognizing that optimal application varies significantly across individual farms.
Operations that have successfully implemented these precision dairy farming approaches understand that optimization requires matching strategies to specific situations. Not your neighbor’s situation. Not state averages. Your actual, measured, specific circumstances.
Look, this transition isn’t always comfortable. Following established protocols is simpler than understanding underlying principles and making contextual adjustments. But the economic evidence is compelling. Research modeling suggests operations successfully implementing multiple precision strategies could achieve combined returns of $425-700 per cow annually, though results vary considerably based on implementation quality and market conditions.
The scientific foundation exists. Economic validation is documented. The remaining question for each operation is whether to continue asking “What should we do?” or transition to asking “What’s optimal for our specific situation?”
In today’s dairy economy, that distinction increasingly separates operations that thrive from those that merely survive. And I think we all know which side of that line we want to be on.
Key Takeaways:
The $425-700 opportunity is real—but only if you stop following “standard” advice and match strategies to YOUR farm’s specific conditions (location, forage quality, component pricing)
Palmitic acid bombshell: After 70 years of being wrong, we now know it INCREASES fiber digestibility by 4.5%—switch to high-palmitic supplements for cows under 99 lbs/day, oleic blends for high producers
Your optimal starch isn’t their optimal starch: 27% works in Wisconsin’s cool climate but crashes butterfat in Arizona heat—find YOUR range (21-27%) based on regional conditions
Beef-on-dairy clock is ticking: Current $150-350 premiums have 2 years left based on historical cycles—breed 35-40% to beef now, but be ready to pull back when markets turn
Technology ROI requires management discipline: Automated monitoring returns $75-150/cow IF someone checks alerts at 6 AM and 2 PM daily—no designated person = no return
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
What Separates Top Beef-on-Dairy Programs from Average Ones – This article provides the tactical guide for executing the beef-on-dairy strategy, revealing how to add $300 per head through specific documentation, sire selection, and early nutrition protocols that capture the full value from your crossbred calves.
Cheese Yield Explosion: How Dairy Farmers Can Reclaim Billions in Lost Component Value – This piece breaks down the market economics behind component pricing. It explains exactly why protecting your butterfat is critical, demonstrating how processor demands for cheese yield and new Federal Order rules are creating massive profit opportunities for component-focused producers.
How AI is Banking Dairy Farmers an Extra $400 Per Cow – Moving beyond simple activity monitoring, this article details the ROI of advanced AI management systems. It demonstrates how integrating health, production, and feed data provides actionable insights that boost milk production by 8% and cut vet bills by 20%.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
New data: 80% of dairy producers optimize beef sires for convenience, not value. It’s costing them $300/calf.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Your beef-cross calves should be worth $1,400. If you’re getting $700, you’re not alone—but you’re fixable. After analyzing operations from Wisconsin to California, the pattern is clear: successful beef-on-dairy programs aren’t built on superior genetics but on three systematic differences—documentation protocols that add $300 per head, early nutrition investments that return 4:1, and buyer feedback loops that enable continuous improvement. The data is compelling: 20% of beef bulls that excel on beef cows fail on dairy, high-protein milk replacer ($25-40 investment) delivers $100-150 at harvest, and managing liver abscesses (50-60% in dairy crosses vs 30% in native beef) through adjusted feeding saves $50 per head. But here’s the critical warning: replacement heifers now cost $3,800-4,000, meaning over-aggressive beef breeding creates a three-year financial time bomb. This guide provides the exact 90-day implementation framework and performance benchmarks that separate operations earning $200,000+ annually from those barely covering costs.
I recently visited two dairy operations in south-central Wisconsin, both breeding beef-on-dairy calves, both using similar Angus genetics, both selling day-old calves. The first operation consistently receives $1,400 per calf. The second? They’re fortunate to clear $700—barely above straight Holstein bull prices.
This $700 gap has become one of the most discussed topics at producer meetings this year. After analyzing operations from the Central Valley to the Northeast, talking with feedlot buyers from Texas to Nebraska, and reviewing university research on crossbred performance, a pattern emerges. The operations capturing premiums approach to beef-on-dairy views it as a data-driven enterprise. Those settling for commodity prices treat it as a convenient alternative for breeding.
The Beef-on-Dairy Market Explosion charts a 3,000% growth trajectory from barely 100,000 calves in 2015 to 3.1 million projected for 2026, now representing 15% of fed cattle as the beef cow herd shrinks to 1960s levels—a fundamental industry transformation
The landscape for dairy-beef crosses has shifted dramatically. According to the USDA’s latest cattle inventory analysis, we’re producing 2.92 million dairy-beef calves in 2025, with industry projections suggesting continued strong growth exceeding 3 million by 2026. What’s particularly noteworthy is these animals now represent 12% to 15% of annual fed cattle slaughter—a remarkable transformation from virtually nothing a decade ago.
This growth coincides with historically low beef cow inventories. USDA’s National Agricultural Statistics Service reports the smallest beef herd since the early 1960s, while Rabobank’s global beef outlook indicates a roughly 1% decline in global beef supply this year. The beef industry needs these dairy-origin cattle to maintain supply.
Yet despite strong demand, price variation for seemingly comparable calves regularly exceeds 100%. At a recent Pennsylvania auction, I observed crossbred calves from different operations sell for $650 and $1,350 within the same hour. Why such disparity? The answer lies in documentation quality, genetic verification, and established performance history.
It’s also worth noting that seasonal patterns affect pricing. Spring calves typically command premiums of $50 to $100 over fall-born animals due to feedlot timing preferences. Gender matters too—steers generally bring $50 to $100 more than heifers in most markets, something to consider when using sorted semen.
Quick Reference: Key Numbers at a Glance
Premium Targets:
Beef calf premium: $700-900 per head
Revenue per cwt milk: $4.00-5.50
Beef income goal: 15-20% of total farm revenue
Investment Guidelines:
High-protein milk replacer (27-30%): +$25-40 per calf
Genomic testing: $40-60 per animal
Expected return on nutrition: $100-150 at harvest
Performance Benchmarks:
Difficult calvings: <3%
Pre-weaning mortality: <3%
Liver abscess target: 30-35% (down from 50-60%)
Documentation completion: >95%
Sire Selection: Where Value Creation Begins
Michigan State University’s October 2024 beef-on-dairy survey reveals an interesting disconnect. Most dairy producers prioritize conception rate (78% of respondents), calving ease (67%), and semen cost (58%) when selecting beef sires. These are certainly important considerations for dairy management. But the traits that create downstream value—ribeye area, marbling score, frame size, growth rate—receive far less attention. Only 22% consider the ribeye area. Just 14% evaluate marbling potential.
This focus on convenience over calf value represents a fundamental misalignment. As Wisconsin dairy specialists often observe, many producers are optimizing for dairy operational efficiency rather than beef chain requirements. That disconnect typically costs $200 to $300 per calf in lost premiums.
ABS Global’s Real World Data program, which analyzed over 50,000 beef-on-dairy calvings, uncovered something every producer should understand: approximately 20% of bulls performing well for calving ease in beef herds fail to meet acceptable thresholds when bred to dairy cows. The biological differences between beef and dairy females—particularly pelvic structure and gestation length—make dairy-specific performance data essential.
I spoke with a Central Valley dairyman who learned this lesson expensively. He’d selected an Angus bull with excellent traditional EPDs and strong calving ease predictions. After losing three Holstein heifers to calving difficulty within a month, he pulled that bull from the rotation. Those weren’t just calf losses—those were future productive cows eliminated from the herd.
The most successful beef-on-dairy programs I’ve studied work exclusively with AI organizations offering dairy-validated sire data. Companies including Select Sires (NxGEN program), Alta Genetics (BULLSEYE platform), and Semex (XSire portfolio) maintain databases tracking the actual performance of beef bulls on dairy females. This distinction matters more than many producers realize.
What’s encouraging is that beef breed associations are increasingly recognizing this need, developing dairy-specific EPDs and working with AI companies to validate performance on dairy females. This industry-wide collaboration benefits everyone. Some producers are also experimenting with SimAngus and even Charolais crosses for specific markets, though Angus remains the predominant choice for good reason—market acceptance and predictable performance.
Regional Market Variations Shape Opportunities
What works in California’s integrated systems may not translate directly to Midwest cooperative structures or Northeast family operations. Understanding these regional dynamics is crucial for program success.
California’s Central Valley features vertical integration, with established calf ranches maintaining direct relationships with dairies. These operations know their genetic preferences and pay accordingly for documented quality. Wisconsin and Minnesota producers often market through cooperative structures where calves are pooled. In these systems, individual documentation becomes even more critical for capturing premiums above pool averages.
Texas presents yet another model. Major feedlots, including Friona Industries and Cactus Feeders, operate procurement programs that contract directly with dairies, sometimes months before calves are born. These arrangements often specify genetic requirements and health protocols in exchange for premium pricing.
Smaller dairy regions—Vermont’s hillside farms, Idaho’s Magic Valley operations, New Mexico’s desert dairies—each face unique challenges. Vermont producers might focus on grass-finished programs for local markets. Idaho operations often integrate with nearby feedlots. New Mexico dairies face water constraints that affect their feeding strategies. Each region requires adapted approaches.
Even within regions, smaller operations are finding success. A 60-cow organic farm in Vermont recently told me they’re getting $1,200 for grass-fed beef-cross calves sold to local finishers—not quite the $1,400 conventional premium, but exceptional for their scale and market.
The Critical First Eight Months
Every calf has an 8-week biological window that closes permanently. Feed high-protein milk replacer ($40 extra cost) during this period and you’ve locked in 4.8 extra pounds that compound to 50-100 additional pounds at harvest—worth $100-150. Miss this window with standard nutrition and no amount of expensive finishing ration recovers the loss. Yet 80% of operations still feed beef-cross calves like unwanted Holstein bulls.
Here’s a biological reality that fundamentally shapes beef-on-dairy economics: muscle fiber numbers and intramuscular fat cell populations are established during the first eight months of life. After this developmental window closes, you’re working with what you’ve got. No amount of superior finishing nutrition can compensate for deficiencies during this critical period.
When beef-cross calves receive standard 20% to 22% protein dairy heifer milk replacer—the formulation most farms already stock—they’re being nutritionally shortchanged. Research from Texas Tech University’s animal science department demonstrates that calves fed 27% to 30% protein milk replacers gain an additional 4.8 pounds by eight weeks and develop 14% larger muscle fiber cross-sectional area. While 4.8 pounds may seem modest, this advantage compounds throughout the feeding period, translating to 50 to 100 pounds of additional carcass weight at harvest.
The economics are compelling. Higher-protein milk replacer costs approximately $25 to $40 more per calf based on current industry pricing from major manufacturers. Feedlot performance data suggests returns of $100 to $150 per head from improved muscling and marbling development—a strong return on investment.
Yet university surveys indicate only about 20% of operations use 28% or higher protein formulations for beef-cross calves. Most producers inadvertently limit genetic potential during the most critical developmental phase.
I should note that several successful operations achieve excellent results with standard protein levels by compensating through higher feeding rates (8 quarts daily vs. the standard 6), superior colostrum management, and comprehensive stress-reduction protocols. A Jersey operation in Oregon feeds standard protein but delivers 10 quarts daily in three feedings, achieving exceptional growth rates. Multiple pathways can lead to success, but the biological principle remains constant: early nutrition establishes lifetime performance potential.
Addressing the Liver Abscess Challenge
The Liver Abscess Crisis exposes dairy-beef crosses’ 55% abscess rate versus 30% in native beef—costing operations $45,000 annually per 1,000 head and risking $3,000-per-minute processing shutdowns until Kansas State research proved 45% forage diets solve the problem without sacrificing gains
Liver abscess incidence presents a significant yet often overlooked challenge in beef-on-dairy production. Dr. T.G. Nagaraja from Kansas State, with four decades of research in this area, reports native beef cattle typically show 30% abscess rates, while dairy-beef crosses reach 50% to 60%. Some operations experience rates approaching 70%.
Beyond direct economic losses from condemned organs and reduced performance (approximately $30 to $50 per head based on packer data from National Beef and Cargill), there’s operational risk at processing facilities. A ruptured abscess can contaminate equipment, requiring line shutdown and intensive cleaning. Based on industry estimates from multiple major processors, these stoppages cost approximately $3,000 per minute in lost throughput. The Packers remember which cattle sources cause these disruptions.
Recent findings from the USDA Agricultural Research Service’s Lubbock Livestock Issues Research Unit reveal that bacterial colonization pathways are more complex than previously understood. Dairy-influenced cattle appear particularly susceptible, possibly due to inherited differences in gut architecture—larger digestive capacity from Holstein genetics combined with lifetime exposure to high-concentrate diets.
Progressive feedlots have adapted their protocols accordingly. Rather than pushing traditional 90% concentrate rations to maximize gains, they’re incorporating 20% to 45% forage. They’re limiting starch to 45% to 55% rather than 60% or higher. They’re ensuring consistent provision of 10% to 12% effective fiber.
Kansas State research demonstrates that increasing corn silage from 15% to 45% of the ration significantly reduces abscess incidence without compromising performance—same daily gains, equivalent feed efficiency, healthier livers. This builds on what we’ve learned about the unique nutritional requirements of dairy-beef crosses.
External factors can complicate management, too. Drought conditions affecting forage quality, international trade disruptions impacting grain prices, and even weather extremes during the feeding period—all influence liver health outcomes. Successful operations build flexibility into their feeding programs to adapt to these variables.
Looking ahead, some operations are exploring carbon credit opportunities for efficiently raised beef-on-dairy cattle, particularly those with lower methane emissions from optimized feeding strategies. While still developing, this could add another revenue stream for well-managed programs.
The Replacement Heifer Cost Consideration
The Replacement Heifer Crisis shows how heifer costs exploded 164% from $1,140 to $3,900 while beef calf values declined, creating a devastating $2,860 per-head margin collapse that transformed profitable programs into financial disasters
Perhaps no factor has surprised more producers than replacement heifer economics. Many operations that aggressively shifted to beef breeding in 2022-2023, motivated by $1,400 crossbred calves and $1,140 replacement costs, now face what economists term a “replacement inventory crisis.”
USDA’s January data shows national heifer inventory at 3.914 million head—the lowest since 1978. California’s major auction markets, including Producers Livestock in Tulare and Overland Stockyards in Fresno, report springer heifer prices of $3,800 to $4,000. That represents a 164% increase over three years—a change few operations anticipated in their financial modeling.
I’ve worked with several 500-cow Midwest operations facing this reality. They projected $700 premiums per beef-cross calf with 65% of the herd bred to beef, assuming $2,200 replacement costs based on 2023 prices. They anticipated $210,000 in additional annual revenue.
Current reality? Replacement heifers at $3,800 represent an additional $1,600 per head. For 150 annual replacements, that’s $240,000 in unplanned expense. Net result: negative $29,000 rather than the projected profit.
Dr. Victor Cabrera from Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability recommends limiting beef revenue to 10% of total farm income, maintaining strategic heifer inventory through balanced breeding (typically 35% to 40% dairy genetics, 60% to 65% beef), and utilizing the USDA’s Livestock Risk Protection insurance now available for beef-on-dairy calves.
International factors add complexity. Export demand for U.S. beef, Mexican cattle import policies, and even global grain markets influence both beef calf values and replacement heifer costs. Producers must consider these macro factors when planning breeding strategies.
Building Performance Feedback Systems
What truly distinguishes operations capturing consistent premiums is their commitment to performance tracking and continuous improvement. These producers document comprehensive data from birth through harvest, share information with buyers to build premium relationships, and—critically—obtain feedlot and carcass performance data to refine their programs.
Consider Cogent’s UK Beef Breeding Programme, which partners with Pathway Farming to track calves from birth through retail placement. With over 318,000 data points collected since 2021, they’ve achieved remarkable results: average days to slaughter of 512 (versus 580+ UK average), 87.4% achieving target fat grades, and 97% meeting conformation standards. The program produced the top 11 Angus bulls for intramuscular fat in recent UK breed evaluations—all through systematic data collection and analysis.
Most U.S. operations lack this feedback loop. They breed, sell, and move forward without learning whether their genetic selections performed, which bulls consistently underperform, or why their calves command different prices than neighboring operations.
A Practical 90-Day Implementation Framework
For producers initiating or refining beef-on-dairy programs, the first 90 days establish the foundation for long-term success. Here’s what I’ve seen work across different operation sizes and regions.
Days 1-30: Strategic Planning
Begin with replacement heifer modeling. A 500-cow operation with 30% annual turnover requires 150 replacements. Calculate backwards to determine sustainable beef breeding percentages without creating future heifer shortages. Remember to factor in conception rate differences—beef semen typically runs 8% to 12% below conventional dairy semen.
Model financial scenarios, including worst-case projections. What happens if beef prices decline to $1,000 while heifer costs reach $4,500? Build sufficient financial reserves to weather market volatility. Consider the impacts of drought on feed costs, potential trade disruptions, and even local packing plant closures.
Establish buyer relationships before breeding. One California producer I know invested three weeks contacting calf ranches and feedlots, securing written pricing commitments from two buyers before ordering beef semen. When calves arrived nine months later, marketing was predetermined.
Complete genomic testing if it has not already been implemented. At $40 to $60 per animal through providers like Zoetis CLARIFIDE or Neogen Igenity, this investment identifies which females should produce replacements versus beef calves. Using top genetic females for beef production because they didn’t conceive to dairy semen reverses proper selection logic.
Days 31-60: Infrastructure Development
Source appropriate milk replacer formulations for beef-cross calves. The 27% to 30% protein products cost more but deliver measurable returns through improved muscle development—unless you’ve developed proven compensatory management systems.
Implement documentation systems, whether through existing software like DairyComp 305 or simple spreadsheets. Track sire identity, dam information, birth metrics, colostrum quality (invest in a Brix refractometer if you don’t have one), health interventions, and growth measurements. An Oregon producer recently showed me three years of data revealing conception rates, calving ease scores, and buyer feedback for every sire used.
Develop buyer documentation packages. Providing genetic background, health protocols, and performance data transforms commodity calves into documented products that command premiums of $200 to $300, according to Kansas State agricultural economics research.
Days 61-90: Strategic Execution
Select sires using dairy-validated performance data. Target bulls in the top third for calving ease (verified on dairy, not beef females), top 70% for marbling, positive ribeye area EPDs, and moderate frame scores. Consider seasonal breeding patterns—some producers use different sires for spring versus fall calvings based on anticipated marketing conditions.
Monitor all metrics systematically. Track conception rates by sire, document calving ease, and identify patterns. When bulls consistently underperform despite favorable EPDs, remove them from rotation. Your herd’s actual performance supersedes population predictions.
Benchmarks for Year Three Success
Well-executed programs demonstrate clear performance indicators by year three:
Financial metrics include consistent $700 to $900 calf premiums regardless of market cycles, $4.00 to $5.50 revenue per hundredweight of milk produced, beef income representing 15% to 20% of total farm revenue (enough to matter without creating dangerous dependency), and twelve months of operating reserves accumulated.
Production achievements show difficult calvings below 3% (versus 5% to 8% industry average per the National Association of Animal Breeders), pre-weaning mortality under 3%, quality grades of 80% to 85% Choice or better when receiving carcass data, and liver abscess rates reduced to 30% to 35% from initial 50% to 60% levels.
Operational excellence is demonstrated by 95% complete documentation for all calves, carcass performance data received for 80% of animals sold, and 60% to 80% of production committed through established buyer relationships.
The resilience test came in October 2025, when beef markets declined 7% following new tariff-rate quotas on Argentine beef imports, as reported by DTN livestock analyst ShayLe Hayes and confirmed by Farm Bureau reporting. Well-managed programs absorbed $30,000 to $50,000 impacts while continuing operations. Poorly positioned operations incurred substantial losses, casting doubt on the program’s viability.
Essential Principles for Success
Several key insights emerge from analyzing successful beef-on-dairy enterprises across diverse operational contexts:
Documentation creates more value than genetics alone. Average genetics with complete documentation consistently outsell superior genetics lacking paperwork by $300 per head. Every time.
Early nutrition establishes lifetime potential. The first eight weeks prove especially critical. Biological development windows close permanently—feed beef-cross calves as the premium products they represent, not as unwanted byproducts.
Liver abscesses respond to adjusted feeding strategies. Dairy-beef crosses require more forage, moderate starch levels, and gradual transitions. This reflects biological differences, not management preferences.
Replacement heifer planning cannot be deferred. Problems arise not from selecting incorrect sires but from overcommitting to beef breeding without modeling future replacement needs. The three-year lag between breeding decisions and heifer availability catches many operations unprepared.
Performance feedback enables continuous improvement. Each breeding cycle without carcass data represents a missed opportunity for refinement. Today’s leading programs resulted from three years of systematic improvement based on actual performance data, not theoretical projections.
Success requires adopting a beef producer mindset while maintaining dairy operational excellence. This shift from viewing calves as byproducts to managing them as products transforms every decision from genetics through marketing.
Looking Forward
The $700 premium gap between successful and struggling beef-on-dairy programs reflects systematic execution differences, not market luck. These crossbred animals require specialized management acknowledging their unique biology—neither purely dairy nor purely beef.
With beef cattle inventories at historic lows and dairy-origin cattle becoming a foundational part of the U.S. beef supply—exceeding 3 million head annually per USDA Economic Research Service projections—the opportunity remains substantial. However, easy premiums have disappeared. As more producers enter this market and buyers become increasingly selective, only operations with documented genetics, proven health protocols, optimized nutrition, and continuous improvement systems will capture maximum value.
The path forward is clear: invest 90 days building proper infrastructure before breeding, or spend three years wondering why neighbors receive double your calf prices. Having observed both approaches across numerous operations from small Vermont hillside farms to large New Mexico desert dairies, the successful path is evident.
Markets compensate documented, predictable, continuously improving performance—not good intentions or fortunate genetics. Producers understanding this principle generate $200,000 or more annually from beef-on-dairy enterprises. Others barely cover costs while blaming market conditions.
The framework exists. Research from land-grant universities supports it. Successful examples multiply monthly across every dairy region. As you plan next season’s breeding strategy, consider which approach aligns with your operational goals and risk tolerance.
Because ultimately, this isn’t about choosing between dairy and beef production—it’s about optimizing both within your unique operational context. The producers who understand this are building sustainable, profitable enterprises that strengthen both their operations and the broader beef supply chain.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
Documentation > Genetics: Complete health and breeding records add $300/head to any calf—superior genetics without paperwork sell at commodity prices
Invest $40 in the first 8 weeks, harvest $150 in value: High-protein milk replacer (27-30%) during early development creates permanent muscle and marbling advantages
Liver abscesses aren’t inevitable: Increase forage from 15% to 45% in finishing rations—same gains, 50% fewer condemned livers
The 65% Rule: Never breed more than 65% of your herd to beef—replacement heifers at $3,800-4,000 will destroy three years of premiums
No feedback = No improvement: Top operations track performance from birth to harvest and adjust quarterly; average operations repeat the same mistakes annually
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Milk at $20. Costs at $22. Some dairies are panicking. Others are building $300K in new revenue. The difference? Three moves you can make today.
Executive Summary: The $20 milk check that sustained dairy operations for years now falls $2 short of covering real production costs—and that gap isn’t closing. But while many producers wait for $25 milk that isn’t coming, successful operations are actively building $300,000 in new annual revenue from resources they already have. Beef-cross calves are commanding $1,600 each (up from $400 in 2019), feed shrink costing most farms $60,000 annually can be cut in half with basic management changes, and the Dairy Margin Coverage program is paying 495% returns to those who enroll. The catch? This window closes fast—operations implementing these strategies in Q1 2025 will capture $250,000 more value than those waiting until Q3. Based on verified data from USDA, and progressive dairy consultants, this report provides a proven 90-day roadmap that’s already helping operations transform their financial position. The difference between thriving and merely surviving isn’t about farm size or waiting for markets to improve—it’s about acting on these opportunities now.
You know that feeling when something you’ve counted on for years suddenly isn’t enough? That’s exactly where many of us find ourselves with milk prices right now.
Gary Siporski, the dairy financial consultant from Wisconsin who’s been looking at balance sheets for decades, saw this coming. His data tells quite a story. Back in 2016, his Midwest clients were breaking even around $16.50 per hundredweight. By late 2023? That number had climbed to $20.25. And now—here’s where it gets interesting—operations from California to Vermont are reporting production costs north of $22 when you factor in everything… depreciation, heifer raising, the whole nine yards.
What’s encouraging, though, is that the operations finding their way through this aren’t just sitting around waiting for milk prices in 2025 to bounce back. They’re actively building what amounts to $180,000 to $340,000 in improved financial position through some pretty creative approaches to dairy profitability.
The widening gap between production costs and milk prices reveals why traditional approaches are failing—costs have jumped $5.50 per hundredweight while prices lag behind
Understanding What’s Really Driving Costs
Here’s what the latest University of Illinois Farmdoc Daily and USDA reports are showing us. Feed costs—you know, that 30 to 50 percent chunk of everyone’s budget—have actually come down from those crazy 2022-2023 peaks. Corn’s projected at $4.60 per bushel for 2025, down from $4.80. Soybean meal dropped from $330 to $290 per ton. Alfalfa? Down from $201 to $159.
Sounds like good news, right? Well… hold on a minute.
Everything else keeps climbing. Labor costs are up 3.6 percent for 2025, according to USDA’s agricultural labor report—we’re talking a record $53.5 billion across agriculture. And if you’re in Texas or other areas where the energy sector is hiring? Good luck keeping experienced workers without matching those oil field wages. Producers in these regions report wage competition they never imagined dealing with.
Then there’s interest. After hitting 16-year highs in 2023-2024, according to Federal Reserve data, borrowing costs have fundamentally changed the game. Think about it—if you’re running a 500-cow operation with somewhere between $1.2 and $1.5 million in operating loans (pretty typical these days), that four percentage point jump from 2020 means an extra $48,000 to $60,000 annually just in debt service. That’s nearly fifty cents per hundredweight before you even start milking.
And equipment? The Association of Equipment Manufacturers’ 2024 report shows machinery prices jumped 30 percent in four years. The average new tractor now costs $491,800, up from $363,000 in 2020. Some specialized equipment? We’re talking $1.2 to $1.4 million.
Brad Herkenhoff from Compeer Financial, who works with operations all across Minnesota and Wisconsin, doesn’t mince words: “There won’t be enough to cover depreciation, so capital improvements won’t be made. Bills will stretch beyond 30 days, and every month becomes a financial strain.”
What we’re dealing with is what economists call a “ratchet effect”—costs rise quickly but resist coming down. You can’t undo wage increases once they’re in place. Interest on existing debt? That’s locked in. And you’re still depreciating that nearly half-million-dollar tractor at 2023 prices. This reality is reshaping dairy profitability 2025 in fundamental ways.
The Beef-on-Dairy Window: Real Opportunity or Hype?
Now, let me share something that might be the biggest dairy profitability opportunity I’ve seen in twenty years. And I really mean that.
CattleFax and USDA’s July 2025 cattle inventory reports point to a 3- to 5-year window in which beef-on-dairy returns make extraordinary financial sense. We’re not talking about incremental improvements here—this could be transformative for milk prices in 2025.
Right now, in November 2025, day-old beef-cross calves are bringing $900 to $1,600 at auctions from Pennsylvania to Minnesota. Compare that to the $350 to $400 they brought in 2018-2019, according to USDA’s Agricultural Marketing Service data. That’s a premium that makes you rethink beef-on-dairy returns.
Beef-cross calves now command $1,600—quadruple the 2019 price—turning what was once a disposal problem into a $100,000+ annual revenue stream for mid-size operations
But here’s why this isn’t just a temporary spike. The U.S. cattle inventory is at a 64-year low—we haven’t seen numbers like this since 1951, per USDA’s latest report. Meanwhile, the National Association of Animal Breeders tells us nearly 4 million crossbred calves were born in 2024, and Beef Magazine projects that could hit 6 million within two years.
You might be thinking, “Won’t that flood the market?” Here’s the thing—beef production is actually declining. USDA projects it’ll drop 4 percent in 2025 and another 2 percent in 2026. The beef industry desperately needs these dairy-beef crosses just to maintain supply.
Herkenhoff’s analysis shows producers are seeing a $2.50 to $4 per hundredweight boost from the combination of better cull cow values and beef-cross calf sales. Think about what that means for dairy profitability in 2025. Data shows that, before this beef market rally, milk checks accounted for about 93 percent of total farm income. Now? That’s down to 75 to 80 percent, with cattle sales making up 20 to 25 percent.
The numbers are pretty striking when you dig in. Revenue contribution jumping from $1.12 per hundredweight in 2022 to $2.57 in 2024. That’s a 130 percent increase in two years.
Traditional vs. Diversified: The Numbers Tell the Story
Quick Financial Comparison:
Here’s what we’re seeing:
Traditional Single-Revenue Operation (500 cows):
Milk revenue: 93% of income
Cattle sales: 7% of income
Breakeven: $22-24/cwt
Annual volatility: $150,000-$300,000
Diversified Multi-Revenue Operation (500 cows):
Milk revenue: 75-80% of income
Beef-cross cattle sales: 20-25% of income
Additional streams: 5-10% of income
Breakeven: $18-20/cwt
Annual volatility: $75,000-$150,000
Bottom line difference: About $200,000 in improved annual cash flow with significantly reduced risk exposure.
Diversified operations cut volatility in half while lowering breakeven costs by $2-4 per hundredweight—making 20% from beef-cross cattle creates a financial buffer traditional dairies don’t have
Feed Efficiency: The Money You’re Already Losing
Here’s something that still surprises me after all these years. Producers will negotiate feed contracts for hours, tweak rations endlessly, but meanwhile… many operations are unknowingly losing $50,000 to $180,000 annually through feed shrink and excessive refusals.
Penn State Extension and University of Wisconsin research show that average U.S. dairy silage shrinkage runs 10 to 20 percent. Poorly managed bunkers? Can hit 25 percent. And those feed refusals—should they be 2 to 3 percent, according to Journal of Dairy Science studies? I see operations running 4 to 6 percent all the time.
Real Dollar Impact per 100 Cows:
Silage shrink reduction (15% to 10%): Saves $9,000-$18,000 annually
Refusal reduction (5% to 3%): Recovers $5,000-$10,000 annually
Daily face management: Cuts spoilage by 50%
Oxygen barrier films: Pay for themselves in 6-8 months
Sources: Cornell Cooperative Extension, University of Minnesota dairy extension, Lallemand Animal Nutrition research
The key insight—and nutritionists keep hammering this point—isn’t about cutting feed quality. That’s a disaster. It’s about not throwing away the good feed you already bought.
For a 500-cow operation, even modest management improvements—basic stuff, really—can return $45,000 to $60,000 annually. That’s real money from things you’re already doing, just doing them better. This directly impacts dairy profitability in 2025 outcomes.
Most operations throw away $45,000-$60,000 annually in feed waste—money that’s already been spent on feed you never actually fed. Basic management changes recover this immediately
Government Programs: Setting Aside the Politics
I know, I know. Half of you are already skeptical when I mention government programs. But hear me out—the USDA Farm Service Agency data on Dairy Margin Coverage is pretty compelling for dairy profitability in 2025.
In 2023, producers enrolled at the $9.50 level paid about $1,500 in premiums per million pounds. What’d they get back? According to FSA payment data, $8,926.53 per million pounds. That’s a 495 percent return. On paperwork.
While 25% of producers left money on the table, those who enrolled in DMC at the $9.50 level saw 495% returns—$8,927 back for every $1,500 paid in 2023
DMC by the Numbers:
A 500-cow operation producing 11 million pounds:
Paid: $16,500 in premiums
Received: $98,192 in payments
Net benefit: $81,692
The program distributed over $1.27 billion through October 2023, with the average enrolled operation receiving $74,453. About 17,059 operations participated—that’s 74.5 percent of those eligible. Which means roughly a quarter of producers left that money on the table.
Katie Burgess from Ever.Ag’s risk management team notes that DMC has triggered payments 57% of the time over the past 42 months at the $9.50 level. That’s better than a coin flip, and when it pays, it pays big.
The mistake I see most often? Producers are choosing catastrophic coverage at $4.00 to save on premiums. Sure, it costs less upfront, but you’re leaving massive money on the table. The $9.50 level costs more, but historically returns five to ten times as much during tight margins.
The Human Side: Why Change Is So Hard
You know, research from agricultural psychology studies—the kind published in journals like Applied Farm Management—reveals something we probably all know deep down. Resistance to change isn’t really about the data. It’s about identity.
We don’t just run dairy operations. Being a “dairy producer” is part of who we are. So when someone suggests beef-on-dairy returns or revenue diversification, it can feel like they’re asking us to fundamentally change who we are. That’s not easy.
The generational piece makes it even tougher. Iowa State Extension’s succession planning research shows 83.5 percent of family dairy operations don’t make it to the third generation. First to second generation? Only 30 percent succeed. Second to third? Just 12 percent.
We’ve all seen this—Dad won’t let go because that means confronting his own mortality, and the kids can’t make changes without feeling like they’re disrespecting everything their parents built. Meanwhile, equity slowly bleeds away.
Research from agricultural universities in New Zealand and Europe shows we’re all influenced by what our neighbors do. Nobody wants to be first, but nobody wants to be last either. So everyone waits…
I’ve heard from plenty of producers who understood the financial benefits of beef-on-dairy perfectly well but worried what the coffee shop crowd would think. Were they giving up on “real” dairy farming?
A Practical 90-Day Framework for Dairy Profitability 2025
Alright, let’s get down to brass tacks. Based on what’s working for operations that are successfully navigating this transition, here’s a framework that can improve your financial position in three months:
Month 1: Immediate Actions for Cash Flow
Week 1: Know Your Numbers
First thing—and I mean within 48 hours—calculate your working capital per cow. Current assets minus current liabilities, divided by herd size. Then figure your monthly burn rate from the last 90 days. This tells you exactly how much runway you’ve got.
If you’ve got genomic test results, pull them now. If not, consider ordering tests. Yes, it’s $40 to $50 per head—about $12,000 to $15,000 for 300 head. But you’ll know within 2 to 3 weeks exactly which cows should get beef semen for optimal beef-on-dairy returns.
Order 150 to 200 units of beef semen right away. Angus and Limousin consistently perform well in feedlots. That’s an investment of $2,250 to $5,000. Contact three calf buyers to ensure competitive pricing. Got beef-cross calves ready? Selling them this week could bring $3,600 to $6,400 in immediate cash.
DMC Enrollment: Don’t Wait
Call your FSA office—actually call them, don’t just email. The $9.50 coverage on Tier 1 (first 5 to 6 million pounds) at 95 percent often makes the most sense. Larger operations might consider catastrophic on Tier 2 to manage costs. For a 250-cow operation, you’re looking at about $7,225 in costs, with potential returns of $35,000 to $80,000 in tight-margin years.
Week 2: Strategic Culling Decisions
Review your IOFC reports, SCC data, and Days Open. Identify your bottom 10 to 15 percent—chronic health issues, SCC over 200,000, Days Open beyond 150.
With cull prices averaging $145 per hundredweight according to the USDA, strategically marketing 25 cows averaging 1,400 pounds could generate $50,000 to $62,500. Direct that straight to your operating line.
Month 2: Building Operational Efficiency
Labor Optimization
Progressive Dairy’s benchmarking shows that top operations maintain over 65 cows per full-time worker and produce over 1 million pounds of milk per worker annually. If you’re at 45 cows per worker… well, there’s your opportunity.
Energy Efficiency Quick Wins
Energy typically runs 400 to 1,145 kWh per cow annually. Quick improvements:
LED lighting: 60% electrical reduction
Variable frequency drives: 20-30% fan energy savings
Heat recovery systems: $20-40 per cow annual savings
A 100-cow operation can save $2,000 to $4,000 annually in energy costs alone.
Component Production Focus
Here’s what’s interesting—DHI data shows operations producing over 7 pounds of components per cow daily generate about $3 more per cow at similar costs. That flows straight to the bottom line—potentially $547,500 annually for 500 cows.
Work with your nutritionist on butterfat performance and protein, not just volume. Especially valuable in the Northeast, where component premiums are strong, or the Southwest, where cheese plants pay big butterfat bonuses.
Solar leases: $500-1,500 per acre annually in suitable locations
Carbon credits: $10-30 per cow, emerging market
University extension case studies document operations pulling $300,000 to $400,000 annually from combined energy contracts, beef-cross premiums, and environmental programs.
Risk Management Layers
Layer additional coverage atop DMC:
Dairy Revenue Protection for Tier 2 production
Livestock Gross Margin for Margin Protection
Forward contracting on favorable component premiums
Build that safety net while you can afford it.
90-Day Roadmap Summary Box:
By Day 90, a 500-cow operation typically achieves:
DMC protection: $35,000-$80,000 (potential in tough years)
Total improved position: $220,000-$332,500 within 12 months
Within 90 days, a 500-cow operation can improve its financial position by $220,000-$332,000 without adding debt or expanding—just managing smarter across five key areas
Regional Realities: From the Plains to the Coasts
These strategies play out differently depending on where you farm, and that’s important to understand.
Regional Strategy Highlights:
California: Smaller feed efficiency gains but higher beef-on-dairy returns near feedlots
Wisconsin: Focus on forage quality optimization over shrink reduction
Northeast: Component premiums crucial—can’t match Western volume but butterfat pays
Southeast: Triple cooling costs vs. Wisconsin—every energy efficiency gain magnified
Plains States (Kansas/Nebraska): Uniquely positioned near feedlots AND grain—seeing the strongest beef premiums with lower feed costs
Mountain West: Altitude affects production, but proximity to Western beef markets creates beef-on-dairy opportunities
Timing matters too. Implementing beef-on-dairy in November versus March affects breeding cycles and calf markets. Spring calves bring premiums in some areas, fall calves in others.
But the fundamental principle—diversified revenue beats single-source dependency—that holds everywhere.
What We’re Learning Industry-Wide
University extension services and farm consultants are documenting consistent patterns. Operations implementing beef-on-dairy in early 2024 project $100,000 to $150,000 additional annual revenue from crossbred calves. Those focusing on feed efficiency report recovering $50,000 to $60,000 annually. DMC participants collected $40,000 to $80,000 in 2023, depending on size and coverage.
What’s encouraging is these aren’t just huge, sophisticated operations. They’re regular farms that recognized the shift early and acted. While transitioning from traditional dairy to a diversified operation can feel uncomfortable initially, the financial results tend to validate the decision quickly.
The Bottom Line for Dairy Producers
Accept the New Reality Production costs have shifted from $16.50 per hundredweight in 2016 to over $22 today. This is structural, not temporary. Earlier acceptance means more options for dairy profitability in 2025.
Diversification Is Essential. Successful operations are building $180,000 to $340,000 in improved position through beef-on-dairy ($100,000 to $200,000 annually), feed efficiency ($45,000 to $60,000 annually), and risk management ($35,000 to $80,000 in challenging years).
Time Matters The beef-on-dairy window extends 3 to 5 years based on cattle cycles, but peak premiums are now. DMC has fixed deadlines. Feed savings compound daily. Every month of delay costs money and options. This isn’t about panic—it’s about positioning.
Small Changes, Big Impact. You don’t need revolution. Reducing silage shrink 5 percent and refusals by 2 percent can generate $45,000 to $60,000 annually. These are management tweaks, not overhauls.
Use Your Network. The most resilient operations leverage their networks. Engage lenders proactively. Work with nutritionists. Use FSA resources. Going it alone makes everything harder.
Looking Ahead: Key Indicators to Watch
As we approach 2026, watch these indicators:
USDA’s quarterly cattle inventory reports matter. If beef cow numbers grow faster than Rabobank’s projected 200,000 head annually through 2026, the premium window might compress. But current dynamics suggest that’s unlikely.
Monitor your basis—what plants pay above Class III or IV. Over $5 signals strong demand. Under $2 means tight margins ahead.
The One Big Beautiful Bill Act extended DMC through 2031 and increased Tier 1 coverage to 6 million pounds starting in 2026. Details matter, so stay engaged with your co-op and industry groups.
Watch seasonal patterns. Upper Midwest operations should track winter energy costs. Southwest producers need to monitor the impacts of heat stress on components. These create opportunities for prepared operations.
The Path Forward: Your Decision Point
After looking at all the trends and talking with producers who are making it work, one thing’s clear: The operations thriving in 2028 won’t necessarily be the biggest or most sophisticated. They’ll be the ones that recognized the shift early and acted on the dairy profitability 2025 opportunities.
They understood that building $300,000 in diversified revenue through strategic changes beat waiting for $25 milk prices in 2025. They pushed through the psychological barriers and evolved from traditional dairy farmers to agricultural entrepreneurs who happen to produce milk.
The tools exist. The programs are available. The opportunities—especially beef-on-dairy returns—are real. But here’s the thing—implementing changes in Q1 2025 versus Q3 2025 could mean a $242,500 to $362,500 difference over three years. That’s not marginal. That’s the difference between thriving and surviving.
What it comes down to is this: Operations that accept reality quickly maintain options. Those waiting for more confirmation may find their options have expired when they’re ready to act.
The clock’s ticking. Beef-on-dairy returns, DMC enrollment, feed efficiency—they’re all time-sensitive. The question isn’t whether change is necessary, but whether you’ll drive it or have it forced on you.
What is the difference between those paths? About $300,000 and possibly your operation’s future.
Key Takeaways:
Your Milk Check Will Never Be Enough Again: Production costs hit $22/cwt while prices hover at $20—this isn’t temporary, it’s the new reality requiring immediate action
$300,000 in Hidden Revenue Exists in Your Operation Today: Beef-cross calves bringing $1,600 (vs. $400 in 2019) + recovering $60,000 in feed waste + DMC paying 495% returns = game-changing income
The 90-Day Window That Changes Everything: Operations implementing these strategies Q1 2025 will capture $250,000 more value than those waiting until Q3—procrastination literally costs $20,000/month
You Don’t Need Capital, You Need Courage: No expansion, no debt, no new equipment required—just the willingness to manage differently and diversify beyond the milk check
The Math is Proven, The Choice is Yours: 500-cow operations following this roadmap achieve $220,000-$332,500 improved position in 12 months—the only variable is when you start
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
The $2,500 Question: Are You Raising Too Many Heifers? – This piece reveals the massive hidden costs of surplus heifers, a key drain not detailed in the main article. It provides a strategic framework for using beef-on-dairy to optimize your replacement program and cut costs.
Unlocking Higher Components: 7 Nutrition Tweaks for More Butterfat – Provides the tactical “how-to” for the main article’s component strategy. It details seven specific nutritional adjustments producers can make to immediately boost component pay and improve their margins.
Beyond the BPI: How to Actually Use Genomic Data to Make Money – The main article’s 90-day plan starts with ordering genomic tests. This guide is the crucial next step, demonstrating exactly how to turn that raw data into profit-driven culling and breeding decisions.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Your milk: Complete nutrition. Coke: Sugar water. They keep 70¢/$, you get 30¢/$. Coke’s secret, Ship syrup, not liquid. Save 87% on shipping. We found dairy’s version.
You know, every time I’m in a grocery store, I can’t help but notice something interesting. These two beverages are sitting right there in the cooler—one’s basically sugar water (we’re talking 87% water with some flavoring thrown in), and the other’s got proteins, minerals, vitamins… pretty much everything nutritionists say we need. Yet here’s what gets me: Coca-Cola’s latest quarterly results show they’re capturing somewhere between 60 and 70% of every retail dollar. Meanwhile, USDA’s March data shows we’re getting about a 30-49% share of the retail dollar as dairy producers.
So I’ve been thinking about this a lot lately, especially when it comes to dairy farm profitability. What makes Coca-Cola’s approach work so well? And maybe more importantly—what can those of us in dairy actually learn from how they do business? Because while we obviously can’t turn Milk into concentrate (wouldn’t that be nice for shipping costs?), there’s definitely some strategies here worth considering.
The 70/30 Reality That Changes Everything. Coca-Cola captures 70 cents of every retail dollar selling sugar water, while dairy farmers get just 30 cents for nutrient-dense milk. This isn’t a market inefficiency—it’s a structural business model gap that demands strategic response, not hope for better markets.
Two Completely Different Ways of Doing Business
Here’s what’s fascinating when you dig into the numbers. Coca-Cola’s first-quarter 2025 results showed operating margins reaching 32%. They’re capturing 60-70% of retail value, with gross margins reaching up to 80% in some cases. Now compare that to what USDA’s March 2025 dairy market data shows—we’re receiving about $1.97 per gallon when consumers are paying $4.48 at retail. That’s roughly 44% of what folks are shelling out at the store.
What’s creating this gap? Well, the folks at Cornell’s Program on Dairy Markets and Policy have done some interesting work on this. Turns out, raw materials—the actual ingredients Coca-Cola needs—represent just 5% of its revenue. For dairy processors? Raw milk purchases eat up about 50% of their costs. That’s a huge difference right there.
And think about the logistics for a minute. Coca-Cola ships concentrated syrup to bottlers, who then add water, carbonation, and packaging. They’ve basically eliminated 87% of the product’s weight from their shipping and storage costs. Pretty clever, right? Meanwhile, every gallon of our milk must be continuously refrigerated from the moment it leaves the bulk tank. The University of Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Research has calculated those cold chain costs—we’re looking at 10 to 15 cents per gallon daily just for storage. That adds up quick.
Business Factor
Coca-Cola
Dairy Farmers
Impact
Raw Material Cost
5% of revenue
50% of costs
10x cost advantage
Marketing Power
$4.24 billion annually
$420 million (fragmented)
10x marketing spend
Product Control
Proprietary formula, legally protected
Commodity, identical across producers
Pricing power vs. price taker
Distribution Model
Ship concentrate, save 87% weight
Ship full product, continuous cold chain
87% logistics savings
Operating Margin
32%
8% (typical processor)
4x margin advantage
Retail Value Capture
60-70%
30-49%
2x value retention
But here’s what I find really interesting… it’s not just about the logistics. It’s about who controls what in the whole system.
When One Brand Rules Them All
So MediaRadar tracked Coca-Cola’s marketing spend for 2023—$4.24 billion annually. That’s billion with a B. One company, one brand family, all pushing the same message everywhere you look. Now, our dairy checkoff program collected about $420 million from producers last year, according to DMI’s annual report. And that gets spread across multiple programs, different regions, sometimes even competing messages when you really think about it.
Coca-Cola keeps incredibly tight control over their formula—it’s legally protected, nobody else can make exactly what they make. But milk from a Holstein in Wisconsin? It’s the same as milk from a Holstein in California, Georgia, or anywhere else, really. We’re all producing essentially the same product while they’ve created something nobody else can legally copy.
Dr. Andrew Novakovic over at Cornell’s Dyson School has this great way of putting it. He says Coca-Cola created scarcity around abundance—they took ingredients you can get anywhere and made them exclusive. We’ve got the opposite problem in dairy. We have abundance without any scarcity, and that’s what makes pricing power so challenging.
You probably remember what happened with Dean Foods back in November 2019. They had over 100 processing plants at their peak, but when they filed for bankruptcy, the court documents showed something interesting. All that processing scale, but zero consumer brand loyalty. When Walmart decided to build its own plant, Dean lost major supply contracts overnight. It really shows how hard it is to build that Coca-Cola-type brand power when you’re dealing with a commodity product.
What Coca-Cola’s Playbook Can Teach Us
Now, looking at what they do well, I see three strategies that some dairy operations are starting to figure out how to use:
Tell Your Story, Not Just Your Specs
Here’s something Coca-Cola figured out ages ago—they don’t sell beverages, they sell feelings. Happiness, refreshment, nostalgia. You’ll never see their ads talking about corn syrup or phosphoric acid, right?
I was talking with a Vermont producer recently who finished her organic transition—took about 6 years and cost around $45,000 in certification fees, based on what Extension tells us—and she had this great insight. She said they stopped trying to sell milk and started selling their values instead. Environmental stewardship, animal welfare, and the whole family farming tradition. Her customers aren’t just buying organic milk anymore; they’re buying into what the farm represents.
The Organic Trade Association’s research supports this. These story-driven premium markets are growing 7 to 9% annually, and they’re projecting the market could hit $3.2 to $5.4 billion by the early 2030s. The operations getting $35 to $50 per hundredweight instead of the usual $20 to $22 commodity price? They’re the ones who’ve figured out how to market their story, not just butterfat levels and protein content.
Down in the Southeast, where summer heat stress can knock production down by 25% in conventional systems (according to their Extension services), several producers have switched to grass-fed operations. Sure, the heat’s still tough, but their story about heat-adapted genetics and pasture-based systems really resonates with consumers looking for local, sustainable products. Many are getting $3 to $4 per hundredweight premiums through regional retail partnerships.
Out in Colorado and New Mexico, where water’s becoming increasingly precious, I’m hearing from producers who’ve turned water conservation into a marketing advantage. They’re documenting their drip irrigation for feed crops, recycling parlor water, and other practices. One producer told me retailers are actually seeking them out because of their sustainability story.
Keep It Simple to Make It Work
Coca-Cola’s concentrate model is all about simplification when you think about it. They make syrup in a handful of facilities, let thousands of bottlers handle all the messy logistics, and focus their energy on brand building and market development.
We’re seeing something similar with beef-on-dairy genetics. The American Farm Bureau Federation’s October data shows that 81% of U.S. dairy herds now use beef semen. That’s huge. And it’s really a simplification strategy—same breeding program, different semen, massive value difference.
Wisconsin producers I’ve talked with are seeing results that match up with what Lancaster Farming’s been reporting—beef crosses averaging around $480 while Holstein bull calves bring maybe $110 this spring. If you’re breeding about a third of your herd to beef genetics, you’re looking at roughly $70,000 in extra annual revenue for maybe $2,000 in additional semen costs. Those are the kind of margins Coca-Cola sees on their concentrate.
Sandy Larson from UW-Madison Extension recently made a great point about this. She noted that timing your beef-on-dairy breedings for spring calving lines up with when beef markets typically peak. It’s about working with market cycles, not against them. Makes sense, doesn’t it?
And here’s something else about simplification that’s working—USDA’s Natural Resources Conservation Service has programs that can help with transition costs. Their Environmental Quality Incentives Program can cover up to 75% of costs for certain conservation practices that support organic transitions. Not everyone knows about these programs, but they’re worth looking into if you’re considering a change.
Create Your Own Version of Scarcity
So Coca-Cola’s got their secret formula that creates artificial scarcity—anybody can make cola, but only they can make Coca-Cola. That exclusivity drives their pricing power.
What’s interesting is looking at how Canadian dairy does something similar through supply management. The Canadian Dairy Commission’s October 2025 report shows that its producers receive cost-of-production pricing with predictable adjustments—this year, it was 2.3%. Now, Canadian producers capture only about 29% of retail value, compared to our 49% here in the States, but Statistics Canada reports virtually zero dairy farm bankruptcies there over the past five years.
Canadian producers I’ve talked with describe their quota as basically a retirement investment—it’s appreciated 4 to 6% annually for decades. They’ve created value through production discipline rather than product secrets. While this system provides remarkable stability, it’s worth noting the quota itself represents a significant capital investment—often hundreds of thousands of dollars or more—creating a substantial barrier for new farmers trying to enter the industry. Different approach with its own trade-offs, but it certainly works for those already in the system.
The connection between this kind of stability and other strategies is worth noting. When you have predictable pricing like the Canadians do, you can make longer-term investments in things like robotic milking or facility upgrades. It’s a different kind of scarcity—scarcity of market chaos, you might say.
Rethinking How We Handle Distribution
One of Coca-Cola’s smartest moves was separating production from distribution. They make the concentrate; bottlers handle everything else. This freed up their capital while keeping brand control. There’s lessons there for us.
I know several larger Idaho operations that have developed partnerships with regional cheese processors. They’re typically getting around $1.50 over Class III pricing in these arrangements. Now, that might not sound super exciting, but the predictability? That’s worth a lot for planning and managing risk, especially when you’re thinking about dairy farm profitability long-term.
The Innovation Challenge We’re Both Facing
Here’s where things get really interesting for both industries. Precision fermentation is coming for both of us. Companies like Perfect Day and Future Cow are producing molecularly identical proteins through fermentation—dairy proteins, flavor compounds, you name it.
Perfect Day’s proteins are already in products like Brave Robot ice cream and Modern Kitchen cream cheese—you’ve probably seen them at Whole Foods. Research published in the Journal of Food Science & Technology this September shows 78.8% of consumers are willing to try these products, with about 70% actually intending to buy. UC Davis conducted a life-cycle analysis showing 72-97% lower emissions and 81-99% less water use. Those are big numbers.
Leonardo Vieira, who runs Future Cow, made an interesting point at the International Dairy Federation conference recently. He said they can produce Coca-Cola’s flavor compounds or dairy proteins with basically the same efficiency. But here’s the kicker—Coca-Cola’s brand equity protects them even if someone matches their formula. Our commodity status? That’s a different story.
The Math Is Simple: 18 Months to Position or 3:1 Odds Against Survival. This isn’t fear-mongering—it’s timeline analysis based on precision fermentation deployment schedules and market disruption patterns across multiple industries. Farms executing strategic adaptation now (beef-on-dairy, premium positioning, or partnerships) show 85% survival probability. Those waiting for markets to improve? Just 25%. Your decision window closes in 18 months. Where will your operation stand?
This really drives home the point. Coca-Cola’s spent over a century building barriers that technology can’t easily cross. We need different strategies.
Three Paths That Actually Work
Based on what I’m seeing across the industry, three strategies can help capture better margins within dairy’s natural constraints:
Path 1: Go Big on Efficiency (500+ cows)
Three Proven Paths, One Critical Timeline, Zero Room for Half-Measures. With precision fermentation launching 2026-2028, farms choosing and executing a strategy today show 85% survival probability. Those waiting? Just 25%. This flowchart isn’t theoretical—it’s a decision-forcing tool based on market disruption patterns across multiple industries. Pick your path and commit now.
Just like Coca-Cola concentrates production in a few facilities, larger dairies achieving $14 to $16 per hundredweight costs through scale are capturing margins that smaller operations just can’t match. USDA’s Economic Research Service projections—and Rabobank’s October 2025 Dairy Quarterly backs this up—suggest these operations will produce 60 to 65% of our Milk by 2030.
Path 2: Build Your Premium Story (40-200 cows)
You know how craft sodas get huge premiums over Coca-Cola? Same principle. Smaller dairies building authentic stories around organic, A2, grass-fed, or local identity are achieving $35 to $50 per hundredweight. The key is they’re selling identity, not just Milk.
Path 3: Partner Strategically (800-2,500 cows)
Following Coca-Cola’s bottler model, mid-size operations partnering with processors for guaranteed premiums while focusing on production excellence are finding sustainable profitability without needing all that processing infrastructure capital.
Four Pricing Strategies, Dramatically Different Outcomes—Which Fits Your Competitive Advantage? While commodity producers accept $22/cwt as price takers, premium storytelling operations command $35-50/cwt—up to 127% more for the same milk. Strategic partnerships offer stability ($23.50); large-scale efficiency offers margin control ($14-16 cost). The question isn’t which strategy is ‘best’—it’s which aligns with your operation’s unique strengths and market position.
Making This Work for Your Operation
When I think about everything we’ve covered, the successful operations I’ve observed all started by asking themselves some key questions:
What percentage of retail value are you actually capturing? If you do the math and it’s below 35%, you’re probably stuck in the commodity trap.
Can you create any kind of scarcity or differentiation around your product? Whether it’s through production excellence, geographic advantage, or some unique attribute, you need to figure out what makes your Milk essential to a specific person.
Are you trying to do everything, or are you focusing on what you do best? Remember, Coca-Cola doesn’t grow sugar cane. They focus on what creates value. What’s your focus?
Here’s what stands out for immediate action:
Value capture matters more than production volume – focus on your percentage of retail dollar, not just pounds shipped
Beef-on-dairy offers immediate returns – $70,000+ annual revenue for minimal investment if you’re not already doing it
Your story might be worth more than your Milk – premium markets pay for narratives, not just nutrients
Partnerships can provide stability – you don’t need to own the entire supply chain to capture value
Technology disruption is coming – precision fermentation by 2026-2028 will change the game
Think about controlling your narrative. Whether it’s beef-on-dairy programs generating serious additional revenue (many producers are seeing $70,000-plus annually), organic certification capturing premium markets, or processor partnerships ensuring price stability, differentiation strategies matter more than ever.
Operational focus is crucial, too. I see too many operations trying to do everything—raise all replacements, grow all feed, process milk, and direct market—and rarely excelling at anything. Figure out what you’re really good at and consider partnering or outsourcing the rest.
What the Next 18 Months Will Bring
Based on current market dynamics and what Rabobank’s been saying, I think we’re going to see accelerating changes over the next year and a half. Mid-size operations—those 100 to 500 cow dairies—are at a crossroads. They’ll either scale up, develop premium market strategies, or exit.
Operations making decisive moves now—implementing beef-on-dairy genetics, establishing processor partnerships, building premium market positions—they’ll be better positioned to capture value. Those waiting for commodity markets to improve without adapting strategically? They’re facing increasingly tough times ahead.
It’s worth remembering that Coca-Cola didn’t achieve 70% value capture by waiting for better conditions. They built systems that capture value regardless of market cycles.
The gap between Coca-Cola’s 60 to 70% value capture and our 30 to 49% reflects fundamental business model differences that aren’t going away. But understanding these differences helps us make smarter decisions within our own reality.
Looking at operations across Wisconsin, Vermont, Idaho, the Southeast, and out West… the ones successfully adapting these lessons—whether through genetic programs, partnerships, or premium market development—they’re building more resilient businesses. The question isn’t whether we can copy Coca-Cola’s exact model. We can’t. The question is which elements of their approach can strengthen what we’re doing.
In today’s market, just producing excellent Milk isn’t enough anymore. We need value-capture strategies adapted from successful models in other industries, tailored to dairy’s unique characteristics. That’s what’s increasingly separating operations that thrive from those just trying to survive.
Where’s your operation going to stand in all this? What strategy from the beverage giants makes sense for your farm? Because one thing’s for sure—standing still while the market evolves around us isn’t really an option anymore.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
The 70/30 Reality: Coke keeps 70¢ of every dollar it sells sugar water for. You get 30¢ for nutrient-rich Milk. This gap is structural and permanent—but you can still win
Your Immediate $70K: Beef-on-dairy generates $70,000+ annually for just $2,000 in semen costs. If you’re not in the 81% already doing this, you’re leaving money on the table
Choose Your Path NOW: Scale to 500+ cows ($14-16/cwt costs), capture premium markets ($35-50/cwt), or secure processor partnerships ($1.50+ over Class III). Half-measures guarantee failure
The 18-Month Countdown: With precision fermentation launching 2026-2028, farms adapting today show 85% survival probability. Those waiting? 25%. Your equity is evaporating while you decide
Focus on What Matters: Stop obsessing over production volume. Start tracking your percentage of retail dollar. If it’s below 35%, you’re in the commodity trap
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:
Walk into any grocery store and you’ll see the paradox: Coca-Cola’s sugar water captures 70 cents of every retail dollar while dairy farmers get just 30 cents for nutrient-dense milk. The gap exists because Coke ships concentrate (eliminating 87% of weight), spends $4.24 billion on unified marketing, and protects a proprietary formula—structural advantages dairy’s 30,000 independent farms can’t replicate. But three proven strategies are leveling the field: beef-on-dairy genetics delivering $70,000+ annually with minimal investment, premium storytelling earning $35-50/cwt for organic and local brands, and processor partnerships guaranteeing predictable premiums above commodity prices. With precision fermentation launching commercially in 2026-2028, farms face an 18-month window to secure their position. The survivors won’t be those waiting for markets to improve—they’ll be those adapting Coke’s value-capture playbook to dairy’s reality while they still have equity to work with.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
Beef-on-Dairy: Real Talk on Turning Calves into Serious Profit – This guide moves from the “why” to the “how,” providing the tactical framework for implementing a successful beef-on-dairy program. It reveals the financial sweet spot for semen selection and outlines the common mistakes that cause 30% of programs to fail.
The Dairy Market Shift: What Every Producer Needs to Know – This analysis expands the main article’s focus by detailing how exploding global dairy demand creates new profit avenues. It provides strategies for tapping into export markets and securing premiums that are completely independent of domestic commodity prices, offering a path to de-risk operations.
Lab-Grown Milk Has Arrived: The Dairy Innovation Farmers Can’t Ignore – While the main article discusses precision fermentation, this piece explores the next frontier: cellular agriculture that creates molecularly identical milk from mammary cells. It demonstrates the accelerated commercial timeline for this disruption, forcing a long-term strategic view on technology’s ultimate impact.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Dairy’s best kept secret: The farms shrinking on purpose are the ones making money. Here’s the $165K proof.
Executive Summary: A Wisconsin dairy farmer cut 150 cows and made $165,000 MORE—proving that in today’s market, strategic shrinking beats growing. With mega-dairies producing at $13/cwt versus your $23/cwt, that $10 spread is mathematically insurmountable through volume. December 1’s new protein requirements (3.3% baseline) will either cost you $8,640 in penalties or earn you $40,000+ in premiums—depending on what you do in the next 31 days. The winning formula: cull your bottom 15% to cut costs immediately, then optimize components through amino acid supplementation for premium capture. This article delivers a tested 90-day playbook with specific actions, real costs, and realistic timelines that have already transformed dozens of operations. Your choice is simple but urgent: adapt now, pivot to alternatives, or exit while you still can.
Part One: The Squeeze Is Real—And Getting Worse
You know that feeling when you’re caught between a rock and a hard place? That’s exactly where mid-size dairy operations sit right now. And if you’re running 200 to 600 cows, you’re probably feeling it every time you look at your milk check.
Let me paint you a picture with some hard numbers from the USDA’s latest Census of Agriculture, released in February. Between 2017 and 2022, we lost 15,866 dairy farms. During that same time? Milk production actually went UP five percent.
How’s that math work? Well, you probably know this already, but it’s worth saying—the big got bigger. Much bigger.
The brutal math of consolidation: 15,866 farms disappeared (29% loss) while milk production rose 5%—proof that 834 mega-dairies now control nearly half of America’s milk supply
Year
Farms
Change
Production Index
Mega Share %
2017
54,599
–
100
42%
2018
51,050
-3,549
101
43%
2019
47,235
-3,815
102
44%
2020
43,410
-3,825
103
45%
2021
40,100
-3,310
103.5
45.5%
2022
38,733
-1,367
105
46%
The Brutal Economics of Scale
So I visited one of these mega-operations in Texas last spring. Twelve thousand cows. Robotic systems everywhere. The whole nine yards.
Here’s what’s interesting—their CFO, who came from the oil industry, actually, showed me their numbers. Thirteen dollars per hundredweight all-in production costs. Thirteen.
Now, I don’t know about your operation, but Cornell’s PRO-DAIRY program has been tracking costs for typical 100-200 cow herds, and they’re seeing around $23 per hundredweight. That’s… that’s a problem.
The brutal economics of scale: Mega-dairies operate at $13-17/cwt while mid-size farms struggle at $23/cwt—a $10 gap that volume alone cannot bridge
Farm Size
Cost/CWT
Status
10-49 cows
$33.54
Loss
50-99 cows
$27.77
Loss
100-199 cows
$23.68
Loss
200-499 cows
$20.85
Loss
2,500+ cows
$17.22
Profit
At today’s Class III price—what was it this morning, $17.40 on the CME?—smaller operations are losing close to six bucks per hundredweight. Meanwhile, these mega-dairies? They’re making over four dollars.
That’s a ten-dollar spread, folks. Ten dollars!
“I realized I was trying to compete on volume with operations ten times my size. Can’t win that game. So I changed the game—focused on profit per cow, not gallons in the tank.” — Wisconsin dairy farmer who cut his herd from 1,200 to 1,050 cows
And here’s the thing that keeps me up at night—it’s not that these big operations are doing anything wrong. They’re just playing a different game entirely. Feed costs alone, they’re saving $2-3 per hundredweight through direct commodity purchases. Labor efficiency? Another couple of bucks saved. It adds up fast.
The Geographic Earthquake Nobody’s Talking About
While you’re wrestling with those economics, something else is happening that’s maybe even more important. The entire industry map? It’s being redrawn under our feet.
You’ve probably heard about the new processing capacity—Rabobank’s September report put the investment range at $8 to $11 billion. Biggest buildout since the 1990s. But here’s the kicker that nobody really wants to talk about—these plants aren’t where the milk traditionally has been.
Take Hilmar’s new Dodge City facility out in Kansas. Or Valley Queen’s expansion up in South Dakota. These aren’t small operations, folks. They need milk—lots and lots of milk.
And where’s it coming from? Well, USDA’s latest production report tells the story:
Texas added 50,000 cows this past year. Fifty thousand! Kansas jumped by 29,000 head. South Dakota gained somewhere between 18,000 and 21,000, depending on which report you look at.
Meanwhile—and this is what Mark Stephenson, Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at UW-Madison’s Center for Dairy Profitability, calls it—older plants in Wisconsin, Minnesota, parts of New York? They’re taking “strategic downtime.” That’s a polite way of saying they can’t compete for milk at current prices.
What I’m hearing from processing plant managers and dairy economists familiar with these operations is that new facilities are running at maybe 50-70% capacity right now, varying by plant, of course. They’re still ramping up, learning their systems, building those supply chains.
But when they hit full throttle—and most analysts I talk to figure that’ll be late 2026—we’re looking at an additional billion pounds of cheese-making capacity.
Just to put that in perspective… that’s about what the entire state of Vermont produces in a year.
Now, the strategies that work in Texas, with its minimal environmental regulations, aren’t the same as those that work in California, with its water restrictions. And our friends in the Southeast, dealing with heat stress, face different challenges than folks up in Vermont, where land costs are through the roof. But the pressure? That’s universal.
Part Two: December 1—The Trigger That Changes Everything
As if the squeeze wasn’t tight enough already, here comes December 1 with Federal Milk Marketing Order changes that’ll turn chronic pressure into an acute crisis for a lot of farms.
According to USDA’s final rule that came out in October—and I spent way too much time reading through all 147 pages of it—baseline protein jumps from 3.1% to 3.3% starting December 1. Other solids move from 5.9% to 6.0%.
Now, that might not sound like much when you’re sitting at the kitchen table. But let me show you what this actually means for your milk check.
The New Component Reality
A typical 200-cow operation that’s been hitting that old 3.1% protein baseline? Come December 1, they’re suddenly eight cents under water per hundredweight. Just like that—penalty instead of baseline.
On the flip side, farms hitting 3.4% protein capture about 28 cents per hundredweight in premiums under the new formulas.
Let’s do the math here—on 200 cows averaging 75 pounds daily, that’s the difference between losing money and gaining around $8,640 annually. That’s not pocket change, as many of us have learned the hard way.
Karen Phillips, who’s an Associate Professor of Dairy Science at UW-Madison, explained something fascinating at last month’s extension meeting in Marshfield. She said cheesemakers need a protein-to-fat ratio of 0.80 for optimal yield. Know what the U.S. average is right now? We’re sitting at 0.77 according to the DHIA data from January through September.
That three-hundredths difference—it doesn’t sound like much, but it forces plants to add nonfat dry milk powder to standardize their cheese vats. Cuts right into their margins. Makes them real interested in paying premiums for the right milk.
December 1 creates a $15,500 spread between winners and losers: Farms hitting 3.4% protein gain $8,000 annually while those at 3.0% lose $7,500—all based on new FMMO baselines
Scenario
Protein/OS
Payment Δ
Annual Impact (200 cows)
Below Average
3.0% / 5.8%
-$0.15/cwt
-$7,500
Average
3.1% / 5.9%
-$0.08/cwt
-$4,000
Above Average
3.4% / 6.2%
+$0.28/cwt
+$8,000
December 1 Component Changes at a Glance:
Protein baseline: 3.1% → 3.3%
Other solids: 5.9% → 6.0%
Below baseline = penalties
Above baseline = premiums
200-cow herd hitting 3.4% protein = ~$8,640 annual gain
Part Three: Why “Just Make More Milk” Is a Losing Game
Your first instinct might be to ramp up production, right? Get more cows. Push for higher yields. Try to compete on volume.
Don’t. Just… don’t.
Here’s why that strategy is basically suicide for mid-size operations.
You Can’t Out-Scale the Giants
Those 834 mega-dairies with 2,500-plus cows that USDA’s Economic Research Service tracked in their March 2025 report? They’re producing 46% of America’s milk now. Nearly half of our milk comes from fewer than 1,000 farms.
Think about that for a second.
They’ve got feed costs that run $2-3 per hundredweight lower than yours through direct commodity purchases—they’re buying trainloads, not truck loads. Labor efficiency through automation saves them another $2-2.50 based on university cost studies. Capital costs spread across massive production volumes? That’s another buck-fifty to two-fifty saved.
You can’t win that game. I mean, you literally cannot win it. So stop trying.
The Processing Capacity Trap
Michael Dykes, President and CEO at the International Dairy Foods Association—I had coffee with him at September’s Dairy Forum in Phoenix—he told me something really revealing. He said everyone in the industry was terrified there wouldn’t be enough milk for these new plants.
“I kept telling them,” he said, “farmers will respond to market signals.”
Well, respond they did. Boy, did they respond.
But here’s what nobody wants to say out loud at these industry meetings: The IDFA estimates we’ll have a billion pounds of new annual cheese capacity by the end of 2026. Meanwhile, domestic demand? It’s growing at about 1-2% annually, based on USDA consumption data from their July report.
You see the problem here? More milk into an oversupplied market just drives prices lower. You’re literally racing to the bottom.
Part Four: The Real Solution—Shrink to Grow
This brings me to something that happened last February that really opened my eyes. I was talking to this Wisconsin dairy farmer—let’s call him Tom to protect his privacy—standing in his freestall barn outside Shawano. And he tells me something that seemed absolutely crazy at the time.
He was cutting his herd from 1,200 to 1,050 cows. On purpose.
“You’re going backwards,” his neighbors told him at the co-op meeting.
Eight months later? His net income—not revenue, but actual net income—had jumped dramatically. The University of Wisconsin Extension has been documenting these kinds of strategic culling success stories in its dairy management programs, and the results are prompting many people to rethink everything.
Here’s the two-step strategy that’s actually working:
Step One: Strategic Culling (The Foundation)
Victor Cabrera, Professor in the Department of Dairy Science at UW-Madison, has data showing something really interesting—the average farm has 10-12% of cows that are net negative on profitability.
They’re eating feed. Taking up stall space. Requiring labor. Getting bred. But when you actually run the numbers? They’re not paying their way.
Culling these underperformers does two things immediately:
Reduces your costs right away—less feed, less labor, fewer health issues
Mechanically raises your herd’s average production and components
What Tom did with his 150-cow reduction was eliminate his worst performers. The 1,050 cows he kept? Higher average production. Better components. Lower costs per hundredweight. It’s not magic—it’s just math.
Step Two: Component Optimization (The Multiplier)
Once you’ve got a leaner, higher-potential herd, now you optimize for components through amino acid balancing.
Jim Paulson, Dairy Extension Educator at University of Minnesota Extension in St. Cloud—he’s been working with dairy nutrition for decades—he explains it really well: “Most farms overfeed crude protein while being deficient in the specific amino acids that actually drive milk protein synthesis.”
The fix? Rumen-protected methionine and lysine in the right ratio. The Journal of Dairy Science has published extensive research on this over the past couple of years, and the 3-to-1 lysine-to-methionine ratio keeps coming up as optimal.
Brian Perkins, Senior Dairy Technical Specialist with Vita Plus Corporation out of Madison—he’s worked with 47 different herds on this in 2025—told me: “Target a 0.15 to 0.20 percentage point protein increase. Budget $0.10–$0.15 per cow daily. Based on our field trials, you’ll see results in 8-12 weeks.”
On a now-optimized 200-cow herd, that’s maybe $7,000 annually for the supplements. But if it gets you to 3.3% protein or higher, you’re capturing those December 1 premiums we talked about.
I don’t have all the answers here, and finding qualified nutritionists who really understand amino acid balancing can be challenging in some regions. Your best bet is contacting your state Extension dairy team—they can usually connect you with someone who knows this stuff inside and out.
The Combined Effect
Simple math that works: Invest $7k in amino acids, execute strategic culling, breed 60% to beef—capture $153k in combined gains on a 200-cow operation within 12 months
Component
Amount
Type
Amino Acid Supplements
-$7,000
Cost
Component Premiums (3.3%+ protein)
+$40,000
Revenue
Beef-on-Dairy (60% × 120 calves)
+$100,000
Revenue
Cost Reduction (15% culling)
+$20,000
Savings
NET PROFIT
+$153,000
Total
* 200-Cow Operation
Here’s where it gets really interesting:
Culling raises your baseline—removing the bottom 15% might boost your average protein from 3.0% to 3.1% just from that alone
Amino acid optimization adds another 0.15-0.20 percentage points on top
Now you’re at 3.25-3.30% protein—above the new FMMO baseline
Your costs dropped through culling
Your revenue increased through premiums
That’s how you shrink to grow. And it’s working for operations across the country—though individual results will obviously vary based on your specific circumstances.
Part Five: Your 90-Day Survival Playbook
Phase
Days
Action Focus
Key Metric
1
1-7
Face the Truth
<$19 survive / >$21 exit
2
8-30
Execute Cull
15% reduction
3
31-45
Fix Components
$0.10-$0.15/cow/day
4
46-60
Diversify Revenue
$100K+ annual
5
61-75
Lock Premiums
$40K-$140K/year
6
76-90
Hard Decision
85-95% vs 50-65%
Alright, so you understand the problem and the solution. But what do you actually DO? Like, starting Monday morning?
Here’s your tactical roadmap—and I mean this is what you actually need to do, not theoretical stuff:
Days 1-7: Face the Brutal Truth
Calculate your true all-in production cost. Brad Mitchell, Extension Agricultural Economist at Iowa State University, has this worksheet on their dairy team website that makes it pretty straightforward. Use it.
And here’s the part nobody wants to hear—include your own labor at $20 an hour minimum. That’s the median wage for dairy workers according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics as of October 2025. If you’re working 60-hour weeks—and who isn’t?—that’s $62,400 annually you’re not paying yourself.
Critical benchmarks to know:
Under $19/cwt: You might survive with some adjustments
$19-21/cwt: Major changes needed NOW
Over $21/cwt: You need to consider all options, including… well, including exit
Days 8-30: Execute the Cull
Time to identify your bottom 10-15% performers. Look for:
Chronic high SCC—anything over 400,000 consistently
Repeated health issues—if she’s been treated 3+ times in 90 days
Production under 60 pounds a day in early to mid-lactation
Poor components—under 2.9% protein consistently
Remove them. Yeah, I know it’s hard. Your daily tank volume will drop. But your profitability will improve immediately. Trust me on this.
Days 31-45: Fix Your Components
Call your nutritionist this week. Not next month. This week.
Tell them you need amino acid balancing targeting:
0.15-0.20 percentage point protein increase
Rumen-protected methionine and lysine
That 3:1 lysine to methionine ratio we talked about
Budget $0.10 to $0.15 per cow daily. Based on what we’re seeing in the field, you’ll see results in 8-12 weeks.
For sourcing quality rumen-protected amino acids, companies like Adisseo, Evonik, and Kemin have good products—your nutritionist will have preferences based on what’s worked in your area.
Days 46-60: Diversify Revenue
If you haven’t started breeding for beef-on-dairy yet, you’re leaving serious money on the table.
Superior Livestock Auction’s video sales from October 28—I was watching them—show beef-cross dairy calves bringing around $1,400 for 400-pound steers. Straight dairy bulls? You’re lucky to get $150 at the local sale barn.
Here’s the optimal strategy:
Top 40% of your herd: Use sexed dairy semen for replacements
Bottom 60%: Beef semen all the way
Matt Akins, Beef Specialist at UW Extension’s Marshfield Agricultural Research Station, has calculated that this generates an extra $100,000-plus annually for a typical 200-cow herd. That’s real money.
The beef-on-dairy revolution: $150 dairy bulls vs $1,400 beef crosses—a $1,250 premium per calf that adds $150,000 annually to a 200-cow operation breeding 60% to beef
Metric
Traditional
Beef-on-Dairy
Difference
Per Calf Price
$150
$1,400
+$1,250
Annual Revenue (120 calves)
$18,000
$168,000
+$150,000
Feed Efficiency
Baseline
8-25% better
Advantage
Finishing Time
Baseline
20% faster
5-26 fewer days
Carcass Grading
Lower
15-25% Prime/Choice
Premium
200-Cow Herd (60% bred to beef)
Now, fair warning—Les Hansen, Professor Emeritus at the University of Minnesota’s Department of Animal Science, keeps reminding everyone that beef prices won’t stay this high forever. USDA’s January 2025 cattle inventory showed we’re at a 73-year lows. When rebuilding starts—probably late 2026—these premiums will shrink. So use this 18-24 month window wisely.
Days 61-75: Lock in Component Premiums
If you can hit 3.3% protein with a 0.80 protein-to-fat ratio, those new cheese plants want your milk. They really want it.
I know of several Wisconsin operations working with processors like Grande and Foremost Farms that just locked in multi-year contracts at anywhere from 40 cents to $1.40 per hundredweight above Federal Order minimums. The exact premium depends on volume commitments, location, quality history—you know, all the usual factors.
On 200 cows, even at the low end, that’s $40,000 annually. At the high end? We’re talking $140,000.
But here’s the thing—these deals are happening NOW. By January, that window probably closes.
Days 76-90: Make the Hard Decision
Look, if you’ve done all this analysis and you still can’t hit profitable benchmarks, it’s time for the conversation nobody wants to have.
Tom Peters, Senior Farm Transition Specialist at Farm Credit Services of America—he’s tracked 127 dairy transitions across the Midwest since 2020. A planned exit over 18-24 months typically preserves 85-95% of asset value. A forced liquidation in crisis? You’re lucky to get 50-65%.
On a typical $4 million operation, that’s the difference between walking away with $3.4 million or $2 million. One sets you up for retirement. The other… doesn’t.
I know this is tough to hear. But ignoring reality doesn’t change it.
Success Stories That Prove It Works
This isn’t just theory, folks. Real farms are making this strategy work right now.
I visited an operation down in Georgia that’s similar to what folks like Sarah Martinez are doing—280 cows on pasture, focused intensively on components. She’s hitting 3.45% protein consistently and has locked in premium contracts with a regional cheese maker. Her costs run about $18.50 per hundredweight—actually profitable at current prices.
“We’re not trying to compete with the big boys on volume,” she told me. “We’re competing on quality and consistency.”
Up in Vermont, I know of operations similar to the Johnson family’s that pivoted to organic about five years ago. Yeah, the transition was brutal—they lost money for three years straight. But now? They’re capturing $35 per hundredweight through Organic Valley with production costs around $28. That’s a healthy margin in anybody’s book.
And there are plenty of mid-size operations maintaining profitability through other unique strategies—direct marketing, agritourism, value-added processing. The point is, there’s more than one path forward.
Tom in Wisconsin? His remaining 1,050 cows are now averaging strong protein levels after working on amino acid balancing. He’s breeding 65% to beef. His costs dropped to about $17.80 per hundredweight after culling those 150 underperformers. At current prices, he’s actually making money. Not a fortune, but enough.
The Digital Edge You Need
What’s encouraging is the technology available now that we didn’t have even five years ago:
Penn State’s DairyMetrics offers a free component optimization app that lets you model amino acid changes before implementing them. Wisconsin’s Dairy Management website, through UW-Madison Extension, offers calculators for everything from culling decisions to heifer inventory optimization.
Several folks I know are using FeedWatch or TMR Tracker software to dial in their rations precisely. When you’re spending $7,000 on amino acids, you want to make sure they’re actually getting into the cows, you know?
And of course, USDA’s Agricultural Marketing Service and the CME Group sites let you track real-time market prices from your phone.
The Bottom Line: Choose Your Path
Look, I’ve been covering this industry for thirty years. This isn’t just another cycle. The combination of mega-dairy economics, geographic shifts, component revaluation, and processing overcapacity—it’s creating a fundamental restructuring of how this industry works.
The whey processors figured this out already. They cut commodity production by about 30%, shifted to high-value products, and created scarcity. CME spot dry whey hit 71 cents per pound last week—a nine-month high—while cheese races toward oversupply.
As Tom told me: “I realized I was trying to compete on volume with operations ten times my size. Can’t win that game. So I changed the game—focused on profit per cow, not gallons in the tank.”
He gets it. The question is, do you?
The decisions you make in the next 90 days will determine which side of 2027 you land on. For some, that means strategic culling and component optimization. For others, it means transitioning to organic or direct marketing. And yes, for some, it means a well-planned exit that preserves wealth.
What’s not an option? Not choosing. Because not choosing is still choosing—it’s just choosing to let the market decide for you.
The clock’s ticking, folks. December 1 is 31 days away.
Time to decide: Will you shift with the market, or get shifted by it?
Key Takeaways:
The Volume Game Is Over: With mega-dairies producing at $13/cwt versus your $23/cwt, competing on size is mathematical suicide—the $10 spread is unbridgeable
December 1 Deadline Creates Winners and Losers: Hit 3.3% protein to capture $40,000+ in premiums, or face $8,640 in penalties—you have 31 days to pick your side
Strategic Culling Pays Immediately: Your bottom 15% of cows are profit vampires—cutting them saves $20,000+ annually while raising your herd average instantly
Simple Math, Big Returns: Invest $7,000 in amino acids → boost protein 0.2 points → earn $40,000+ premiums PLUS add beef-on-dairy for another $100,000 = $133,000 net gain
Three Honest Options: Transform through the 90-day playbook (works if costs <$21/cwt), pivot to specialty markets (organic/direct), or exit strategically while assets retain 85-95% value—but decide NOW
Resources: Visit your state Extension dairy website for worksheets and calculators. Component optimization apps are available through Penn State DairyMetrics and Wisconsin Dairy Management. For amino acid suppliers, contact your nutritionist. Track markets via the USDA Agricultural Marketing Service and CME Group.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
Navigating Today’s Dairy Margin Squeeze: Insights from the Field – This article reveals practical feed management strategies (5-15% cost cuts) and modern culling benchmarks, offering immediate, actionable tactics to improve efficiency and component production, directly complementing the main article’s 90-day playbook for cost control and herd optimization.
USDA’s 2025 Dairy Outlook: Market Shifts and Strategic Opportunities for Producers – Explore how USDA forecasts impact milk production and prices, and discover strategic opportunities in component optimization, processor alignment, and export markets. This provides essential broader market context and long-term planning insights to safeguard your operation’s future profitability.
When Butterfat Isn’t Enough: Adapting Your Dairy to New Market Realities – Delve into the role of technology and innovation in component optimization, with insights on RFID systems, automated feeding, and calculating their return on investment across various herd sizes. This article demonstrates how to leverage modern tools to achieve the profitability goals outlined in the main piece.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Imports are rising. Futures are falling. Here’s what every dairy herd should know before the market moves again.
Executive Summary: A plan to import more Argentine beef may seem distant, but it’s already reshaping U.S. agriculture. The proposal to quadruple import quotas to 80,000 metric tons has dropped cattle futures nearly $100 per head and sparked tough conversations for dairies that now rely on beef‑on‑dairy calves for revenue. With 70 percent of large herds breeding to beef, and an average $250,000 in annual calf income at stake, every shift in the beef market touches the milk check. Farmers remember 1986 and 2020—years when fast policy moves caused lasting pain. What’s interesting now is how calmly producers are responding: adjusting breeding ratios, locking in forward contracts, and fine‑tuning rations instead of panicking. The broader reminder? Real stability in both beef and milk still starts in the barn, not the import ledger.
Every so often, a government policy hits the headlines and you can almost feel it ripple across the countryside. The latest is a proposed White House plan to quadruple Argentine beef imports—from about 20,000 to 80,000 metric tons.
At first, that might sound like a beef industry story, but it’s quickly becoming a dairy conversation. The reason is simple: our operations are tied together through the beef‑on‑dairy market more than ever before. And as many farmers are noticing, market decisions made in Washington—or Buenos Aires—have a way of showing up in the calf barn faster than you’d expect.
11,000% Growth Story Dairy Can’t Ignore — From backyard experiment to industry game-changer: beef-on-dairy exploded from 50,000 head to potentially 5.5 million by 2026, reshaping American beef production forever.
Looking at What’s Behind the Policy
According to the USDA’s October Livestock, Dairy & Poultry Outlook, the U.S. cattle inventory now sits at its lowest level in 75 years. The causes aren’t new—multi‑year drought, high feed prices, and slower herd rebuilding across the Plains and West.
Crisis in Numbers: America’s Cattle Vanish — The steepest herd liquidation since World War II puts every dairy farm’s beef-on-dairy income at risk as supply fundamentals reshape decades of agricultural stability.
To ease those supply pressures, the administration is considering expanded beef imports to steady retail prices, which hit a record $6.30 per pound for ground beef this fall (Bureau of Labor Statistics).
On paper, that makes basic economic sense. But markets always react before the first kilogram of product moves. Just a week after the announcement, CME Group data showed futures prices down roughly $100 per head—or about 3 percent.
As Dr. Derrell Peel, livestock economist with Oklahoma State University Extension, put it: “You can’t rebuild a herd—or confidence—in a single policy cycle.”
And confidence is what sustains both cow‑calf ranches and dairies that depend on steady cross‑market signals.
The Beef‑on‑Dairy Link That’s Now Essential
Looking at this trend, it’s remarkable how fast beef‑on‑dairy has become a cornerstone of herd economics. In 2024, University of Wisconsin–Madison Extension researchers reported that nearly 70 percent of large dairies bred a portion of their cows to beef bulls.
The strategy significantly increased the average calf value. USDA AMS market data shows beef‑cross calves bringing $1,200 to $1,400 at birth, compared with $150 to $250 for pure Holstein bulls.
For a 1,500‑cow dairy breeding 40 percent to beef, that’s $240,000–260,000 in additional annual income. It’s the sort of capital that pays for genomic testing, sand bedding replacements, or that new holding pen upgrade.
A producer milking 1,200 cows in eastern Wisconsin told me recently, “Those beef calves have carried our barn loan for two years running. If prices fall much, we’ll need to rethink replacement plans.”
That’s real money—and real vulnerability—tied directly to policy decisions made thousands of miles from the farm.
What History Tells Us: The 1986 Buyout
What’s particularly interesting here is how this mirrors an earlier moment in ag policy—the 1986 Dairy Termination Program. Back then, USDA spent $1.8 billion to eliminate milk surpluses, buying out 14,000 farms and taking 1.5 million dairy cows off the grid.
It achieved its short‑term goal—but the cascade stunned markets. Surplus cows hit beef channels at once, and prices plunged 10–15 percent. Within two years, milk output had rebounded while much of the infrastructure serving small dairies had not.
The lesson still resonates today: market interventions can change prices quickly, but they rarely rebuild capacity at the same pace.
Psychology Trumps Physics in Cattle Markets — Import volumes climbed steadily while prices soared until policy psychology triggered the $7/cwt reality check, validating Andrew’s thesis about market sentiment over supply fundamentals
2020’s Big Reminder: When Efficiency Becomes Fragility
If 1986 was about overcorrection, then 2020 was about over‑efficiency. During the first months of COVID‑19, International Dairy Foods Association data showed 450–460 million pounds of milk dumped in April alone, while USDA ERS recorded beef and pork processing down more than 25 percent after plant shutdowns.
That period revealed how vulnerable “just‑in‑time” logistics can be. When processors or ports stall, milk and beef lose nearly all momentum.
Increasing reliance on imports—without parallel investment in domestic resilience—carries a similar risk. Once local capacity is allowed to wither, it’s slow and costly to bring back.
How Farmers Are Adjusting Already
Here’s what many Extension specialists and lenders are seeing so far:
Breeding Ratios Are Shifting. Herds that were 60 percent beef are easing down toward 35–40 percent to maintain heifer pipelines.
Feedlot Contracts Are Narrowing. Where buyers offered $1,300 per crossbred calf last spring, they’re now closer to $1,000 (USDA AMS Feeder Cattle Summary, October 2025). Forward contracting remains a critical stability tool.
Genomic Programs Are Staying Put.Dr. Heather Huson, associate professor of animal genomics at Cornell University, warns that cutting testing “saves pennies now but costs years of progress in herd performance and butterfat output.”
Ration Formulas Are Being Fine‑tuned. Nutritionists are rebalancing energy‑dense transition diets to maintain reproductive stability and milk components without increasing feed costs.
What’s encouraging is the tone—measured, thoughtful, and proactive. Dairies aren’t panicking; they’re preparing.
Regional Strategies, Shared Outlooks
Across the U.S., adaptation looks different but points to the same principle—resilience:
Western dry‑lot systems, stretched by feed and water constraints, are leaning back toward dairy genetics to maintain replacements.
Upper Midwest co‑ops, long integrated with beef‑on‑dairy programs, are renegotiating calf contracts to lock in 2026 pricing.
Northeast fluid dairies balancing organic quotas and beef‑cross sales are prioritizing efficiency rather than retreating from diversification.
Different regions, same balancing act—protect cash flow today while safeguarding production capacity tomorrow.
The Bigger Question: Can We Stay Self‑Sufficient?
The U.S. currently produces about 83 percent of its own beef supply, according to USDA ERS Trade Data (2025).Economists caution that, if herd recovery stays slow while imports increase, that number could slide toward 70 percent within ten years.
That’s not about politics—it’s about security. Kansas State University Extension specialists remind us that “food sovereignty” doesn’t mean cutting trade; it means keeping enough domestic capability to respond when global systems falter.
For dairy, the same applies. Once cull markets, local plants, or skilled herd labor disappear, rebuilding them isn’t a quick turnaround—it’s generational work.
Signs of Progress Worth Watching
The good news is, practical resilience efforts are underway. Wisconsin’s Dairy Innovation Hub and USDA’s Regional Food Business Centers are channeling new funding into herd research, small processor support, and cold‑chain infrastructure.
As Dr. Mark Stephenson, director of UW–Madison’s Center for Dairy Profitability, said during a recent producer panel, “Resilience isn’t about size—it’s about diversity. The more ways we move milk and beef through our systems, the better we weather volatility.”
The Bottom Line
What’s interesting here is that every generation faces its own version of policy shockwaves. This one just happens to merge global trade with a cow management strategy.
Markets shift overnight. Herds don’t. Successful farms are the ones that use these moments not to retreat, but to reinforce what already works.
If history has taught us anything—from 1986’s buyout to 2020’s pandemic fallout—it’s that capacity equals security.Protect the cows, the genetics, and the local systems, and the rest finds its balance.
Progress in agriculture has always moved at the cow’s pace—and that’s still the pace that feeds the world.
Key Takeaways:
A policy shift abroad can hit your milk check at home. Rising beef imports risk lowering calf values just as beef‑on‑dairy becomes vital to dairy income.
With 70% of dairies breeding to beef and nearly $250,000 a year on the line per farm, small price swings now carry outsized impact.
History is warning us: quick policy fixes in 1986 and 2020 show how capacity lost early takes decades to recover.
Smart dairies are preparing now—tweaking breeding ratios, securing forward contracts, and tightening transition nutrition to stay profitable.
Resilience beats reaction. Protect herd quality, diversify markets, and collaborate locally to keep your dairy strong through shifting trade winds.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
Transform Your Dairy Economics: How Beef-on-Dairy Crossbreeding Delivers 200% ROI – This guide moves from theory to application, revealing advanced ROI calculations that most producers miss. It provides tactical frameworks for optimizing your beef-on-dairy program to maximize revenue, improve herd efficiency, and secure a significant financial return on investment.
Global Dairy Market Dynamics: Unveiling Shifts, Challenges, and Opportunities – For a wider perspective, this analysis examines the global economic currents impacting your milk check. It decodes international trade data and consumer trends, providing the strategic foresight needed to navigate market volatility and position your operation for long-term profitability.
The New Math of Dairy Genetics: Why This Balanced Breeding Thing is Finally Clicking – This article details the innovative shift toward balanced genetics as a risk management tool. It provides a modern strategy for sire selection that enhances herd health and longevity, demonstrating how to leverage genomic data to build a more resilient and profitable herd.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Cull cows over $2,000 and beef-on-dairy calves near $1,000—why this 90-day window could make or break your 2026 margins
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Fall 2025 delivers an uncommon—and urgent—opportunity for U.S. dairy operators. Strong cull and beef-on-dairy calf prices, reported at $2,000+ and near $1,000 respectively, are keeping many herds afloat amid relentlessly flat $17 milk. University and market economists warn these beef premiums look fleeting, with the cattle cycle and supply signals already tightening for 2026. Recent research shows Midwestern breakevens remain high, while only producers invested in butterfat performance and rigorous herd management capture true component bonuses. Meanwhile, export hopes are dimming—contract premiums are now won on genetics, traceability, and relentless cost control. As lenders prepare for summer’s critical cattle inventory and cash flow reviews, operations with intentional plans—whether expanding, pivoting, or winding down—consistently protect more equity. The next three months are a “use it or lose it” window for turning fleeting beef revenue into sustainable resilience. What farmers are discovering is that asking hard questions, running fresh numbers, and pushing for proactivity can make 2026 a year of opportunity—not regret.
Checking in with producers this fall, there’s one urgent takeaway: this is a critical 90-day window to turn temporary beef premiums into lasting resilience for 2026. The evidence is in the numbers—cull cows clearing $2,000 and beef-on-dairy calves pushing $1,000 (USDA National Weekly Direct Cow and Bull Report, October 2025). These premiums are propping up many milk checks stuck at $17. However, as extension economists and market analysts from the University of Wisconsin and Cornell emphasize, these conditions are shifting. We’re staring down the last weeks of this run before cattle cycles and supply buildup set a new tone for the coming year.
What’s interesting here is seeing smart operators use this moment to shore up their businesses—paying down debt, making pro-active facility investments, and building a cash buffer instead of assuming current premiums will last. This development suggests that treating a tailwind as flexibility—not false security—creates real strategic advantage for the next transition period.
The crisis in black and white: milk checks stuck at $17 while breakevens demand $17.50-$18.50, but cull cows and beef calves are throwing off unprecedented cash—turning cattle into the lifeline keeping farms afloat.
The Math of Survival: Breakevens & Components
Revenue Source
2024 Baseline
Fall 2025
Per Cow Impact
100-Cow Herd
Cull Cows (15% rate)
$1,500/head
$2,000+/head
+$75
+$7,500
Beef-Dairy Calves (40% births)
$600/head
$1,000/head
+$160
+$16,000
Component Bonus (3.7%+ protein)
Base milk
+$1.25/cwt
+$31/yr
+$3,100
TOTAL OPPORTUNITY
—
Stack strategies
+$266/cow
+$26,600
🚨 Baseline (No Action)
Wait for recovery
Miss window
-$50 to -$150
-$5K to -$15K
Looking at this trend, most Midwest herds face pre-beef breakevens between $17.50 and $18.50/cwt (UW Center for Dairy Profitability, Fall 2025 Update). Out west, Idaho’s and Texas’s biggest dry lot systems sometimes run at $14–$15/cwt, riding local feed and labor edge. Either way, high butterfat performance is the separating factor. Hitting 3.7% protein or better can mean $1–$1.50/cwt over base—if you’ve invested in genetics, tight fresh cow management, and keep transition periods on track. As many of us have seen, those premiums aren’t accidental; they follow from tough culling decisions and knowing your numbers cold.
That $1-$1.50/cwt component bonus isn’t optional anymore—it’s the difference between red ink and breaking even, between selling out and surviving another season with $17 milk
Export Hopes, Local Contracts
For years, many of us held out hope that another export surge would save the day—especially from China. But this season’s USDA GAIN trade data and Rabobank’s Dairy Quarterly all show it’s growth in cheese and butter, mostly cornered by New Zealand and Europe, that’s outpacing demand for U.S. powder. In the Midwest and Northeast, plants are hungry for consistent, high-component, specialty contracts. Herds that made early investments in A2, organic, or niche certifications find their milk in demand; others should ask whether fluid or low-component contracts will provide enough margin as the cycle shifts.
July Inventory—Lender Stress & Planning Leverage
It’s no surprise to seasoned managers that the USDA July Cattle Inventory Report is more than an annual headcount. When beef prices soften and heifer retention ticks up, lenders across regions—like those briefed by Minnesota Extension and New York FarmNet—run tougher stress tests on farm finances. Farms sitting right at a 1.25x debt service coverage are fine for now, but that can slip fast. Those who restructure or plot a sale while balance sheets are still strong tend to carve out six-figure equity advantages compared to late, forced exits. The lesson, as risk educators preach, is that deliberate action always beats hoping for a bounce.
Three Lanes: Exit, Pivot, or Scale
From kitchen tables in northeast Iowa to group calls with Western Idaho co-ops, three paths are front and center:
Exit with Intention: Producers looking at high debt or retirement are using strong asset values to secure their family legacies, not just chasing another cycle.
Premium Niche Pivot: Some are cutting herd size, chasing premium contracts—A2, grassfed, organic, you name it—with a willingness to meet tough specs on components, health, and traceability. This approach works best when paired with deep processor relationships and quick financial routines.
Expansion: A Tool for the Prepared: Rabobank’s 2025 sector review and extension management profiles agree: disciplined, high-performing herds with fresh cow and labor management dialed in can scale with confidence. For others, fast growth just means fast exposure if things don’t break right.
The north star here? Monthly cost-of-production benchmarking, regular review with lenders, and not waiting to renegotiate contracts until margins are squeezed.
Global Competition & Policy Realities
U.S. Midwest producers face a brutal 20-45% cost disadvantage against New Zealand and Argentina—at $0.39/lb versus $0.27-$0.32, every efficiency gain and premium matters when you’re starting in the hole.
It’s worth noting that IFCN’s 2025 benchmarks put leading New Zealand and Argentina herds at $0.27–$0.32/lb. Even top Western U.S. performers run about $0.35, with most Midwest herds closer to $0.39. The gap isn’t destiny: it reflects differences in feed-to-milk efficiency, heifer survival, and transition consistency. Policy backstops like DMC are valuable, and analysis from Cornell and Wisconsin Extension reinforce this: they help good operators stay afloat but aren’t enough to shore up chronic losses over time.
The Myth of the “Deal of the Century”
As expansion talk returns, recent Rabobank analysis and local case studies ring a familiar bell: the “deal of the century” works out for operations already strong on the basics—cost, herd health, labor discipline. Ramped-up purchases without this foundation rarely yield the hoped-for returns and often accelerate operational headaches.
Action Steps: Navigating the 90-Day Window
Here’s the practical bottom line: This window is closing, not expanding. First, benchmark your cost of production with the latest IFCN and extension tools; don’t trust last year’s averages. Next, proactively arrange a review session with your banker—not to plead for relief, but to present your plan for surviving and thriving into next year. Scrutinize your processor or coop contracts and specialty program agreements—will you be the supplier they prioritize in a shrinking market? And take the time this fall to address transition and herd health; waiting until calving issues flare won’t do.
The difference for 2026 will be made by those who act intentionally and aren’t afraid to adjust their course. That’s the mindset that’s kept American dairies resilient through every market twist—and it’s how the smartest operators I know are reading this moment.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
Farms leveraging this fall’s beef premiums could improve net margins by $100 to $200 per cow, while disciplined herd and transition management opens $1–$1.50/cwt in component bonuses (UW Extension, IFCN, Rabobank).
Practical action: Benchmark your cost of production now, meet proactively with lenders to review true breakevens, and secure or re-align premium contracts for 2026 before markets tighten.
Butterfat, protein, and health discipline now outperform volume; herds that master transition periods and component payouts lead in uncertain markets.
The window for turning “luck” into a long-term strategy is closing. Lenders, markets, and export buyers all point to greater volatility ahead for operations not dialed on costs or value.
Across Wisconsin, Idaho, and the Northeast, the most resilient producers are those who build trusted advisor relationships and plan ahead—regardless of herd size or business model.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
Navigating Today’s Dairy Margin Squeeze: Insights from the Field – This piece provides tactical field insights for optimizing components and feed strategies. It reveals how targeted nutritional adjustments and culling discipline can directly boost per-cow income, offering an immediate action plan for improving the breakeven numbers discussed in our article.
AI and Precision Tech: What’s Actually Changing the Game for Dairy Farms in 2025? – Explore the innovation and technology driving modern profitability. This article breaks down the real-world ROI for precision tools like AI-driven feeding and automated health monitoring, showing how strategic tech investments can slash input costs and enhance herd efficiency.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
When butterfat improvements create processing problems, it’s time to rethink what “better” means
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: What farmers are discovering across the country is that we’re not facing a typical market downturn—we’re navigating the collision of three fundamental industry shifts that require different thinking altogether. Processing plants built decades ago now struggle with today’s high-component milk, forcing producers to haul further while watching deductions climb. Meanwhile, the genetic improvements we’ve celebrated—butterfat up 12% over fifteen years according to genetic evaluation data—have created processing inefficiencies that ripple through the entire supply chain. Add China’s shift to selective importing and suddenly export markets that once promised growth look increasingly unpredictable. Yet here’s what gives me optimism: producers who recognize these aren’t temporary problems but new realities are finding profitable paths forward. Whether it’s negotiating directly with specialty processors, balancing component ratios for better premiums, or exploring beef-on-dairy programs that generate $875-1,100 extra per calf, the operations adapting thoughtfully to these changes are positioning themselves for long-term success in ways that benefit their bottom lines and their communities.
You know, looking at current milk prices and listening to producers at recent meetings, we’re clearly facing something different from typical market cycles. Whether you’re milking 100 cows in Vermont or managing 5,000 head in Arizona, we’re dealing with three major forces hitting simultaneously—processing capacity constraints, genetic evolution complications, and global trade shifts. And it’s their interaction that’s creating today’s uniquely challenging situation.
Processing Capacity: When Infrastructure Meets Its Limits
So let’s start with what many of us are experiencing firsthand. The USDA’s Dairy Market News has been documenting increasing transportation distances and rising hauling costs across most dairy regions, and we’re all seeing this directly in our milk checks—those hauling deductions just keep climbing, don’t they?
Progressive Dairy and Hoard’s Dairyman have both been covering these processing capacity constraints, particularly in traditional dairy regions. What’s interesting is that these plants were built decades ago for completely different times—different production levels and, honestly, milk with different characteristics altogether.
Here’s what really concerns me: every additional mile your milk travels is pure cost with zero added value. But there’s an even deeper issue…
The milk we’re producing today has fundamentally different characteristics than what these plants were designed to handle. You probably know this already, but the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding’s 2024 genetic evaluations indicate that butterfat levels have increased by approximately 12% over the past fifteen years. We’ve achieved exactly what we aimed for when premiums rewarded higher components.
But think about what this means practically. When butterfat levels increase significantly across millions of pounds of milk, that requires more cream volume to be separated. Different standardization requirements. Entirely different processing protocols. It’s like… well, it’s like we souped up the engine but forgot the transmission needs upgrading too.
Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability documented in their 2024 analysis that some operations are now negotiating directly with specialty processors who specifically want high-component milk—even if it means hauling further. These producers are often getting better prices despite the extra transportation costs, which tells you something about where the market’s heading.
I talked with a producer near Fond du Lac who made this shift last year. He’s hauling an extra 45 miles now, but getting 6% better pricing because his milk fits perfectly with what that specific cheese plant needs. Makes you think, doesn’t it?
What’s genuinely encouraging, though, is seeing adaptation in unexpected places. Southeast operations—particularly in North Carolina and Georgia, where they lack extensive legacy infrastructure—are building new processor relationships from scratch. And these facilities, designed for today’s milk characteristics, often capture opportunities that established regions miss because they’re locked into existing systems.
Even in the Pacific Northwest and Idaho, smaller processors are finding niches by specifically targeting high-component milk for specialty products. Innovation happens when necessity demands it, right?
The Genetics Evolution: When Success Becomes a Challenge
This really builds on the genetic progress we’ve made over recent decades. The data from genetic evaluation services shows we’ve achieved remarkable improvements in both butterfat and protein levels. And we should be proud of that achievement—it represents decades of careful breeding work.
Think about the logic here: producers did exactly what market signals told them to do. Federal Milk Marketing Order pricing has consistently rewarded butterfat at premium levels—often significantly higher than the premiums for protein. So naturally, breeding decisions followed the money. That’s not just smart business; it’s a rational response to clear economic incentives.
But now processors are telling a different story. Cornell’s PRO-DAIRY program published research in 2024 showing optimal component ratios for different dairy products, and many herds have shifted outside those ideal ranges. This creates processing inefficiencies that ripple through the entire system.
What I’ve found interesting is that several major cooperatives have been working with their members to address component balance—not abandoning improvement goals, but thinking strategically about what ratios work best for their specific processing capabilities. Some have even introduced premium schedules that reward balanced components rather than just high butterfat.
One Minnesota cooperative reported at their annual meeting that members who balanced components saw 7% better returns than those chasing maximum butterfat alone. Another cooperative in Ohio found similar results—their balanced-component producers averaged $0.85 more per hundredweight over the year.
The response varies dramatically by region, as you’d expect. Many Upper Midwest operations are adjusting their breeding strategies, while California and Southwest producers with different processor relationships may maintain their current approaches. And yes, beef-on-dairy has definitely become part of the equation. USDA Agricultural Marketing Service data from August 2025 showed beef-dairy crossbred calves averaging $875-1,100 premiums over straight Holstein bull calves at major auction markets.
Though opinions really do vary on this strategy—and understandably so. Some producers, especially those with robust genetic programs, are concerned about the long-term quality of replacements. Others see it as essential income diversification. I think both perspectives have merit depending on your specific situation. These patterns could shift with policy changes, but currently, it presents a real opportunity for many operations.
Global Trade: The Rules Keep Changing
Now, the international dimension adds complexity that affects all of us, whether we think about exports daily or not. The USDA Foreign Agricultural Service tracks global dairy trade patterns, and recent trends suggest we’re seeing fundamental shifts rather than temporary disruptions.
China’s dairy sector has undergone significant evolution. Their domestic production has grown significantly in recent years, and they’ve achieved substantial self-sufficiency in basic dairy products. What’s worth noting is that they’ve become selective importers, focusing on products they can’t efficiently produce domestically—such as whey proteins and specialized ingredients—rather than broad purchasing across all categories.
This represents strategic thinking about food security that makes sense from their perspective, even if it complicates our export planning. They’re essentially doing what we’d probably do in their position, aren’t they?
Mexico remains relatively stable thanks to USMCA provisions, maintaining its position as a major export market for U.S. dairy products. However, even there, European competitors are increasing pressure, and recent trade agreements could further shift the dynamics.
These patterns suggest—and this is concerning—that export markets, which once promised growth, are becoming increasingly unpredictable. So how do we build resilient operations in this environment?
The Human Dimension: Decisions That Go Beyond Spreadsheets
Here’s something that profoundly affects our industry yet rarely makes headlines. The USDA’s 2022 Census of Agriculture—our most recent comprehensive data—shows the average dairy farmer is now 57.5 years old. This creates decision-making challenges that transcend simple economic considerations.
Consider what many operations face right now: robotic milking systems typically cost $250,000-$ 400,000 per unit, according to equipment dealers. Parlor upgrades can go even higher, and facility improvements often pencil out over decade-plus horizons. These often make economic sense on paper. But when you’re 60 years old with kids established in careers off-farm… well, those calculations become deeply personal, right?
Extension programs across dairy states have been highlighting this challenge—it’s not just about return on investment anymore. It’s about aligning investments with life goals, family situations, and quality of life considerations. Neither aggressive investment nor maintaining the status quo is inherently right or wrong. Both reflect rational choices given individual circumstances.
What’s genuinely encouraging is seeing creative transition models emerging. Share milking arrangements are gaining traction in states like Wisconsin and New York. Long-term leases to younger farmers, gradual transitions to key employees—these aren’t traditional succession paths, but they’re creating real opportunities for the next generation.
A study from the University of Vermont Extension found that operations using these alternative transition models typically take 18-24 months to see full benefits from strategic adjustments, but report higher satisfaction rates for both exiting and entering parties.
Practical Pathways: What’s Actually Working
Given these challenges, what approaches show real promise? Well, it varies enormously, but patterns are definitely emerging from extension research and field observations.
Larger operations often benefit from comprehensive systems integration. University dairy programs consistently show that operations using integrated data management see meaningful improvements in feed efficiency—typically 15-25% gains with good implementation, according to a 2024 multi-state extension survey. It’s really about seeing breeding, feeding, health, and marketing as interconnected rather than separate enterprises.
Mid-size operations—let’s say 300 to 1,000 cows—frequently find success through selective modernization. Upgrading specific bottleneck areas while maintaining the functionality of existing systems. Cornell’s PRO-DAIRY program, as documented in their 2024 case studies, found that these targeted investments often deliver better returns than wholesale modernization attempts.
The Michigan State Extension reports that many operations are investing modestly in feed management improvements while starting to market a portion of their calves as beef crosses. A 600-cow farm near Lansing made these changes and saw 14% better margins without taking on overwhelming debt—and that’s smart adaptation if you ask me.
Smaller operations need different strategies entirely. Many thriving small farms are creating value through differentiation. The Vermont Agency of Agriculture’s 2024 report showed that 23% of dairy farms with fewer than 200 cows now engage in some form of direct marketing or value-added production. Whether it’s farmstead cheese, on-farm bottling, agritourism, or organic certification—these require different skills but can deliver margins 35-50% above those of commodity markets, according to their data.
Technology: Tool or Solution?
About technology adoption—and this is crucial—equipment alone doesn’t determine success. Integration into management systems does. Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability and other extension programs consistently find that farms with strong management systems before automation see meaningful productivity gains, while those hoping technology would fix existing problems see minimal improvement.
The key question isn’t “Should we adopt technology?” It’s “What specific problem needs solving, and what’s the most cost-effective solution?” Sometimes that’s expensive automation. Sometimes it’s modest investments in cow comfort or feed management that deliver similar gains. It all depends on your specific constraints and opportunities.
Looking Forward: Your Action Plan
So where does this leave us? The USDA Economic Research Service acknowledges significant uncertainty in their outlooks, but current projections suggest we’re in a fundamental transition, not a temporary disruption.
These three forces—processing constraints, genetic evolution, and shifts in global trade—will shape our industry for years to come. They’re realities to navigate, not problems that’ll magically resolve themselves.
However, what genuinely gives me optimism is that dairy farmers consistently demonstrate remarkable adaptability. Think about what we’ve navigated—the shift to Grade A standards, massive consolidations, environmental regulations, and technology revolutions. Each time, those who adapted thoughtfully found ways to thrive.
Success going forward will look different for different operations. A large dairy in Texas follows a completely different path than a grass-based farm in Missouri. And that diversity—that’s what strengthens our entire industry.
Begin by analyzing your operation in relation to these three forces. Where are you most vulnerable? What single change could provide the most impact? Whether it’s negotiating with a different processor, adjusting your breeding program, or exploring value-added opportunities—identify your highest-priority action and take that first step this week.
What matters most is an honest assessment of your situation, decisions aligned with your operation’s capabilities and goals, and willingness to adapt as conditions evolve. Whether that means expansion or right-sizing, new technology or perfecting current systems, global markets or local customers—multiple paths can succeed with the right strategy.
We’re part of something essential here—feeding people, maintaining rural communities, stewarding agricultural lands. The methods might evolve, the scale might shift, markets will definitely change, but that fundamental purpose… that endures.
As we navigate these challenges, remember that we’re stronger when we share experiences and learn from one another. Whether through cooperatives, extension programs, discussion groups, or just coffee with neighbors, staying connected helps us all make better decisions.
These are challenging times, no question. However, there are also times when thoughtful adaptation—not panic, nor stubbornness, but thoughtful adaptation—can position operations for long-term sustainability. The key is clear-eyed assessment, strategic planning, and supporting each other through this transition.
Because at the end of the day, that’s what dairy farmers do. We figure out how to keep moving forward, keep producing, keep feeding our communities. The specifics change, but that core mission… that’s what endures.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
Processing partnerships pay off: Wisconsin producers negotiating directly with specialty cheese plants report 6-8% better pricing despite hauling 30-45 extra miles—the key is matching your milk’s component profile with specific processor needs rather than accepting commodity pricing
Component balance beats maximum butterfat: Minnesota and Ohio cooperatives document that producers maintaining 0.80-0.85 protein-to-fat ratios earn $0.85-1.00 more per hundredweight than those chasing maximum butterfat alone, while processors actively seek this balanced milk
Strategic beef-on-dairy delivers immediate returns: With crossbred calves commanding $875-1,100 premiums over Holstein bulls (USDA data, August 2025), using beef semen on 25-35% of your herd’s lower genetic merit cows generates $90,000-100,000 extra annually for a 1,000-cow operation
Targeted modernization outperforms wholesale tech adoption: Extension research shows mid-size dairies (300-1,000 cows) achieve 15-25% feed efficiency gains by upgrading specific bottlenecks rather than complete system overhauls, with 18-24 month payback periods
Alternative transitions create opportunities: Share milking, long-term leases, and gradual employee transitions offer viable paths forward for the 57% of dairy farmers approaching retirement without traditional succession plans, maintaining farm continuity while respecting personal goals
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Learn More:
From Breeding Chaos to Strategic Cash: How 2025’s Smartest Dairies Connect Every Decision – This article provides a tactical, how-to guide for integrating genomics with risk management. It reveals how producers are using three-tier breeding strategies to segment herds, generating extra cash from beef-on-dairy calves while maintaining long-term genetic progress.
Robotic Milking Revolution: Why Modern Dairy Farms Are Choosing Automation in 2025 – This piece offers a deep dive into technology adoption, busting common myths about robotic milking systems. It presents real-world data and case studies demonstrating how automation delivers a clear return on investment by reducing labor and improving herd health and productivity.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Your neighbor’s beef-cross calves just hit $1,000. Your Holsteins? $400. How long can you afford to wait?
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Here’s what we discovered: While the 2024 NAAB report shows 7.9 million beef semen doses flowing to U.S. dairies—over 80% of all beef semen sales—about 20% of farms are still holding onto pure Holstein breeding like it’s some sacred tradition. The numbers don’t lie: beef-cross calves are consistently pulling $900 to $1,000 per head at regional auctions while straight dairy bulls struggle to hit $400. Penn State’s genomic research proves what progressive farmers already know—genomic selection gives you substantially better accuracy than old-school pedigree guessing, letting you pinpoint which cows deserve premium dairy semen and which should get beef genetics. Extension programs play it safe with $100K to $150K annual income projections for 1,000-cow operations, but producers living this reality often see double or triple those returns when you factor in fewer replacements, hybrid vigor, and lower calf mortality. With USDA cattle inventories sitting at 94.2 million head—near historic lows—and consolidation pressuring farms harder than ever, this isn’t just an opportunity anymore. It’s become an economic survival strategy for independent farmers who refuse to get squeezed out by the mega-operations.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
Start with genomic testing on your bottom 20-30% of cows at $40-$100 per head to identify which animals deserve beef semen versus premium dairy genetics—strategic breeding beats shotgun approaches every time.
Build buyer relationships before you breed your first beef bull to avoid getting stuck with crossbred calves and no premium market access when they hit the ground 283 days later.
Factor in the management differences: beef-sired calves run 4 days longer gestation than Holsteins, which can affect butterfat test day results, and need fresh cow protocols adjusted accordingly.
Regional markets matter big time—from Minnesota’s brutal winters affecting shipping costs to California’s drought impacting feed prices, tailor your beef-on-dairy strategy to your local realities.
Ignore the conservative extension projections—real producers commonly report 2-3X higher returns through reduced replacement costs, better feed efficiency, and premium calf prices that extension models can’t capture.
You know what’s been eating at me lately? I keep running into these dairy guys—good farmers, been at it for decades—who are watching their neighbors cash $900, sometimes over $1,000 checks for beef-cross calves while they’re… well, they’re lucky to get $300, maybe $400 for their Holstein bulls.
And I’m thinking… honestly, how long can you afford to ignore that kind of math?
Look, the National Association of Animal Breeders just dropped their 2024 numbers back in March, and get this—7.9 million doses of beef semen went to US dairies last year. That’s compared to just 1.8 million doses going to actual beef operations. So if you’re still sitting there thinking this is some passing fad… well, I mean, that train’s not just left the station, it’s halfway across the state by now.
But here’s what really gets me fired up. There’s still this chunk of operations—surveys suggest maybe 20% or so—holding tight to pure Holstein bloodlines like it’s some kind of… I’m not sure, something like sacred tradition, perhaps. Meanwhile, the market’s literally screaming at them to wake up.
The Holstein Purity Thing That’s… Well, Bleeding Money
The thing is—and guys like Chad Dechow up at Penn State have been hammering this point for years now—genomic selection gives you way better accuracy than the old pedigree guessing game. We’re talking substantially higher accuracy, though the exact multiplier varies depending on which study you’re looking at.
I mean, we’re talking about identifying which cows in your herd are actually worth breeding to expensive dairy semen and which ones… well, which ones should be getting bred to Angus bulls instead.
But what do I see when I visit farms? Linear classification sheets are still pinned to office walls like they’re gospel. Old-school thinking that’s bleeding real money.
What strikes me is how many producers are still making breeding decisions like every cow’s gonna be the next great matriarch when—honestly—the genomic data often shows maybe 70% of most herds aren’t really moving the genetic needle forward. That’s not being harsh; that’s just math from the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding evaluations.
I was talking to this producer recently… He runs about 1,100 cows and has been farming since his dad handed him the keys. Third-generation operation, beautiful facilities down in central Wisconsin. And he says to me, “Should’ve started this beef thing three years ago. My cash flow’s tighter than a new boot right now, especially with feed costs where they are.”
What strikes me about conversations like that is the regret. This wasn’t some weekend warrior. This was a sharp operator who just… waited too long.
Extension’s Playing It Way Too Safe (And Farmers Are Paying For It)
Here’s where it gets frustrating—and this is something corporate ag publications won’t tell you. The extension continues to produce highly conservative economic models. Maybe you’ll see an extra $100K, $150K annually from a beef program on a 1,000-cow operation, they’ll say.
Except every producer I talk to who’s actually doing this? They’re often hitting double, sometimes triple those numbers when you factor in everything. Better conception rates with beef semen on your problem breeders during heat stress, fewer replacement heifers needed, lower calf mortality, improved feed conversion on the crossbreds…
The Journal of Dairy Science published research back in 2021 showing the economics make real sense when crossbred calf prices consistently double what straight dairy calves bring—which they do. But extension models often don’t capture all that value because they can’t afford to overpromise.
And here’s what they really don’t want you to know… I’ve been to barn meetings where producers are talking about their recent calf sales. Over $900 for a beef-cross? Most hands go up. Over $1,000? Still a good chunk of the room. Regional auction data from places like Turlock, California, and Lomira, Wisconsin, back this up—beef-cross calves hitting $900 to nearly $1,000 per head consistently.
Those aren’t projections from some university model—those are real checks hitting real bank accounts.
The Tech Trap That’s Burning Through Cash
Now here’s a mistake I see way too often… farmers panic about falling behind, so they throw money at every piece of shiny new technology. Genomic testing for the whole herd, fancy monitoring systems, automated this and automated that.
You know what happened to this one operation I know—beautiful setup, runs close to 1,000 cows—dropped maybe $180K on tech upgrades in one season? Genomic testing across the board, AI equipment upgrades, and automated heat detection systems. First-year returns? Barely budged.
It’s like buying a $300,000 combine and then realizing you don’t know which field to start with.
Strategy first, gadgets second. Every damn time.
Start with genomic testing on your bottom performers—maybe 20, 30% of the herd. Usually runs $40 to $100 per head, depending on what lab you use and how many you’re testing. Figure out which cows deserve premium dairy semen and which ones should get beef. Build relationships with calf buyers before you breed your first cow to a beef bull.
Then—and only then—layer in technology that actually fits how you manage your dry lot operations, your fresh cow protocols, your butterfat test day schedule.
Small Farms Getting Creative While Others Get Bought Out
Small operations are feeling this squeeze the hardest. Genomic testing costs, shipping logistics… man, they can eat up a third of your premiums if you’re not careful.
But you know what I’m seeing? Smart, smaller guys are finding ways to make it work. This producer I know up in northern Minnesota—runs about 450 cows, mostly Holsteins with some Jersey crosses—partnered with three neighboring farms to bulk their crossbred calf shipments. Now they’ve got enough volume to get decent transport rates, and everybody wins.
Because here’s the brutal reality—and the 2022 Census of Agriculture backs this up—we’re seeing consolidation like never before. The USDA Economic Research Service reports show nearly two-thirds of dairy cows are now on farms with over 1,000 head. Between 2017 and 2022, we lost over 15,000 dairy operations. Fifteen thousand.
The farms that are left? They’re either getting bigger or they’re getting creative with stuff like beef-on-dairy programs. There’s not much middle ground anymore.
The Numbers That Keep Me Up at Night
USDA’s July cattle inventory report—first one we’ve seen since they brought it back this year—shows 94.2 million head nationwide. Down from 95.4 million, where we were two years ago. Replacement heifer inventories are shrinking, calf crops getting smaller at 33.1 million head.
And this trend makes me wonder… are we heading toward an even tighter supply situation? When beef supply gets tight, those premiums for crossbred calves get bigger.
But what really bothers me is that while these market fundamentals are lining up perfectly for beef-on-dairy adoption, I still run into producers who are frozen by the decision. You know, that innovation paralysis thing—knowing you need to move but being afraid you’ll pick the wrong direction.
Look, I get it. Change is uncomfortable, especially when you’re dealing with family traditions and generational farming practices.
Your Path Forward (Before It’s Too Late)
Here’s my take, and I don’t say this lightly—start small, but start now.
Get genomic testing done on your problem cows. The ones with poor conception rates, the ones whose daughters never seem to milk as well as you’d hope. Use that data to figure out which animals get beef semen and which ones still deserve your best dairy genetics.
Build buyer relationships early. Don’t wait till you’ve got crossbred calves on the ground to figure out where they’re going.
Pay attention to the management stuff that matters—beef-sired calves run about 283 days of gestation versus 279 for Holstein, so plan your breeding calendar accordingly. Watch your butterfat test day results because some beef genetics can affect milk composition. Ensure your fresh cow protocols can accommodate any differences in calving ease.
Technology comes last. One piece at a time. Make sure each investment actually serves your goals instead of just impressing the neighbors at the coffee shop.
What Corporate Ag Won’t Tell You About Extension Programs
Here’s something that’ll make you think… those extension estimates I mentioned earlier? They’re conservative by design because extension can’t afford to have farmers lose money following their recommendations. But are private consultants and the producers actually running these programs?
Man, they’re commonly reporting returns that make extension projections look like worst-case scenarios.
Research from places like Texas Tech’s Dairy Beef Accelerator program documents several clear benefits—better feed efficiency, improved carcass quality, and higher grading percentages. But you won’t see that data highlighted in most corporate industry magazines because it challenges too many assumptions about how we’ve always done things.
The Bottom Line Nobody Wants to Say Out Loud
We’re in the middle of one of the biggest shifts in dairy breeding strategy most of us will see in our careers. The early adopters are banking serious profits. The fence-sitters are missing opportunities that… well, they might not come around again.
Consolidation pressure isn’t going away—if anything, it’s accelerating based on what we’re seeing in the USDA data. Feed costs aren’t getting cheaper. But operations that diversify revenue streams, improve genetics strategically, and build strong market relationships? Those are the ones writing success stories that their kids will inherit.
The beef-on-dairy train is rolling. 94.2 million cattle is near the lowest inventory we’ve seen in decades, according to USDA NASS. Feed costs keep climbing. But farms that act now—using real genomic data, building real buyer relationships, making real operational improvements—they’ll be the ones still farming when their neighbors are selling out to the next expansion-minded operation down the road.
So as we sit here talking about our farms and our futures… the question isn’t whether this trend will continue. The question is whether you’ll be part of it or watching from the sidelines while someone else cashes those $1,000 calf checks.
Me? I’m betting on the ones who stop waiting and start acting.
This conversation’s just getting started. But the clock’s ticking.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Transform Your Dairy Economics: How Beef-on-Dairy Crossbreeding Delivers 200% ROI – Go beyond simple calf premiums with this economic analysis. The article reveals how to calculate the full ROI of a beef-on-dairy program, demonstrating how to account for hidden profit centers like improved feed efficiency and reduced replacement costs.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
What if I told you tweaking your heifer strategy could add thousands to your bottom line this year?
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The dairy industry in 2025 is different. Replacement heifers are scarce — farms are keeping an extra 600,000 cows, which means feed costs go up by $150 per cow annually. However—and this is crucial—genomic testing advances have increased butterfat and protein values by up to 90%, resulting in an additional 35 to 45 cents per hundredweight. Add in the shake-up in milk pricing and the beef-on-dairy boom, and you’re looking at a market that rewards smart, data-driven moves. Global processors are investing billions, which means component premiums are likely to increase by 50 to 150 cents per hundredweight soon. So if you’re still guessing on genetics, pricing, or herd management, you’re leaving serious money on the table. The evidence, from USDA reports and Penn State Extension research, is clear: this year, you should get strategic with genomic testing and feed efficiency upgrades, starting now.
KEY TAKEAWAYS:
Heifer Scarcity: High replacement prices ($3,500-$4,500) force retention of less efficient older cows, creating an economic trade-off
Component Genetics: Genomic advances increase butterfat and protein by 70-90%, adding 35-45 cents per 0.1% butterfat in premiums
Strategic Beef-on-Dairy: Now 1/3 of inseminations, this strategy boosts income with high-value calves but requires careful management to protect the future replacement herd
In 2025, the dairy industry isn’t just changing—it’s being fundamentally rewritten. A convergence of market forces is reshaping profitability, from the genetics in the tank to the final milk check. A historically tight replacement heifer market, relentless genetic gains in components, transformative milk pricing adjustments, and the strategic rise of beef-on-dairy are creating a new economic landscape. Coupled with massive new processing investments, these trends present both significant challenges and unprecedented opportunities for producers who are prepared to adapt.
1. Heifer Scarcity Forces a Culling Conundrum
First, the tight replacement heifer market is forcing difficult decisions across the country. Farms are holding onto more cows than usual—about 600,000 more since last fall, as per Hoard’s Dairyman. USDA figures confirm replacement heifer inventories are at their lowest in over 20 years, with fewer than 4 million heifers nationwide. Producers from Wisconsin to California report grappling with extended culling intervals as older cows cannot match the production of fresh animals, but current economics make it a necessary compromise.
This strategy results in a loss of approximately $150 per cow annually in feed efficiency, corresponding to a 2-3% reduction in feed conversion. However, with replacement heifers commanding prices from $3,500 to over $4,500 depending on the region, the math often favors retention. USDA Regional Market Reports for Wisconsin and California contextualize these price ranges, illustrating significant market nuances driven by differences in feed and labor costs, particularly between the Corn Belt and the Pacific Northwest.
Mitigating these efficiency losses has led many operations to embrace technology. Automated feeders and robotic milking systems are reported to save $120 to $180 per cow annually on feed costs. While the upfront investment can exceed $250,000 for a medium-sized farm, the payback period typically ranges from five to seven years. This adoption trend is accelerating, particularly among larger herds.
2. Component-Driven Genetics: The New Profit Engine
Simultaneously, genetic advancements are creating new revenue opportunities through higher milk components. The upward trend in butterfat and protein is no coincidence. U.S. averages have climbed to over 4.3% butterfat and 3.3% protein, a substantial increase from five years prior. This growth stems from the widespread adoption of genomic testing, which has been established since 2017.
Penn State’s Dr. Chad Dechow reports genomic breeding values for butterfat have increased roughly 70 to 90 percent since 2020, with protein improvements closely following. These genetic gains translate to an additional 35 to 45 cents per hundredweight for every 0.1% increase in butterfat—real dollars on the milk check.
3. The New FMMO Pricing Reality
Compounding these genetic shifts are the mid-2025 reforms to the Federal Milk Marketing Order. The USDA adjusted make allowances to reflect better modern processing costs, along with changes to Class I differentials. This resulted in a 85- to 90-cent-per-hundredweight drop in the all-milk price for many producers. Yet, premium payments for higher butterfat and protein content help offset some of the impact.
Farms operating on narrow margins or carrying significant debt must closely monitor their cash flow, particularly with agricultural lending rates near 7%.
4. Beef-on-Dairy: From Side Hustle to Strategic Income
However, experts at the University of Wisconsin Extension advise a cautious, strategic approach. Overusing beef semen risks reducing replacement heifer inventories by up to 20% over the next few years. The recommended strategy targets beef crosses on low-producing cows, while protecting top-tier genetic females.
The dairy sector has seen over $8 billion committed to new processing plants, including Walmart’s $350 million Texas facility, Fairlife’s $650 million New York plant, and Chobani’s $1.2 billion expansion. These facilities focus on cheese and specialty products that require higher-quality milk components.
Industry analysts predict that component premiums could surge by 50 to 150 cents per hundredweight as these plants reach full capacity by 2027.
The Overarching Factor: Margin Management
Feed costs represent 50 to 60 percent of dairy farm expenses. With 74 percent of the 2025 corn crop rated good to excellent, projected moderation in feed prices makes protecting income over feed cost (IOFC) even more critical. Income over feed cost peaked near $16 per hundredweight last fall, making careful ration management and technological adoption essential strategies for margin improvement.
For producers managing herds of 500 or more, no one-size-fits-all management exists. Success demands balancing heifer management amidst scarcity, exploiting genetic gains to maximize premiums, strategically deploying beef-on-dairy without compromising replacements, and aligning milk supply with processors who value component-rich milk.
Regional conditions matter significantly; practices successful in Wisconsin’s pastures might be less practical in California’s dry lots or labor-scarce regions. Staying informed on nuanced local market and management factors is essential to navigating this new profitability landscape.
Those who master these complexities and develop strong processor relationships will define profitable dairy farming in the coming decade.
Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.
Feed to Win: How to Maximize Your Dairy Show Heifers Potential – Go beyond the numbers with this tactical guide on heifer development. It provides practical, step-by-step strategies for nutrition and management to ensure your expensive replacement heifers achieve their maximum genetic potential and deliver a strong return on investment.
The Next Frontier: What’s Really Coming for Dairy Cattle Breeding (2025-2030) – Look ahead with this future-focused analysis of emerging technology. It explores how gene editing for “designer milk,” AI-driven breeding decisions, and advanced health markers will move from theory to on-farm reality, creating new revenue streams.
Join the Revolution!
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Stop betting your farm on milk prices alone. Smart operators are building $200K+ diversified revenue streams while commodity-focused dairies fail.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The “milk-only” business model is systematically bankrupting North American dairy farmers, with 80% struggling financially despite record production efficiency. While industry cheerleaders push the “get big or get out” mythology, progressive operators are building integrated revenue portfolios that generate substantial cash flow regardless of volatile milk prices. Beef-on-dairy programs alone are delivering $900+ per calf versus near-zero value for Holstein bull calves, with 317,000 additional beef semen units sold in 2024. Meanwhile, replacement heifer costs have exploded to $3,000+ per head, making strategic crossbreeding not just profitable but essential for survival. Carbon markets offer $400-450 annual revenue per cow for large operations, while agritourism generated $1.26 billion industry-wide in 2022. The evidence is overwhelming: diversified operations aren’t just surviving—they’re building generational wealth while their commodity-dependent neighbors exit the industry. It’s time to honestly evaluate whether you’re running a resilient business or gambling with your family’s future on a single, brutally volatile commodity.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
Beef-on-Dairy Revenue Explosion: Strategic crossbreeding of lower-genetic-merit cows generates immediate $300-500 annual revenue per eligible animal, with day-old calves commanding $900+ versus minimal Holstein bull calf values—providing crucial seed capital for additional diversification strategies.
Replacement Heifer Economics Favor Diversification: With replacement costs exceeding $3,000 per head and genomic testing enabling precision herd segmentation, producers can maximize genetic progress through elite females while monetizing lower-merit animals for immediate cash flow.
Scale-Specific Implementation Strategy: Small operations (1,000 cows) can pursue high-capital ventures like anaerobic digesters generating $400-450 per cow annually.
Integrated Revenue Architecture Creates Flywheel Effect: The most sophisticated operations strategically combine beef-on-dairy cash flow, value-added processing, agritourism ventures, and carbon markets to build synergistic business systems far more resilient than commodity-focused competitors.
Industry Consolidation Accelerates Diversification Imperative: With farm numbers dropping 39% between 2017-2022 and the “hollowed out middle” facing extinction, diversification has transitioned from optional side business to survival necessity for maintaining competitive position in a rapidly consolidating industry.
The American dairy industry’s survival depends on one critical pivot: transforming from commodity-dependent operations into diversified revenue powerhouses. While 75% of producers expect profitability in 2025, the winners won’t be those producing the most milk—they’ll be the entrepreneurs building integrated business systems that generate wealth regardless of volatile milk prices.
What if the entire foundation of modern dairy economics is built on a dangerous myth that’s bankrupting hardworking farm families across America?
You’ve spent decades perfecting your Total Performance Index (TPI) scores, optimizing dry matter intake (DMI) to push milk yield beyond 85 pounds per cow per day, and monitoring somatic cell counts (SCC) like your livelihood depends on it—because it does. Your transition period management rivals textbook perfection, your genomic testing program generates Expected Breeding Values (EBVs) that would make geneticists proud, and your precision agriculture systems collect more data than most Fortune 500 companies.
Yet you’re still struggling to maintain positive cash flow because you’re betting your entire operation on a single, brutally volatile commodity in an industry where milk price volatility has reached unprecedented levels.
Here’s the uncomfortable truth that’s keeping progressive operators awake at night: if you’re still running a traditional milk-only business model in 2025, you’re not managing a dairy—you’re gambling with generational wealth in a rigged casino where volatile commodity markets hold all the cards.
The producers who are not just surviving but building sustainable wealth have cracked a code that challenges everything the industry establishment preaches. The future isn’t about producing more milk per cow—it’s about building integrated profit systems where milk becomes just one revenue stream in a diversified portfolio that generates cash from multiple directions, insulating operations from the devastating price swings that have destroyed thousands of family farms.
This transformation is already happening, and the numbers from industry leaders are staggering.
The $780 Billion Reality Check: Why Traditional Models Are Systematically Failing
While the North American dairy industry continues to power economic growth with a massive footprint supporting over 3 million jobs and generating nearly $780 billion in total economic impact, individual operators face a brutal paradox. The industry thrives while farm-level margins get systematically crushed by structural forces that show no signs of reversing.
Think of it like running a genetic evaluation program where your EBVs for milk production keep climbing, but your actual profit per cow keeps declining. The fundamental economics don’t add up anymore, and pretending they do is financial suicide.
The Production Paradox That’s Destroying Profitability
Here’s the sobering reality that industry cheerleaders don’t want you to see: According to recent industry data, approximately three-quarters of dairy farmers expect to be profitable in 2025, representing a significant shift from 2024. However, this optimism is built on diversification strategies rather than improved milk prices alone.
USDA forecasts show the all-milk price for 2025 increased by just 50 cents to $23.05 per hundredweight—a modest improvement that barely keeps pace with escalating input costs. The USDA expects reduced milk production per cow to help balance supplies with good demand, but this structural constraint highlights the industry’s limited ability to respond to price signals.
Why This Matters for Your Operation: If you’re milking 1,000 cows and achieving the USDA-projected milk price of $23.05/cwt, you’re generating $2.3 million in gross revenue—before accounting for feed costs that can consume 50-60% of production expenses, labor shortages driving wages higher, and the inevitable market crisis that wipes out six months of margins overnight.
The Consolidation Crisis: Why “Get Big or Get Out” Is a Dangerous Myth
Here’s where we need to demolish some sacred cows in dairy management thinking.
The industry establishment continues pushing the “get big or get out” narrative despite mounting evidence that this approach creates a dangerous concentration of risk and systematically destroys the middle-class farming structure that built America’s agricultural strength.
The evidence is stark: technology is fueling consolidation as big global farms get bigger, creating an investment treadmill that forces continuous capital deployment just to maintain a competitive position. The result? A hollowing out of the middle class of dairy farming that threatens the industry’s foundation.
The Four-Pillar Wealth-Building Framework: Beyond Commodity Dependence
The operations building real wealth have moved beyond the traditional production mindset. They’ve implemented what industry insiders call the “Integrated Revenue Architecture”—four proven profit centers working synergistically to create more resilient businesses than their commodity-focused competitors.
Pillar One: Beef-on-Dairy—The Strategic Cash Flow Foundation
This isn’t random crossbreeding—it’s precision herd segmentation using genomic testing to create a two-tier genetic strategy that maximizes the value of every pregnancy in your herd.
The Strategic Framework That’s Working
Your elite females (top 30% genomic merit) get bred with sexed dairy semen to produce the next generation of replacements. Your lower-genetic-merit cows (bottom 40%) get strategically bred to proven beef sires selected specifically for calving ease and beef-on-dairy performance.
Verified Financial Impact from Industry Data
The numbers are compelling and represent a fundamental shift in industry practices. According to the National Association of Animal Breeders, 7.9 million units of beef semen were sold to dairy farmers in 2024, trailing only the top category of sex-sorted dairy semen, which sold 9.9 million units. This marks back-to-back years that U.S. dairy farmers purchased a record number of beef semen units.
The beef-on-dairy semen sales increased by about 317,000 units both in the U.S. and for export in 2024, demonstrating the rapid adoption of this strategy. With roughly 20% of the beef supply now originating from the U.S. dairy herd and the lowest U.S. beef cattle numbers since 1951, this percentage continues climbing.
Implementation Strategy and Financial Impact:
Initial investment: $50-75 per pregnancy (premium beef semen cost)
Payback period: Immediate (birth to 7 days)
Annual revenue potential: $300-500 per eligible cow
Operational complexity: Low (builds on existing breeding program)
Why This Strategy Is Reshaping the Industry: The widespread adoption is fundamentally altering supply dynamics. U.S. dairy-bred fed slaughter has grown to be more than 4 million head annually, and over half are beef-on-dairy, according to CattleFax. This shift creates a more genetically elite but smaller future dairy herd while providing crucial cash flow for current operations.
Let’s address the elephant in the processing room: most value-added ventures fail because farmers underestimate the complete business transformation required.
Research consistently shows that while value-added processing offers the highest potential margins, it also carries the highest risk. The capital requirements are substantial, regulatory compliance is complex, and the shift from agricultural producer to consumer packaged goods manufacturer represents a fundamental business transformation.
Capital Reality Check:
Small artisanal operation: $52,000-135,000
Mid-scale commercial facility: $200,000-500,000
Large-scale processing partnership: $2-10 million
The large-scale success model—operations building multi-million-dollar processing partnerships—works because it shifts the business model from commodity price-taking to cost-plus manufacturing contracts that insulate operations from milk price volatility.
According to industry research, agritourism revenue grows as farms diversify income streams. Success correlates directly with visitor volume and geographic location, with operations within 50 miles of metropolitan areas showing significantly higher revenue potential.
Implementation Models by Scale:
Small Operations (1,000 cows): All strategies become viable. Consider high-capital ventures like anaerobic digesters and processing partnerships. Prime candidates for corporate insetting programs.
The Flywheel Effect: Creating Synergistic Revenue Streams
The most sophisticated operations create synergistic revenue streams where each element amplifies the others. The consistent cash flow from beef-on-dairy provides seed capital for a small creamery. The creamery’s products become the centerpiece of an agritourism venture with an on-farm store. Meanwhile, the manure from the core herd can feed a digester, generating carbon credits and renewable energy.
The Bottom Line: Your Strategic Framework for 2025 and Beyond
Remember that provocative question we started with? What if the entire foundation of modern dairy economics is built on a dangerous myth that’s bankrupting hardworking farm families?
The evidence is overwhelming, and the time for incremental changes has passed. The North American dairy industry will continue generating massive economic value, but the operators who capture that value won’t be the ones producing the most milk—they’ll be the ones building the most resilient, diversified revenue systems.
The industry data confirms this shift: approximately three-quarters of dairy farmers expect to be profitable in 2025, but this optimism isn’t built on wishful thinking about milk prices—it’s grounded in strategic diversification that creates sustainable competitive advantages independent of commodity market volatility.
The operations implementing these integrated strategies aren’t just surviving current market conditions—they’re positioning themselves to profit regardless of where milk prices go. While commodity-focused farms continue riding the price roller coaster, diversified operations build sustainable wealth across multiple revenue streams.
Your Immediate Implementation Strategy
Don’t wait for perfect market conditions or complete certainty. The operations winning this transformation started with the same challenges and uncertainties you face today.
Week 1-2: Diversification Audit
Calculate your beef-on-dairy potential by genomic testing your entire herd and identifying the bottom 40% genetic merit cows
Assess your location’s agritourism viability within a 50-mile radius of population centers
Evaluate regional processing opportunities and cooperative partnerships
Month 1: Foundation Building
Implement a strategic beef-on-dairy program using genomic segmentation
Begin regulatory research for agritourism licensing if geographically viable
Analyze cash flow improvements from immediate beef-on-dairy implementation
Months 2-6: Strategic Development
Use beef-on-dairy cash flow to fund initial agritourism infrastructure
Explore processing partnerships or regional cooperative opportunities
Develop long-term capital plan for higher-investment strategies
Year 1-2: Advanced Integration
Evaluate carbon market participation through insetting programs like Athian’s marketplace
Assess technology investments that enable rather than consume diversification capital
The future of profitable dairying isn’t about perfecting your production metrics—it’s about building an integrated business system that generates wealth from multiple sources while milk provides the stable foundation for expansion.
The milk price volatility will continue. Economic pressures will intensify. Industry consolidation will accelerate. The only question is whether you’ll be riding these forces or building a business that profits regardless of their direction.
The choice is stark: evolve your business model now or watch your margins evaporate year after year while more strategic competitors build sustainable wealth.
The revolution is already underway. The only question is whether you’ll lead it or be left behind by it.
Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.
Revolutionize your dairy farm’s profitability with the Angus advantage. Discover how beef-on-dairy crossbreeding transforms the industry, offering premiums up to $300 per calf. With the U.S. cattle inventory at a 73-year low, learn why savvy producers are capitalizing on this game-changing strategy.
Summary
The beef-on-dairy revolution, spearheaded by Angus Genetics, is reshaping the economics of dairy farming across North America. As the U.S. cattle inventory reaches a 73-year low, dairy producers leverage beef crossbreeding programs to capitalize on premium prices while advancing their dairy herd genetics. This strategic approach involves using sexed semen on superior dairy cows for replacements while breeding lower genetic merit cows to Angus bulls. The resulting crossbred calves command $100-$300 premiums over purebred dairy calves, creating a significant new revenue stream. Recent data from USDA and CoBank highlight a dramatic shift towards higher-quality beef production, aligning perfectly with the strengths of Angus-Holstein crosses. With improved calving ease, superior growth rates, and enhanced carcass quality, beef-on-dairy programs offer a dual-income model yielding annual benefits of approximately $300,000 for a 1,500-cow dairy operation. This paradigm shift boosts profitability and addresses efficiency and sustainability challenges in the dairy and beef sectors.
Key Takeaways:
Beef-on-dairy crossbreeding, particularly with Angus genetics, is transforming dairy economics.
Crossbred calves command $100-$300 premiums over purebred dairy calves.
The latest USDA data shows continued contraction in the U.S. cattle inventory, which has created favorable market conditions.
Angus-Holstein crosses consistently outperform other breeds in key economic traits.
Implementing beef-on-dairy programs can yield annual benefits of ~$300,000 for a 1,500-cow dairy operation.
The beef-on-dairy revolution has fundamentally transformed dairy economics across North America, with Angus Genetics emerging as the undisputed leader in this strategic breeding approach. As U.S. cattle inventory has plummeted to its lowest level in 73 years, dairy producers implementing beef crossbreeding programs are capitalizing on premium prices while advancing genetic progress in their dairy herds. This creates a powerful dual-income model that traditional dairy operations cannot match.
This breeding approach, which involves strategically mating dairy cows to beef bulls—predominantly Angus—has created unprecedented economic opportunities for forward-thinking dairy producers while addressing several long-standing industry challenges.
The concept is straightforward: Dairy farmers use sexed semen from their genetically superior cows to produce replacement heifers while breeding lower genetic merit cows to beef bulls. The resulting crossbred calves command substantially higher premiums than purebred dairy calves, creating a valuable revenue stream that directly counters milk price volatility. According to the latest industry data, day-old beef-on-dairy crossbred calves entering the beef supply chain sell for $100-$300 more than their 100% dairy-bred counterparts—an immediate revenue boost requiring zero additional infrastructure investment.
Why Angus Dominates: The Numbers Don’t Lie
Among the various beef breeds used in dairy crossbreeding programs, Angus has emerged as the overwhelming favorite, particularly in North America. This dominance isn’t accidental or merely fashionable—it reflects complex economic realities documented through rigorous research comparing breed performance in commercial settings.
According to industry surveys, Angus is the most popular beef semen in beef-on-dairy programs. This preference for Angus genetics is based on several key advantages benefiting dairy producers’ bottom lines, not vague marketing claims.
The increasing availability of carcass data on dairy-beef animals has reinforced Angus’s popularity. As more performance records become available, the evidence supporting Angus as the optimal beef breed for dairy crossbreeding has only strengthened. This trend is particularly significant given the current state of the U.S. cattle industry.
According to the latest U.S. Department of Agriculture Cattle Inventory Report released on January 31, 2025, the total cattle and calf inventory stood at 86.7 million head as of January 1, 2025, down 1% from the previous year and continuing a multi-year contraction. The beef cow population expressly declined by 1% to 27.9 million head. This ongoing reduction in the national herd has created a seller’s market for quality beef animals, with beef-on-dairy crosses positioned perfectly to help fill the supply gap.
Furthermore, a February 25, 2025, report from CoBank reveals that U.S. beef quality has dramatically transformed over the past decade. Prime beef production has increased by 140%, reaching more than 2 billion pounds annually. Production of Choice grade beef, which now comprises over three-quarters of the market, grew by 20%, with nearly 16 billion pounds produced in 2024. Meanwhile, lower-grade meat like Select has decreased by 37% since 2014, landing at 3.17 billion pounds in 2024.
This shift towards higher-quality beef production aligns perfectly with the strengths of Angus-Holstein crosses, which are known for their superior marbling and meat quality. The CoBank report also notes that emerging data from USDA Agricultural Marketing Service shows beef-on-dairy cattle maintaining “the largest proportion of their value from feeder price to slaughter cattle auction price on a per hundredweight basis.” This value retention throughout the production chain is a critical economic advantage that ensures consistent demand for these animals at every growth stage.
These latest statistics underscore the economic opportunity that beef-on-dairy programs, particularly those utilizing Angus genetics, represent for dairy producers in the current market environment.
First and foremost, Angus bulls are renowned for calving ease—a critical consideration when breeding dairy cows. Angus cattle have moderate birth weights, which is excellent for calving ease. They also have lower gestation lengths, so you can get cows milking quicker and back in calf sooner. The Angus gestation length can be seven to 10 days shorter than some continental breeds.
This reduced gestation length provides a significant operational advantage for dairy farmers, allowing cows to return to production more quickly and potentially improving overall herd fertility by getting cows back in breeding condition sooner. The shorter interval between calvings can translate to more lactation days over a cow’s productive lifetime—a benefit that compounds the initial value of the crossbred calf.
Beyond calving traits, Angus’s genetics contribute to early maturity and superior marbling in the meat—qualities highly valued in the beef industry and translating to premium prices for finished animals. This advantage is bolstered by the inherent marbling capability already present in Holstein genetics.
“Holstein cattle tend to marble extremely well, themselves. The crosses are grading better now, which is a testament to the better selection of beef semen,” explains Jonathon Beckett, a feedlot nutrition consultant cited in Farm Progress. This complementary genetic combination creates a crossbred animal that captures the best attributes of both parent breeds.
Table 1: Performance Comparison of Different Beef Breeds Crossed with Holstein (Penn State, 2023)
Performance Metric
Angus
Charolais
Hereford
Limousin
Red Angus
Simmental
Initial Weight (lbs)
1,066
1,049
1,013
1,009
1,003
1,131
Final Weight (lbs)
1,555
1,494*
1,431*
1,389*
1,437*
1,572
Average Daily Gain (lbs)
4.03*
3.83*
3.61*
3.13
3.60*
3.93*
Days on Feed
121*
122*
129*
152
130*
122*
Hot Carcass Weight (lbs)
999*
946*
891
865
896
972*
Rib Eye Area (sq. in)
14.5*
13.7
13.1
13.1
13.5
14.3*
% Yield Grade 2 or 3
100%
100%
61%
80%
80%
80%
*Values within rows with different superscripts significantly differ at P < 0.05. Source: Penn State Extension, 2023 Beef Sired Progeny from Dairy Cows
Table 1 demonstrates that Angus-sired calves consistently outperform other beef crosses in key economic traits, including hot carcass weight, ribeye area, and yield grade consistency. These objective measurements explain why dairy producers overwhelmingly choose Angus when implementing beef-on-dairy programs.
Premium Profits: How Beef-on-Dairy Boosts Your Bottom Line
The economic advantages of Angus-dairy crossbreeding extend well beyond the initial sale of the calf, creating value at every stage of the production chain. For dairy farmers, the immediate benefit comes from the substantially higher prices these crossbred calves command compared to purebred dairy bull calves.
Table 2: Calf Value Comparison: Dairy vs. Beef-Dairy Crossbred
Calf Type
Price Range
Premium Over Dairy
Purebred Dairy Calves
$35-$100
–
Beef-Dairy Crossbred
$128-$330
$93-$230
Net Premium per Crossbred
$276 average
Up to 840% increase
Source: World Wildlife Fund & Michigan State University Report, 2023
As Table 2 illustrates, crossbred calves command substantially higher prices in the marketplace, with an average premium of $276 per head over Holstein calves. This premium pricing represents a significant opportunity for dairy operations to enhance revenue without increasing milk production or overhead costs.
“On average, day-old beef and dairy crossbred calves entering the beef supply chain sell for $100-$300 more than their 100% dairy-bred counterparts,” according to recent industry reports. This substantial price differential can translate to dramatic income improvements, particularly for more extensive operations.
Recent data confirms that “beef-on-dairy cattle maintained the largest proportion of their value from feeder price to slaughter cattle auction price on a per hundredweight basis.” This value retention throughout the production chain is a critical economic advantage that ensures consistent demand for these animals at every growth stage.
Industry consultants confirm this market reality: “The premium in the marketplace is down to quality and evidence that the calf is sired by a registered Aberdeen-Angus bull.” This emphasis on documented genetics highlights the importance of using registered Angus bulls with strong genetic backgrounds rather than any black bull—a critical distinction savvy producers recognize.
For calf raisers and feedlot operators who purchase these crossbred calves, the economic benefits continue to accrue through superior growth rates, feed efficiency, and, ultimately, higher-value carcasses. “One of the advantages of the Angus-Holstein cross, however, is that you may get 50 to 70% of them qualify for Certified Angus Beef premiums,” according to Farm Progress. These premium qualification rates represent significant added value that flows back through the supply chain.
The most recent data reveals a dramatic quality transformation in the U.S. beef supply, with significant increases in Prime and Choice beef production in recent years. This quality revolution parallels the rise of beef-on-dairy programs, creating perfect market timing for producers implementing these breeding strategies.
Table 3: U.S. Beef Quality Transformation (Recent Years)
Quality Grade
Production Change
Market Share Trend
Prime
Significant Increase
Increasing
Choice
Moderate Increase
Dominant (>75%)
Select
Decreasing
Declining
Source: Industry ReportsTable 3: U.S. Beef Quality Transformation (Recent Years)
Quality Grade
Production Change
Market Share Trend
Prime
Significant Increase
Increasing
Choice
Moderate Increase
Dominant (>75%)
Select
Decreasing
Declining
Source: Industry Reports
Table 3 demonstrates the dramatic shift toward higher-quality beef production, creating robust demand for animals that can consistently grade in the upper-quality tiers—precisely what well-bred Angus-Holstein crosses can deliver.
Furthermore, the consistent supply of crossbred calves from dairy operations helps stabilize the beef pipeline, addressing one of the beef industry’s perennial challenges. “Due to the nature of milk production, dairy operations can offer a consistent, year-round supply of calves. Additionally, dairy dams offer highly consistent genetics, so when crossed with sires selected for complementing traits, we can provide U.S. packers with a consistent animal and supply, delivering ease of processing and helping stabilize the market.”
This year-round consistency contrasts with the seasonal calving patterns typical in traditional beef operations and represents a significant logistical advantage for processors seeking to maintain steady production schedules. Supply timing and animal quality predictability create efficiencies throughout the processing and marketing chain that pure beef or pure dairy systems cannot match.
Performance Advantages: Beyond the Hype
Can dairy producers afford NOT to implement beef-on-dairy strategies in today’s market? The performance data suggests they cannot. These crossbred animals effectively bridge the gap between purebred dairy steers (which often suffer from poor feed conversion and excessive frame) and conventional beef animals, delivering measurable advantages documented through rigorous research.
“Although beef-on-dairy calves cannot boast as high dressing percentage as conventional beef cattle, they offer distinct carcass advantages over their dairy cousins. Their increased muscularity and smaller skeletal size lend to a higher lean red meat yield and lower bone percentage,” state industry reports. This improved yield efficiency directly impacts processing profitability and explains why packers are willing to pay premiums for these animals.
Research has documented several benefits throughout the production chain: “Compared to purebred dairy calves, beef-on-dairy calves can provide higher-quality beef products without impacting current milk production efficiencies.” The same research found that “beef-on-dairy calves show greater feed efficiency, which lowers the environmental footprint from their production.”
Table 4: Feed Efficiency Comparison by Animal Type
Metric
Crossbred Steer
Holstein Steer
Beef Steer
Days on feed
174.3
289
143.4
Feed cost ($/day)
0.90
0.90
0.90
Total feed costs ($)
157
260
129
Feed costs saved vs. Holstein
$103/head
–
$131/head
Feed savings (1,500 head)
$77,102
–
$97,857
Source: Industry Research Data
Table 4 reveals dramatic differences in feed efficiency. Crossbred steers require 115 fewer days on feed than purebred Holstein steers. These efficiency gains translate to substantial cost savings—$77,10 annually for a 1,500-head dairy operation—while reducing beef production’s environmental footprint.
The quality grade advantage is equally significant. “Beef-on-dairy calves can be expected to grade like conventional beef animals with a majority grading Choice or higher. They are a true intermediate between conventional beef and purebred dairy animals, inheriting the muscularity from the sire and superior marbling from the dam.” This balanced genetic contribution results in carcasses that excel in quality and yield grades, which maximizes value in the current beef grading system.
Jonathon Beckett’s observations from the feedlot sector confirm these advantages: “The quality of these crossbreds has improved dramatically. When dairies first started doing this, they used any readily available Angus semen, and the quality of the calves was not consistent. Now they have a better idea of what matches well with Holsteins.” This evolution in the breeding approach has led to significant improvements in feedlot performance and carcass merit.
Beckett further notes that “Feedlot performance and carcass traits have improved. The cattle are marbling better, have improved rib-eye area, and have better muscling. This helps the packers. I’ve had several lots of cattle that were 30% to 40% Prime, which is outstanding.” These Prime grading percentages far exceed industry averages and demonstrate the exceptional quality potential of well-bred Angus-Holstein crosses.
Research also suggests that beef-dairy crossbred calves have higher survivability rates than those sired by other breeds commonly used in dairy herds. Once the calves are on the ground, they offer attractive growth rates. This improved survivability represents a significant economic advantage, as calf mortality directly impacts the bottom line for dairy farmers and calf raisers.
Challenging Conventional Dairy Wisdom
The notion that dairy farms should focus exclusively on milk production belongs in the past century. Today’s most profitable operations view themselves as protein producers, with milk and meat contributing to the bottom line. This paradigm shift represents more than an incremental change; it fundamentally restructures how progressive dairy operations view their business model.
Are purebred dairy bull calves becoming an economic liability rather than a byproduct? The market signals indeed suggest so. With beef-on-dairy calves selling for 4-6 times the value of straight Holstein calves in some markets, continuing to produce low-value dairy bull calves represents a massive opportunity cost that few operations can justify.
By breeding your best dairy cows for heifer replacements, you can increase the selection intensity and speed up genetic progress in your dairy herd—creating a dual advantage many producers don’t fully appreciate. This means you’re simultaneously improving both beef calf value and dairy genetics. Rather than diluting your focus, this approach accelerates genetic improvement in your dairy operation while adding a profitable income stream.
The rise of beef-on-dairy crossbreeding may also significantly affect milk price dynamics. This breeding approach could help stabilize milk prices by naturally curbing replacement heifer production during low milk prices (as more cows are bred to beef) and increasing replacement production when prices improve.
Are you eager to discover the benefits of integrating beef genetics into your dairy herd? “The Ultimate Dairy Breeders Guide to Beef on Dairy Integration” is your key to enhancing productivity and profitability. This guide is explicitly designed for progressive dairy breeders, from choosing the best
Learn how beef-on-dairy is shaping beef production. Will it significantly impact the market? Find out in our expert analysis.
Summary: The beef-on-dairy trend is reshaping the dairy industry but making only a modest dent in U.S. beef production. In 2022, beef-on-dairy cattle comprised 7% of cattle slaughter, or 2.6 million head, with projections suggesting this could rise to 15% by 2026. However, this doesn’t increase the total cattle count but changes the composition, as more beef-on-dairy cattle replace traditional dairy-fed ones. While dairy farmers adopt beef semen to boost calf value, the overall beef production impact remains negligible. The adoption of beef-on-dairy has surged, reaching 7.9 million units in 2023 due to cost differences and breeding technology advances. Customer perception, market demand, and credibility from sources like branded beef programs will be critical to this trend’s longevity.
Beef-on-dairy is growing, making up 7% of cattle slaughter in 2022, potentially rising to 15% by 2026.
The trend doesn’t increase the total cattle count but changes the composition, replacing traditional dairy-fed cattle with beef-on-dairy cattle.
Dairy farmers are adopting beef semen to enhance calf value, yet the overall impact on beef production is minimal.
Adoption of beef-on-dairy reached 7.9 million units in 2023, driven by cost differences and breeding technology advances.
Consumer perception, market demand, and credibility from branded beef programs will be crucial for the trend’s sustainability
Are you wondering about the latest buzz over beef-on-dairy? It’s no wonder that this movement is gaining traction. Dairy producers increasingly use beef semen in their herds to generate calves more suited for meat production. Understanding this trend is vital for dairy farmers and industry experts, as it directly affects calf value and beef output quality, potentially changing market dynamics. This crossbreeding approach uses existing dairy resources to increase profitability, has consequences for beef quality and production standards, and may impact market supply and demand for beef and dairy products. By delving into this concept, you’ll learn how it’s gaining traction, what it means for the overall beef production market, and why its impact may be less significant than some believe, giving you a better understanding of how this trend may shape the future of both the dairy and beef industries.
Why Beef-On-Dairy Is Gaining Ground: Key Figures and Future Projections
Beef-on-dairy adoption has expanded significantly, with Lauber et al. (2023) reporting that it climbed from 18% or 738 thousand head in 2019 to 26% or 1.12 million head by 2021. In 2023, the National Association of Animal Breeders reported that beef semen sales to the dairy sector reached 7.9 million units, accounting for 31% of overall semen sales to dairy farmers, which included sexed, conventional, and beef semen sales (NAAB, 2023).
Several variables are influencing this tendency. One advantage of utilizing beef semen in dairy cows is that the cost difference is minor. As a dairy farmer, you can look forward to the potential boost in calf value since crossbred cattle command higher market prices. Furthermore, advances in breeding technology and genetics make this an attractive alternative for many people, offering a promising future for the industry.
Experts expect beef on dairy will account for 15% of cow slaughter by 2026. Given the dairy industry’s ongoing acceptance, these estimates seem reasonable. So, what is the takeaway? Beef-on-dairy is here to stay and will undoubtedly expand. Still, its total influence on beef output will be minimal. Does this seem like a good opportunity for your farm?
The Historical Roots: Why Beef-On-Dairy Became the Go-To Strategy
Understanding beef-on-dairy’s origins helps explain why this technique has gained popularity in recent years. Historically, dairy farms concentrated entirely on milk production, which resulted in lower-value male calves from dairy breeds. These calves did not match the quality criteria of typical beef cattle, resulting in reduced market pricing. However, the successful introduction of beef-on-dairy in the mid-twentieth century changed this narrative, paving the way for its popularity.
The idea of beef-on-dairy has been introduced previously. Its origins may be traced back to the practical farming practices of the mid-twentieth century when farmers experimented with crossbreeding dairy cows with beef bulls to boost the marketability of their herd’s progeny. However, the introduction of modern reproductive technologies such as artificial insemination and sexed sperm in the late twentieth and early twenty-first century completely transformed this practice.
By the early 2000s, technology had improved enough to enable dairy producers to selectively breed their herds with beef traits, resulting in much higher calf quality. The result? More healthy beef-like calves grew quicker and sold for more incredible prices.
The tipping moment occurred in 2015. As market dynamics changed and dairy producers were under pressure from changing milk prices, many sought other cash sources. Beef-on-dairy methods offered a feasible alternative, providing higher financial returns without significantly modifying current operating structures. This shift was a response to the changing economic landscape of the dairy industry, where traditional revenue streams were no longer as reliable.
The approach gained traction as statistics revealed the economic advantages of raising a calf that might flourish in the meat market. This was not simply theoretical; real-world data, such as market prices for crossbred calves compared to purebred dairy calves, indicated significant increases in calf value owing to improved genetics from beef breeds.
Knowing this history helps us understand why beef-on-dairy has been a popular approach for many dairy companies. It is not enough to follow a trend; one must also make educated selections based on decades of development and technical breakthroughs. This understanding can give us confidence in the future of the industry and its ability to meet market demands.
The Evolution of Cattle: Breaking Down Beef-On-Dairy’s Impact on Production
Let’s look at how beef-on-dairy impacts total beef output. While the quantity of calves born to dairy cows stays constant, the types of cattle that enter the beef production system vary. We are considering a trade-off between conventional-fed dairy cattle and beef-on-dairy cattle.
Thus, beef-on-dairy gradually increases the number of animals entering the beef production chain. It alters the makeup of the cattle population. Instead of typical dairy breeds in the beef industry, you will see more beef-dairy crossbreeds.
What exactly does this imply for you? When conventional-fed dairy cattle are substituted with beef-on-dairy cattle, the kind of beef produced changes. Beef-on-dairy cattle exhibit features of both their dairy and beef parents, which may improve meat quality and output. This transition is mostly a reallocation of the beef supply chain, not an addition.
What was the result? While the total amount of beef produced may only increase somewhat, quality and market dynamics may change significantly. This adjustment mirrors a more significant industry trend, suggesting a continuing development in successfully balancing dairy and beef production to satisfy market demands. This trend indicates a shift towards a more integrated approach to cattle farming, where both dairy and beef production are considered in tandem to optimize market outcomes.
The Quality Over Quantity Paradigm: Exploring Beef-On-Dairy’s Market Impact
While beef-on-dairy does not increase the overall quantity of cattle, it does influence the kind of beef available on the market. With more beef genes in the mix, the meat quality may vary. Beef-on-dairy calves may have different live weights, dressing percentages, and carcass weights than conventional dairy cattle.
Let’s break it down. Traditional-fed dairy cattle weigh around 1,400 pounds, with an average dressed weight of 800 pounds. What happens when we go from beef to dairy? According to experts, beef semen may have a slightly lower live weight but a more significant dressing percentage. This implies that, although the original live weight is lower, the dressed weight may be more critical owing to increased meat output.
Assuming a moderate 3% increase in dressed weight for beef-on-dairy cattle, carcass weights might rise by around 24 pounds. If all non-replacement dairy calves were beef-on-dairy in 2023, it would result in around 3.84 billion pounds of beef, compared to 3.73 billion from standard-fed dairy cattle. This 0.42% increase may seem minor, but it is significant in an industry where every pound matters.
Another factor to examine is the percentage of beef-on-dairy calves that are steers, which often have higher dressed weights. Suppose a more significant proportion of beef-on-dairy calves are steers. In that case, beef quality and volume might be more influenced. The difference may not be substantial, but these tiny changes assist in refining the beef supply entering the market.
So, even if beef-on-dairy may not significantly increase total beef output, it does promise to enhance the quality and potential economic worth of the beef produced. This shift has potential for both the dairy and cattle industries.
Economic Considerations for Dairy Farmers: The Game-Changing Potential of Beef-On-Dairy
Let’s look at the economic implications for dairy producers. Could beef-on-dairy make dairy heifers more valuable than beef cattle? There is a solid argument for this. With cattle genetics, dairy calves may be transformed into higher-value beef animals. This move might result in increased cash flow from the same number of calves.
Consider this: if dairy farmers can earn more per head for beef-on-dairy calves, that would be a game changer. It might pay additional operating expenses or perhaps support agricultural upgrades. More money in farmers’ purses equals more profitability for dairy enterprises.
Now, how does this affect dairy herd expansion? Higher calf prices may make dairy production more profitable. If revenues grow, some dairy producers may decide to enlarge their herds. More cows may produce more milk and beef-on-dairy calves, resulting in a growth cycle and increased profitability.
So, although beef-on-dairy may have little influence on overall beef output, the ramifications for dairy producers’ bottom lines are significantly more severe. That is why it is critical to monitor this development attentively. It has great potential to shape the future of dairy operations.
Consumer Perception and Market Demand: What’s the Buzz on Beef-On-Dairy?
How do customers perceive beef-on-dairy products, and is there increasing market demand? This issue is crucial to determining the trend’s long-term durability. It’s a topic worth discussing, particularly for those involved in the dairy and meat sectors.
Interestingly, customer opinion is typically influenced by several elements, including quality, taste, ethical issues, and pricing. According to recent research, most customers are unfamiliar with the intricacies of beef-on-dairy products. Still, they are willing to test them provided they fulfill quality and flavor standards. Credibility from reliable sources, such as branded beef programs, might have a substantial impact on these impressions.
In terms of commercial demand, millennials and Generation Z are especially interested in food that is produced sustainably and ethically. These populations are likelier to embrace beef-on-dairy crossbreeds because of their perceived efficiency and low environmental effects. This tendency is consistent with the increased demand for higher-quality beef without a substantial environmental cost.
Furthermore, the change to premium and branded beef programs would increase customer trust. Programs that guarantee beef-on-dairy products’ quality and ethical standards might help increase market acceptability and demand. By emphasizing quality over quantity, you may establish beef-on-dairy products as a premium option.
However, market expansion will not occur suddenly. A concentrated marketing and educational campaign will be required to increase consumer awareness. If successful, beef-on-dairy might become a regular in grocery store meat departments and on high-end restaurant menus.
Consumer opinions are cautiously optimistic, and there is growing market demand, especially among younger, ecologically concerned customers. For dairy producers, this implies that beef-on-dairy might be the game changer in balancing profitability and sustainability.
Marketing and Branding: Will Beef-On-Dairy Raise the Bar or Rock the Boat?
Regarding marketing and branding, the emergence of beef on dairy has the potential to change things. Imagine a future in which your beef products meet or surpass quality requirements. Beef-on-dairy calves often inherit the marbling of their beef sires, which may lead to better ratings such as USDA Choice or Prime. This immediately contributes to branded beef campaigns that depend on superior quality. Consider Certified Angus Beef and other specialist marks that attract high rates. With beef-on-dairy, these programs may see an increase in eligible cattle, broadening the product offering.
However, the issue remains: will these quality premiums stay stable or endure volatility? Because beef-on-dairy strives to combine the most significant aspects of both worlds—beef and dairy—most signals point to sustained pricing. Consumers are continuously prepared to pay for quality. As long as beef-on-dairy production meets high standards, premiums should remain stable. The versatility of branded programs may also help to mitigate any transitory implications. As long as these programs can include beef-on-dairy cattle without violating their demanding standards, the marketing of U.S. beef products is expected to improve rather than deteriorate.
The Bottom Line
In terms of marketing and branding, the emergence of beef on dairy has the potential to change things. Imagine a future in which your beef products meet or surpass quality requirements. Beef-on-dairy calves often inherit the marbling of their beef sires, which may lead to better ratings such as USDA Choice or Prime. This immediately contributes to branded beef campaigns that depend on superior quality. Consider Certified Angus Beef and other specialist marks that attract high rates. With beef-on-dairy, these programs may see an increase in eligible cattle, broadening the product offering.
However, the issue remains: will these quality premiums stay stable or experience volatility? Because beef-on-dairy strives to combine the most significant aspects of both worlds—beef and dairy—most signals point to sustained pricing. Consumers are continuously prepared to pay for quality. As long as beef-on-dairy production meets high standards, premiums should remain stable. The versatility of branded programs may also help to mitigate any transitory implications. As long as these programs can include beef-on-dairy cattle without violating their demanding standards, the marketing of U.S. beef products is expected to improve rather than deteriorate.
Are you eager to discover the benefits of integrating beef genetics into your dairy herd? “The Ultimate Dairy Breeders Guide to Beef on Dairy Integration” is your key to enhancing productivity and profitability. This guide is explicitly designed for progressive dairy breeders, from choosing the best beef breeds for dairy integration to advanced genetic selection tips. Get practical management practices to elevate your breeding program. Understand the use of proven beef sires, from selection to offspring performance. Gain actionable insights through expert advice and real-world case studies. Learn about marketing, financial planning, and market assessment to maximize profitability. Dive into the world of beef-on-dairy integration. Leverage the latest genetic tools and technologies to enhance your livestock quality. By the end of this guide, you’ll make informed decisions, boost farm efficiency, and effectively diversify your business. Embark on this journey with us and unlock the full potential of your dairy herd with beef-on-dairy integration. Get Started!
Discover how Beef-on-Dairy can revolutionize your farm, boosting profits, improving herd health, and streamlining operations. Ready to transform your dairy management? Find out more now.
Beef-on-dairy is a game changer in dairy farming, combining the finest characteristics of beef and dairy breeds to produce more lucrative, flexible herds. Farmers who crossbreed beef bulls with dairy cows might generate calves with better market values due to their superior growth rates and meat quality. This technique capitalizes on both breeds’ efficiency and superior genetics. It optimizes resources like feed and acreage, resulting in increased total output. This novel method can potentially improve profitability and sustainability, ushering in a new age of dairy production.
Boost Your Revenue with Beef Genetics Integration
Furthermore, incorporating beef traits into your dairy herd can significantly increase profitability. By using beef semen, especially in cows with greater parity, you may generate calves that are not just dairy by birth but also beef in value. The exact price difference can vary based on factors such as breed, age, and overall health of the calves. However, beef-on-dairy calves are not uncommon to sell for 20-30% more than their pure dairy counterparts. This price premium can significantly boost your farm’s revenue, making the beef-on-dairy strategy an attractive option for dairy farmers looking to diversify their income.
Moreover, the market is validating this shift, with dairy cattle now accounting for 23% of all fed steers and heifers in the United States. Beef-on-dairy animals are proving their adaptability in feed yards, efficiently reaching appropriate market weights. By focusing on this category, you’re rearing calves and tapping into a growing market trend that promises long-term financial success.
Superior Calves from Day One: The Benefits of Beef-Dairy Crossbreeding
Incorporating beef genetics into your dairy herd isn’t just a strategy for diversifying income—it’s about raising healthier, more resilient calves. The hybrid vigor, or heterosis effect, from crossbreeding beef and dairy breeds, enhances immunological function, reducing major calf illnesses and lowering mortality rates. These beef-cross calves grow faster and more efficiently, reaching market weights sooner and significantly decreasing feed, labor, and veterinary costs. This accelerated, healthier growth streamlines farm management, making beef-on-dairy crossbreeding a savvy move for any progressive dairy operation.
Streamline Operations and Boost Profits: The Synergy of Beef-on-Dairy Genetics
Consider how integrating beef-on-dairy genetics can enhance your farm’s efficiency and profitability. You optimize resources and reduce waste by producing dual-purpose animals that excel in both milk production and meat quality. The stable dairy cow population of 9.4 million and the annual need for 4.7 million heifers highlight the potential for beef-on-dairy programs to boost herd productivity, ideally increasing return to replacement rates up to 80%. Technological advancements like 3D cameras for genetic evaluation ensure precision breeding, enhancing your genetic stock and streamlining operations. This strategy transforms farm management, improving body weight and condition ratings while making your farm a model of efficiency in milk and meat production.
Unlock New Revenue Streams: The Financial Security of Diversified Operations
Market diversification is a strategic game changer. Integrating cattle genetics into your dairy farm generates additional income sources while drastically reducing your dependency on variable milk prices. When market circumstances change, having numerous revenue streams protects your financial security. You’re not only generating milk anymore but also producing high-quality beef calves in great demand. Diversifying your business helps you weather market swings and maintain earnings during declines in the dairy industry. The premium you may charge for these better-crossbred calves adds a significant profit to your bottom line, making your farm more robust and profitable in the long term.
Unleash Genetic Potential: Crafting a Resilient and Productive Herd
When we examine the genetic benefits of crossbreeding, it becomes evident that integrating beef traits into your dairy herd is not merely a strategy for boosting income but forging a more resilient and productive herd. Beef breeds like Angus and Hereford bring superior reproductive efficiency, reducing calving intervals and enhancing overall herd fertility—critical for addressing the high 40% herd turnover rate many dairies face. Crossbred calves often exhibit heightened disease resistance, lowering veterinary costs and mortality rates while promoting robust growth. The longevity of hybrid animals, due to the combination of hardy beef genetics and the high milk yield from dairy cows, further extends the productive lifespan of your herd, reducing replacement costs and supporting long-term herd stability and profitability. By leveraging these genetic advantages, you could revolutionize your operations and pave the way for a more lucrative and stable future in dairy farming.
Boost Your Eco-Footprint: The Environmental Gains of Beef-on-Dairy Practices
Incorporating beef-on-dairy principles isn’t just a wise financial decision—it’s a step toward more sustainable agriculture. Leveraging crossbred genetics enhances feed efficiency and hardiness, optimizing resource use and producing healthier animals with fewer inputs. This approach reduces the environmental impact by lowering carbon emissions and promoting sustainable land use, especially as mixed cattle prove more resilient to climate variability. By adopting beef-on-dairy practices, you’re boosting your profits and contributing to a more responsible agricultural industry.
Stake Your Claim in the Gourmet Beef Boom: How Dairy Farmers Can Thrive on Rising Demand
The growing consumer demand for high-quality beef highlights a potential opportunity for dairy producers who can use beef-on-dairy genetics as beef-centric culinary trends captivate the public’s taste and the market’s hunger for premium meat rises. Farmers may take advantage of this profitable area by incorporating beef genetics into dairy herds, providing excellent meat that satisfies growing consumer demands. This strategic alignment complements the supply of in-demand beef cuts. It enables dairy producers to capitalize on increased profit margins, assuring a diverse revenue stream and strengthening financial resilience. Embracing beef-on-dairy principles enables farmers to successfully adapt to market needs by optimizing their operations to produce beef at premium rates, unlocking significant earnings possibilities.
Revolutionizing Herd Management: Dual-Purpose Genetics That Save Time and Money
Now, you may be wondering about labor and if maintaining a herd with dual-purpose genetics results in meaningful efficiencies. Spoiler alert: It does. Streamlining herd management to include beef-on-dairy genetics optimizes your dairy and beef production processes without doubling your effort. A well-planned crossbreeding program ensures uniform feeding, health monitoring, and general herd management, eliminating the need for separate dairy and beef cattle procedures. Adopting technologies like 3D cameras for genetic evaluation further reduces human labor while improving selection accuracy. By correctly grouping these dual-purpose cows based on their genetic potential and dietary requirements, you lessen the need for frequent physical intervention. This enhances animal health and output and cuts labor costs, ultimately saving money and creating a more robust and productive herd capable of delivering premium milk or high-quality meat without overburdening your crew.
Diversify Your Farm’s Output to Fortify Against Market Fluctuations!
Diversifying your farm’s production with beef-on-dairy is a practical risk management approach, mitigating fluctuations in milk prices and market conditions. It integrates elite cattle genetics into the dairy herd, producing high-quality milk and premium beef, resulting in a robust and flexible economic model. This dual-output strategy allows you to capitalize on increased demand for gourmet meat, providing a revenue buffer during low milk prices and supplementing income during high milk prices. Furthermore, the cost savings from beef-on-dairy genetics—such as higher feed conversion rates and enhanced herd health—bolster your farm’s economic resilience, ensuring a sustainable and profitable business amidst industry volatility.
The Bottom Line
Adopting beef-on-dairy solutions is essential for dairy producers looking to innovate and improve their operations. Integrating cattle genetics increases income and produces exceptional calves from the outset. This method simplifies your operations, increases earnings, creates new income sources, and improves your herd’s genetic resiliency. Additionally, beef-on-dairy methods may help reduce environmental impact while tapping into the lucrative gourmet beef industry. These dual-purpose genetics transform herd management by reducing time and money while diversifying your farm’s production to reduce market swings. Beef-on-dairy has enormous transformational potential, whether via enhanced herd reproduction, innovative supply chain alliances, or refining management, genetics, and nutritional programs for maximum efficiency. Take the initiative, investigate these advantages, and guide your dairy farm to a more lucrative, inventive future.
Key Takeaways:
Boost your farm revenue by integrating beef genetics with dairy herds, creating a valuable dual-purpose operation.
Enhance calf quality and productivity from day one through strategic crossbreeding techniques.
Streamline your farm management with dual-purpose genetics, saving time and optimizing operational efficiency.
Diversify income streams to create financial security and safeguard against market volatility.
Leverage genetic potential to build a resilient and high-performing herd.
Improve your farm’s environmental footprint through more efficient and sustainable practices.
Capitalize on the growing demand for gourmet beef by producing premium-quality beef from dairy operations.
Revolutionize herd management by implementing genetics that serve both dairy and beef production needs.
Fortify your farm’s output diversification as a strategic buffer against unpredictable market fluctuations.
Summary:
Beef-on-dairy is a new dairy farming method that combines the best characteristics of beef and dairy breeds to produce more profitable and flexible herds. Farmers crossbreed beef bulls with dairy cows to generate calves with better market values due to their superior growth rates and meat quality. This technique optimizes resources like feed and acreage, resulting in increased total output. This novel method can potentially improve profitability and sustainability, ushering in a new age of dairy production. By incorporating beef traits into a dairy herd, farmers can generate calves that are not just dairy by birth but also beef in value, attracting higher market prices and improving revenue streams. This approach is sustainable and profitable, optimizing the genetic potential of crossbred cattle, leading to increased feed efficiency and hardiness. Additionally, it minimizes the environmental impact of dairy production by using fewer low-yield dairy calves and reducing carbon emissions per unit of cow produced.
Are you eager to discover the benefits of integrating beef genetics into your dairy herd? “The Ultimate Dairy Breeders Guide to Beef on Dairy Integration” is your key to enhancing productivity and profitability. This guide is explicitly designed for progressive dairy breeders, from choosing the best beef breeds for dairy integration to advanced genetic selection tips. Get practical management practices to elevate your breeding program. Understand the use of proven beef sires, from selection to offspring performance. Gain actionable insights through expert advice and real-world case studies. Learn about marketing, financial planning, and market assessment to maximize profitability. Dive into the world of beef-on-dairy integration. Leverage the latest genetic tools and technologies to enhance your livestock quality. By the end of this guide, you’ll make informed decisions, boost farm efficiency, and effectively diversify your business. Embark on this journey with us and unlock the full potential of your dairy herd with beef-on-dairy integration. Get Started!
To provide the best experiences, we use technologies like cookies to store and/or access device information. Consenting to these technologies will allow us to process data such as browsing behavior or unique IDs on this site. Not consenting or withdrawing consent, may adversely affect certain features and functions.
Functional
Always active
The technical storage or access is strictly necessary for the legitimate purpose of enabling the use of a specific service explicitly requested by the subscriber or user, or for the sole purpose of carrying out the transmission of a communication over an electronic communications network.
Preferences
The technical storage or access is necessary for the legitimate purpose of storing preferences that are not requested by the subscriber or user.
Statistics
The technical storage or access that is used exclusively for statistical purposes.The technical storage or access that is used exclusively for anonymous statistical purposes. Without a subpoena, voluntary compliance on the part of your Internet Service Provider, or additional records from a third party, information stored or retrieved for this purpose alone cannot usually be used to identify you.
Marketing
The technical storage or access is required to create user profiles to send advertising, or to track the user on a website or across several websites for similar marketing purposes.
To provide the best experiences, we and our partners use technologies like cookies to store and/or access device information. Consenting to these technologies will allow us and our partners to process personal data such as browsing behavior or unique IDs on this site and show (non-) personalized ads. Not consenting or withdrawing consent, may adversely affect certain features and functions.
Click below to consent to the above or make granular choices. Your choices will be applied to this site only. You can change your settings at any time, including withdrawing your consent, by using the toggles on the Cookie Policy, or by clicking on the manage consent button at the bottom of the screen.
Functional
Always active
The technical storage or access is strictly necessary for the legitimate purpose of enabling the use of a specific service explicitly requested by the subscriber or user, or for the sole purpose of carrying out the transmission of a communication over an electronic communications network.
Preferences
The technical storage or access is necessary for the legitimate purpose of storing preferences that are not requested by the subscriber or user.
Statistics
The technical storage or access that is used exclusively for statistical purposes.The technical storage or access that is used exclusively for anonymous statistical purposes. Without a subpoena, voluntary compliance on the part of your Internet Service Provider, or additional records from a third party, information stored or retrieved for this purpose alone cannot usually be used to identify you.
Marketing
The technical storage or access is required to create user profiles to send advertising, or to track the user on a website or across several websites for similar marketing purposes.